Thank you for purchasing this Factory Service
Manual CD/DVD from servicemanuals4u.com.
Please check out our eBay auctions for more great
deals on Factory Service Manuals:
servicemanuals4u
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
S82G-1502-03
IBM Mobile Systems
Hardware Maintenance Manual
Volume 2: ThinkPad Computers
April 1995
We Want Your Comments!
(Please see page 491)
This Manual Supports:
ThinkPad 340x (2610)
ThinkPad 355x (2619)
ThinkPad 360x (2620)
ThinkPad 370x (9545)
ThinkPad 700x (9552)
ThinkPad 701x (2630)
ThinkPad 720x (9552)
ThinkPad 750x (9545)
ThinkPad 755x (9545)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
S82G-1502-03
IBM Mobile Systems
Hardware Maintenance Manual
Volume 2: ThinkPad Computers
April 1995
We Want Your Comments!
(Please see page 491)
IBM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Note
Before using this information and the product it
supports, be sure to read the general information
under “Notices” on page 497.
Fourth Edition (April 1995)
The following paragraph does not apply to the United
Kingdom or any country where such provisions are
inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS
PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of
express or implied warranties in certain transactions,
therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This publication could include technical inaccuracies or
typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to
the information herein; these changes will be incorporated
in new editions of the publication. IBM may make
improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the
program(s) described in this publication at any time.
This publication was developed for products and services
offered in the United States of America. IBM may not offer
the products, services, or features discussed in this
document in other countries, and the information is subject
to change without notice. Consult your local IBM
representative for information on the products, services,
and features available in your area.
Requests for technical information about IBM products
should be made to your IBM reseller or IBM marketing
representative.
Copyright International Business Machines
Corporation 1995. All rights reserved.
Note to U.S. Government users–Documentation related to
Restricted rights–Use, duplication, or disclosure is subject
to restrictions set forth in GSA ADP Schedule Contract
with IBM Corp.
ii IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
About This Manual
This manual contains service and reference information for
IBM* ThinkPad* computer products. Use this manual along
with the advanced diagnostic tests to troubleshoot
problems effectively.
The manual is divided into sections as follows:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The Introduction section provides general information,
guidelines, and safety information required to service
computers.
The majority of the manual consists of
product-specific sections that include service,
reference, and product-specific parts information.
The Common Devices Checkout section provides
procedures for testing the devices that are commonly
attached to ThinkPad computers.
The Miscellaneous Information section contains
information about acronyms, abbreviations, terms,
and a telephone number listing.
Important
This manual is intended for trained servicers who are
familiar with ThinkPad products. Use this manual
along with the advanced diagnostic tests to
troubleshoot problems effectively.
Before servicing an IBM mobile product, be sure to
review the safety information under “Safety Notices
(Multi-lingual Translations)” on page 7 and “Safety
Information” on page 14.
*
Trademark of the IBM Corporation.
iii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Related Publications
The following mobile product publications are available
through IBM or your IBM Authorized Dealer.
Publication
Part, Form Number
Mobile Systems HMM
Volume 1: Laptop,
30H2356, S82G-1501-01
Notebook, Portable, and
Thinkpad Computers
ThinkPad 700 (9552) HMS
ThinkPad 700 (9552) HMR
ThinkPad 700C (9552) HMS
ThinkPad 700C (9552) HMR
42G2016, S42G-2016
42G2015, S42G-2015
42G2022, S42G-2022
42G2021, S42G-2021
61G1193, S61G-1193
ThinkPad 720/720C (9552)
HMS
ThinkPad 720/720C (9552)
HMR
61G1187, S61G-1187
ThinkPad 730T (2524) HMM
82G5497, S82G-5497
42G2338, S42G-2338
ThinkPad Exp. Crtg. (3550)
HMS
ThinkPad Exp. Crtg. (3550)
HMR
42G2339, S42G-2339
*
PS/2 FaxConcentrator HMS
15F2262, S15F-2262
84F8541, S84F-8541
10G5993, S10G-5993
PS/2 FaxConcentrator HMR
PS/2 Comm. Cartridge I
HMS
PS/2 Comm. Cartridge I
HMR
10G5992, S10G-5992
61G1556, S61G-1556
IBM High Speed Internal,
PCMCIA Data/Fax Modems
iv IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Obsolete Publications
This manual obsoletes the following publication:
Publication
Part, Form Number
Mobile Systems HMM
Volume 2: ThinkPad
Computers
82G1502, S82G1502
19H1080, S82G1502
Related Diskettes
The following diskettes are available through IBM or your
IBM Authorized Dealer.
Diskette
Part, Form Number
ThinkPad 300 (2615)
Advanced Diagnostics
33G9361, S33G-9361
ThinkPad 350, 350C, 425,
425C (2618) Advanced
Diagnostics Diskette
A211000, GA21-1000
ThinkPad 500 (2603) Adv.
Diagnostics Diskette
71G3702, S71G-3702
83G8095, S83G-8095
42G2017, S42G-2017
42G2023, S42G-2023
61G1194, S61G-1194
82G3891, S82G-3891
ThinkPad 510 (2604)
Adv. Diagnostics Diskette
ThinkPad 700 (9552)
Reference Diskette
ThinkPad 700C (9552)
Reference Diskette
ThinkPad 720/720C (9552)
Reference Diskette
ThinkPad 750Ce (9545)
Hardware Maintenance
(for all Models 355x, 360x,
750x, and 755x)
ThinkPad Dock I (3545)
Docking Station (3550)
Data/Fax Modem
71G4140, S71G-4140
42G2428, S42G-2428
61G1556, S61G-1556
84F8540, S84F-8540
FaxConcentrator/A
*
Trademark of the IBM Corporation.
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
vi IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Portable Computer Descriptions . . . . . . . . . .
Drive and Diskette Compatibility Matrix . . . . . . .
1
2
4
5
7
Important Service Information
Safety Notices (Multi-lingual Translations)
Safety Information
Laser Compliance Statement
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
. . . . . . . . . . . 19
Screw Size Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . . 49
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Parts Listing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)
. . . . . . 67
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . 104
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Parts Listing (700)
Parts Listing (720, 720C)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
. . . . . . . . . . . . 118
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) . . . . . . . . . . 125
Checkout Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . 161
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Parts Listing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs
.
195
Read This First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . 236
Removals Models 355x, 360x
. . . . . . . . . . 237
Removals Models 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs . . . 261
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Parts Listing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) . . . . . . . . 315
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
vii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . 350
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Parts Listing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545)
391
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . 426
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Parts Listing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Common Devices Checkout . . . . . . . . . . 469
External Diskette Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . . 470
External Display Self-Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
External Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout
Fax/Modem Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Printer Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
471
Port Replicator Checkout
TrackPoint II Checkout
. . . . . . . . . . . . 475
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
TV Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Common Parts Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Miscellaneous Information . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Acronyms, Abbreviations and Terms . . . . . . . 489
Send Us Your Comments! . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
Do You Need Technical References?
. . . . . . 492
Problem Determination Tips . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Phone Numbers, U.S. and Canada . . . . . . . . 494
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
viii IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
Portable Computer Descriptions . . . . . . . . . .
Drive and Diskette Compatibility Matrix . . . . . . .
2
4
5
6
6
7
Important Service Information
How to Use Error Messages
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
How to Read POST Error Messages
Safety Notices (Multi-lingual Translations)
. . . . . .
. . . . .
Safety Information
General Safety
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Electrical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Safety Inspection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Handling Electrostatic Discharge-Sensitive Devices 18
Grounding Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Laser Compliance Statement
. . . . . . . . . . . 19
Screw Size Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Portable Computer Descriptions
All models in the following table have VGA video. Models
N51, CL57, and P70/75 and Thinkpads 700x and 720x are
Micro Channel* systems. All others are AT* bus systems.
Model
Type
Processor
Memory
Hrd Dsk
Model L40SX
Model N45 SL
8543-044
2614-065
2614-067
386SX-20
386SL-25
386SL-25
386SLC-16
386SX-16
386SX-20
80386-16
80386-20
80386-20
80486-33
80486-33
386SL-25
386SL-25
2M/18M
2M/8M
2M/8M
2M/10M
2M/10M
2M/16M
2M/8M
2M/8M
2M/8M
8M/16M
8M/16M
4M/12M
4M/12M
60M
80M
120M
80M
40M
80M
Model N51 SLC 8551-025
Model N51 SX 8551-033
Model CL57 SX 8554-045
Model P70 386
8573-031
8573-061
8573-121
8573-161
8573-401
2615-065
2615-067
2610
2618-AOE
2618-JOA
2618-LOA
2618-NOA
2618-POA
2619
30M
60M
120M
160M
400M
80M
120M
125M
85M
Model P75 486
ThinkPad 300
ThinkPad 340
ThinkPad 350
486SLC2-50 4M/12M
486SL-25
486SL-25
486SL-25
486SL-25
486SL-25
486SX-33
486SX-33
486SX-33
486SX-33
486SX-33
486SX-33
486SX-33
486SX-33
486SX-33
486SX-33
486SX-33
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
2M/16M
2M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
125M
250M
125M
250M
125M
125M
250M
170M
250M
170M
340M
170M
340M
170M
340M
170M
340M
540M
170M
340M
540M
170M
340M
340M
540M
810M
80M
ThinkPad 350C
ThinkPad 355
ThinkPad 355C
2619
2619
ThinkPad 355Cs 2619
2619
ThinkPad 360
2620
2620
2620
2620
ThinkPad 360C
ThinkPad 360Cs 2620
2620
ThinkPad 360Ce 2620
486DX2-50/25 4M/16M
486DX2-50/25 4M/16M
486DX2-50/25 4M/16M
486DX2-50/25 4M/16M
486DX2-50/25 4M/16M
486DX2-50/25 4M/16M
2620
2620
ThinkPad 360Cse 2620
2620
2620
2620
2620
9545
ThinkPad 360P
ThinkPad 370C
486SX-33
486SX-33
4M/16M
4M/16M
486DX4-75/25 4M/32M
486DX4-75/25 4M/32M
486DX4-75/33 4M/32M
486SLC2-50/254M/12M
486SLC2-50/254M/12M
486BLC2-50/254M/20M
486SLC-25
486SLC-25
486SLC-25
9545
9545
ThinkPad 500
2603-081
2603-171
2604
9552-300
9552-301
9552-30B
170M
200M
80M
120M
120M
ThinkPad 510
ThinkPad 700
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
ThinkPad 700C
C
M
P
Color
Megabyte
Pen
T
TPF
Tablet
ThinkPad File
*
Trademark of the IBM Corporation.
IBM Mobile Systems HMM
2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Model
Type
Processor
Memory
Hrd Dsk
ThinkPad 701C
2630
2630
2630
2630
486DX2-25/50 4M/32M
486DX2-25/50 4M/32M
486DX4-25/75 8M/32M
486DX4-25/75 8M/32M
486DX2-25/50 4M/32M
486DX2-25/50 4M/32M
486DX4-25/75 8M/32M
486DX4-25/75 8M/32M
486SLC2-25 4M/12M
486SLC2-25 4M/12M
486SLC2-25 4M/12M
486SLC-25/50 4M/16M
486SLC-25/50 4M/16M
486SLC-25/50 4M/16M
486SLC2-25 4M/12M
486SLC2-25 4M/12M
360MB
540MB
360MB
540MB
360MB
540MB
360MB
540MB
TPF
60M
60M
120M
160M
160M
0M
ThinkPad 701Cs 2630
2630
2630
2630
ThinkPad 710T
ThinkPad 720
2523-09Y
2523-302
2523-303
9552-307
9552-308
9552-30J
2524
ThinkPad 720C
ThinkPad 730T
2524
60M
ThinkPad 750
9545-006
9545-008
9545-306
9545-308
486SL-33
486SL-33
486SL-33
486SL-33
P24S-50/25
486SL-33
486SL-33
486SL-33
486SL-33
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
170M
340M
170M
340M
340M
170M
340M
170M
340M
170M
340M
540M
170M
340M
540M
540M
810M
540M
810M
340M
540M
810M
170M
340M
540M
170M
340M
540M
340M
540M
810M
540M
810M
540M
810M
ThinkPad 750C
ThinkPad 750Ce 9545
ThinkPad 750Cs 9545
9545
ThinkPad 750P
9545-40C
9545-40E
9545
9545
9545
9545
9545
9545
ThinkPad 755C
486DX4-50/25 4M/32M
486DX4-50/25 4M/32M
486DX4-50/25 4M/32M
486DX4-75/25 4M/32M
486DX4-75/25 4M/32M
486DX4-75/25 4M/32M
486DX4-100/338M/32M
486DX4-100/338M/32M
486DX4-100/338M/32M
486DX4-100/338M/32M
486DX4-100/338M/32M
486DX4-100/338M/32M
486DX4-100/338M/32M
486DX4-50/25 8M/32M
486DX4-50/25 8M/32M
486DX4-50/25 8M/32M
486DX4-75/25 8M/32M
486DX4-75/25 8M/32M
486DX4-75/25 8M/32M
486DX4-100/338M/32M
486DX4-100/338M/32M
486DX4-100/338M/32M
486DX4-100/338M/32M
486DX4-100/338M/32M
486DX4-100/338M/32M
486DX4-100/338M/32M
ThinkPad 755CD 9545
9545
ThinkPad 755CDV 9545
9545
ThinkPad 755Ce 9545
9545
9545
ThinkPad 755Cs 9545
9545
9545
9545
9545
9545
ThinkPad 755Cse 9545
9545
9545
ThinkPad 755CV 9545
9545
ThinkPad 755CV 9545
9545
C
M
P
Color
Megabyte
Pen
T
TPF
Tablet
ThinkPad File
Introduction
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Drive and Diskette Compatibility Matrix
The following table provides identification information for
3.5-inch drives.
Diskette
Drive
Identifying
Mark
3.5-Inch - 1.44MB
3.5-Inch - 2.88MB
1.44 on the eject button
2.88 on the eject button
The following table provides compatibility information for
3.5-inch diskettes and 3.5-inch diskette drives.
Diskette
Capacity
1.44MB
Drive
2.88MB
Drive
1.0MB
2.0MB
4.0MB
Read/Write
Read/Write
Not Compatible
Read/Write
Read/Write
Read/Write
The following table provides identification information for
5.25-inch diskette drives.
Diskette
Drive
Identifying
Mark
5.25-Inch - 360KB (External)
5.25-Inch - 1.2MB (Internal)
Asterisk on bezel
1.2 on the eject button
The following table provides compatibility information for
5.25-inch diskettes and 5.25-inch diskette drives.
Diskette
Capacity
360KB
Drive
1.2MB
Drive
360KB
1.2MB
Read/Write
Not Compatible
Read/Write
Read/Write
Note: A 360KB diskette written to or formatted on a
1.2MB drive can be read reliably only on a 1.2MB
drive.
4
IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Important Service Information
Important
Diskette fixes are customer installable. The diskette
fixes are located on the PC Company Bulletin Board
Service (BBS). The direct phone line for modem
connection is 919-557-0001 or tieline 255-0001.
Advise customers to contact the PC Company
HelpCenter at 800-772-2227 if they need assistance in
obtaining or installing any diskette fixes.
Customers in Canada should call IBM HelpPC at
800-565-3344 for assistance or down-load information.
The Canadian BBS phone numbers are:
Montreal
Toronto
514-938-3022
905-316-4255
Vancouver 604-664-6464
Winnipeg 204-934-2735
FRU Replacement Strategy
Before Replacing Parts
Ensure that all diskette fixes are installed prior to
replacing any FRUs listed in this manual.
Use the following strategy to prevent unnecessary FRU
replacement and service expense:
Ÿ
If you are instructed to replace a FRU and that
does not correct the problem, reinstall the original
FRU before you continue.
Ÿ
Some computers have both a processor board and a
system board. If you are instructed to replace either
the processor board or the system board, and the first
board that you replaced does not correct the problem,
reinstall the original board, then replace the other
(processor or system) board.
Ÿ
If an adapter or device consists of more than one
FRU, an error code may be caused by any of the
FRUs. Before replacing the adapter or device,
remove the FRUs, one by one, to see if the
symptoms change. Replace only the FRU that
changed the symptoms.
Warning: A customized setup configuration (other than
default settings) may exist on the computer you are
servicing. Running Automatic Configuration may alter
those settings. Note the current configuration settings
(using the View Configuration option) and verify that the
settings are in place when service is complete.
Introduction
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The advanced diagnostic tests are intended to test only
IBM products. Non-IBM products or modified options can
give false errors and invalid responses.
Hard Disk Drive Replacement Strategy:
Always try to run a low-level format before replacing a hard
disk drive.
Warning: The drive startup sequence in the computer
you are servicing might have been changed. Be extremely
careful during write operations such as copying, saving, or
formatting. Data or programs can be overwritten if you
select an incorrect drive.
How to Use Error Messages
Use the error codes displayed on the screen to diagnose
failures. If more than one error code is displayed, begin
the diagnosis with the first error code. The cause of the
first error code can result in false error codes being
displayed. If no error code is displayed, see if the error
symptom is listed in the Symptom-to-FRU Index for the
computer you are servicing.
How to Read POST Error Messages
POST error messages are displayed on the screen as
three, four, five, or eight digits. The error messages that
can be displayed as shorter POST messages are
highlighted in this index. Some digits will represent
different information for SCSI errors versus non-SCSI
errors.
The following example shows which digits display the
shorter POST error messages and also defines the SCSI
information in an eight-digit error message.
Shorter POST Messages
┌────┬────┬────┬────┐
│
│
│
│
│
┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────┐
│ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │
└────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
Reserved │
Size (SCSI)
└────┴────┘
Device Code
Slot Number (SCSI)
Logical Unit Number (SCSI)
ID (SCSI)
All SCSI devices are set to a different SCSI ID.
Duplicate SCSI ID settings can generate a false error
message. Use the SCSI ID to determine whether the error
message is coming from an internal or an external device.
6
IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Safety Notices (Multi-lingual
Translations)
In this manual, safety notices appear in English with a
page number reference to the appropriate multi-lingual,
translated safety notice found in this section.
The following safety notices are provided in English,
French, German, Italian, and Spanish languages.
Safety Notice 1
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or other
small parts are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computer
and listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.
Avant de remettre l'ordinateur sous tension après
remplacement d'une unité en clientèle, vérifiez que
tous les ressorts, vis et autres pièces sont bien en
place et bien fixées. Pour ce faire, secouez l'unité et
assurez-vous qu'aucun bruit suspect ne se produit.
Des pièces métalliques ou des copeaux de métal
pourraient causer un court-circuit.
Bevor nach einem FRU-Austausch der Computer
wieder angeschlossen wird, muß sichergestellt
werden, daß keine Schrauben, Federn oder andere
Kleinteile fehlen oder im Gehäuse vergessen wurden.
Der Computer muß geschüttelt und auf
Klappergeräusche geprüft werden. Metallteile oder
-splitter können Kurzschlüsse erzeugen.
Prima di accendere l'elaboratore dopo che é stata
effettuata la sostituzione di una FRU, accertarsi che
tutte le viti, le molle e tutte le altri parti di piccole
dimensioni siano nella corretta posizione e non siano
sparse all'interno dell'elaboratore. Verificare ciò
scuotendo l'elaboratore e prestando attenzione ad
eventuali rumori; eventuali parti o pezzetti metallici
possono provocare cortocircuiti pericolosi.
Antes de encender el sistema despues de sustituir
una FRU, compruebe que todos los tornillos, muelles
y demás piezas pequeñas se encuentran en su sitio y
no se encuentran sueltas dentro del sistema.
Compruébelo agitando el sistema y escuchando los
posibles ruidos que provocarían. Las piezas metálicas
pueden causar cortocircuitos eléctricos.
Introduction
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Safety Notice 2
Some standby batteries contain a small amount of
nickel and cadmium. Do not disassemble it, recharge
it, throw it into fire or water, or short-circuit it. Dispose
of the battery as required by local ordinances or
regulations. Use only the battery in the appropriate
parts listing. Use of an incorrect battery can result in
ignition or explosion of the battery.
Certaines batteries de secours contiennent du nickel
et du cadmium. Ne les démontez pas, ne les
rechargez pas, ne les exposez ni au feu ni à l'eau.
Ne les mettez pas en court-circuit. Pour les mettre au
rebut, conformez-vous à la réglementation en vigueur.
Lorsque vous remplacez la pile de sauvegarde ou
celle de l'horloge temps réel, veillez à n'utiliser que les
modèles cités dans la liste de pièces détachées
adéquate. Une batterie ou une pile inappropriée
risque de prendre feu ou d'exploser.
Die Bereitschaftsbatterie, die sich unter dem
Diskettenlaufwerk befindet, kann geringe Mengen
Nickel und Cadmium enthalten. Sie darf nur durch die
Verkaufsstelle oder den IBM Kundendienst
ausgetauscht werden. Sie darf nicht zerlegt,
wiederaufgeladen, kurzgeschlossen, oder Feuer oder
Wasser ausgesetzt werden. Die Batterie kann
schwere Verbrennungen oder Verätzungen
verursachen. Bei der Entsorgung die örtlichen
Bestimmungen für Sondermüll beachten. Beim
Ersetzen der Bereitschafts- oder Systembatterie nur
Batterien des Typs verwenden, der in der
Ersatzteilliste aufgeführt ist. Der Einsatz falscher
Batterien kann zu Entzündung oder Explosion führen.
Alcune batterie di riserva contengono una piccola
quantità di nichel e cadmio. Non smontarle, ricaricarle,
gettarle nel fuoco o nell'acqua né cortocircuitarle.
Smaltirle secondo la normativa in vigore (DPR 915/82,
successive disposizioni e disposizioni locali). Quando
si sostituisce la batteria dell'RTC (real time clock) o la
batteria di supporto, utilizzare soltanto i tipi inseriti
nell'appropriato Catalogo parti. L'impiego di una
batteria non adatta potrebbe determinare l'incendio o
l'esplosione della batteria stessa.
Algunas baterías de reserva contienen una pequeña
cantidad de níquel y cadmio. No las desmonte, ni
recargue, ni las eche al fuego o al agua ni las
cortocircuite. Deséchelas tal como dispone la
normativa local. Utilice sólo baterías que se
encuentren en la lista de piezas. La utilización de una
batería no apropiada puede provocar la ignición o
explosión de la misma.
8
IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Safety Notice 3
The battery pack contains small amounts of nickel.
Do not disassemble it, throw it into fire or water, or
short-circuit it. Dispose of the battery pack as
required by local ordinances or regulations. Use only
the battery in the appropriate parts listing when
replacing the battery pack. Use of an incorrect battery
can result in ignition or explosion of the battery.
La batterie contient du nickel. Ne la démontez pas,
ne l'exposez ni au feu ni à l'eau. Ne la mettez pas en
court-circuit. Pour la mettre au rebut, conformez-vous
à la réglementation en vigueur. Lorsque vous
remplacez la batterie, veillez à n'utiliser que les
modèles cités dans la liste de pièces détachées
adéquate. En effet, une batterie inappropriée risque
de prendre feu ou d'exploser.
Akkus enthalten geringe Mengen von Nickel. Sie
dürfen nicht zerlegt, wiederaufgeladen,
kurzgeschlossen, oder Feuer oder Wasser ausgesetzt
werden. Bei der Entsorgung die örtlichen
Bestimmungen für Sondermüll beachten. Beim
Ersetzen der Batterie nur Batterien des Typs
verwenden, der in der Ersatzteilliste aufgeführt ist.
Der Einsatz falscher Batterien kann zu Entzündung
oder Explosion führen.
La batteria contiene piccole quantità di nichel. Non
smontarla, gettarla nel fuoco o nell'acqua né
cortocircuitarla. Smaltirla secondo la normativa in
vigore (DPR 915/82, successive disposizioni e
disposizioni locali). Quando si sostituisce la batteria,
utilizzare soltanto i tipi inseriti nell'appropriato
Catalogo parti. L'impiego di una batteria non adatta
potrebbe determinare l'incendio o l'esplosione della
batteria stessa.
Las baterías contienen pequeñas cantidades de
níquel. No las desmonte, ni recargue, ni las eche al
fuego o al agua ni las cortocircuite. Deséchelas tal
como dispone la normativa local. Utilice sólo baterías
que se encuentren en la lista de piezas al sustituir la
batería. La utilización de una batería no apropiada
puede provocar la ignición o explosión de la misma.
Introduction
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Safety Notice 4
The lithium battery can cause a fire, explosion, or
severe burn. Do not recharge it, remove its polarized
connector, disassemble it, heat it above 100°C
(212°F), incinerate it, or expose its cell contents to
water. Dispose of the battery as required by local
ordinances or regulations. Use only the battery in the
appropriate parts listing. Use of an incorrect battery
can result in ignition or explosion of the battery.
La pile de sauvegarde contient du lithium. Elle
présente des risques d'incendie, d'explosion ou de
brûlures graves. Ne la rechargez pas, ne retirez pas
son connecteur polarisé et ne la démontez pas. Ne
l'exposez pas à une temperature supérieure à 100°C,
ne la faites pas brûler et n'en exposez pas le contenu
à l'eau. Mettez la pile au rebut conformément à la
réglementation en vigueur. Une pile inappropriée
risque de prendre feu ou d'exploser.
Die Systembatterie ist eine Lithiumbatterie. Sie kann
sich entzünden, explodieren oder schwere
Verbrennungen hervorrufen. Batterien dieses Typs
dürfen nicht aufgeladen, zerlegt, über 100 C erhitzt
oder verbrannt werden. Auch darf ihr Inhalt nicht mit
Wasser in Verbindung gebracht oder der zur richtigen
Polung angebrachte Verbindungsstecker entfernt
werden. Bei der Entsorgung die örtlichen
Bestimmungen für Sondermüll beachten. Beim
Ersetzen der Batterie nur Batterien des Typs
verwenden, der in der Ersatzteilliste aufgeführt ist.
Der Einsatz falscher Batterien kann zu Entzündung
oder Explosion führen.
La batteria di supporto e una batteria al litio e puo
incendiarsi, esplodere o procurare gravi ustioni.
Evitare di ricaricarla, smontarne il connettore
polarizzato, smontarla, riscaldarla ad una temperatura
superiore ai 100 gradi centigradi, incendiarla o gettarla
in acqua. Smaltirla secondo la normativa in vigore
(DPR 915/82, successive disposizioni e disposizioni
locali). L'impiego di una batteria non adatta potrebbe
determinare l'incendio o l'esplosione della batteria
stessa.
La bateria de repuesto es una bateria de litio y puede
provocar incendios, explosiones o quemaduras
graves. No la recargue, ni quite el conector
polarizado, ni la desmonte, ni caliente por encima de
los 100°C (212°F), ni la incinere ni exponga el
contenido de sus celdas al agua. Deséchela tal como
dispone la normativa local.
10 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Safety Notice 5
If the LCD breaks and the fluid from inside the LCD
gets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately
wash the affected areas with water for at least 15
minutes. Seek medical care if any symptoms from the
fluid are present after washing.
Si le panneau d'affichage à cristaux liquides se brise
et que vous recevez dans les yeux ou sur les mains
une partie du fluide, rincez-les abondamment pendant
au moins quinze minutes. Consultez un médecin si
des symptômes persistent après le lavage.
Die Leuchtstoffröhre im LCD-Bildschirm enthält
Quecksilber. Bei der Entsorgung die örtlichen
Bestimmungen für Sondermüll beachten. Der
LCD-Bildschirm besteht aus Glas und kann
zerbrechen, wenn er unsachgemäß behandelt wird
oder der Computer auf den Boden fällt. Wenn der
Bildschirm beschädigt ist und die darin befindliche
Flüssigkeit in Kontakt mit Haut und Augen gerät,
sollten die betroffenen Stellen mindestens 15 Minuten
mit Wasser abgespült und bei Beschwerden
anschließend ein Arzt aufgesucht werden.
Nel caso che caso l'LCD si dovesse rompere ed il
liquido in esso contenuto entrasse in contatto con gli
occhi o le mani, lavare immediatamente le parti
interessate con acqua corrente per almeno 15 minuti;
poi consultare un medico se i sintomi dovessero
permanere.
Si la LCD se rompe y el fluido de su interior entra en
contacto con sus ojos o sus manos, lave
inmediatamente las áreas afectadas con agua durante
15 minutos como mínimo. Obtenga atención medica
si se presenta algún síntoma del fluido despues de
lavarse.
Introduction 11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Safety Notice 6
To avoid shock, do not remove the plastic cover that
surrounds the lower portion of the inverter card.
Afin d'éviter tout risque de choc électrique, ne retirez
pas le cache en plastique protégeant la partie
inférieure de la carte d'alimentation.
Aus Sicherheitsgründen die Kunststoffabdeckung, die
den unteren Teil der Spannungswandlerplatine umgibt,
nicht entfernen.
Per evitare scosse elettriche, non rimuovere la
copertura in plastica che avvolge la parte inferiore
della scheda invertitore.
Para evitar descargas, no quite la cubierta de plástico
que rodea la parte baja de la tarjeta invertida.
Safety Notice 7
Though main batteries have low voltage, a shorted or
grounded battery can produce enough current to burn
combustible materials or personnel.
Bien que le voltage des batteries principales soit peu
élevé, le court-circuit ou la mise à la masse d'une
batterie peut produire suffisamment de courant pour
brûler des matériaux combustibles ou causer des
brûlures corporelles graves.
Obwohl Hauptbatterien eine niedrige Spannung
haben, können sie doch bei Kurzschluß oder Erdung
genug Strom abgeben, um brennbare Materialien zu
entzünden oder Verletzungen bei Personen
hervorzurufen.
Sebbene le batterie di alimentazione siano a basso
voltaggio, una batteria in corto circuito o a massa può
fornire corrente sufficiente da bruciare materiali
combustibili o provocare ustioni ai tecnici di
manutenzione.
Aunque las baterías principales tienen un voltaje bajo,
una batería cortocircuitada o con contacto a tierra
puede producir la corriente suficiente como para
quemar material combustible o provocar quemaduras
en el personal.
12 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Safety Notice 8
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
Avant de retirer une unité remplaçable en clientèle,
mettez le système hors tension, débranchez tous les
cordons d'alimentation des socles de prise de courant,
retirez la batterie et déconnectez tous les cordons
d'interface.
Die Stromzufuhr muß abgeschaltet, alle Stromkabel
aus der Steckdose gezogen, der Akku entfernt und
alle Verbindungskabel abgenommen sein, bevor eine
FRU entfernt wird.
Prima di rimuovere qualsiasi FRU, spegnere il
sistema, scollegare dalle prese elettriche tutti i cavi di
alimentazione, rimuovere la batteria e poi scollegare i
cavi di interconnessione.
Antes de quitar una FRU, apague el sistema,
desenchufe todos los cables de las tomas de corriente
eléctrica, quite la batería y, a continuación,
desconecte cualquier cable de conexión entre
dispositivos.
Introduction 13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Safety Information
The following section contains the safety information that
you need to be familiar with before servicing an IBM
mobile computer.
General Safety
Follow these rules to ensure general safety:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Observe good housekeeping in the area of the
machines during and after maintenance.
When lifting any heavy object:
1. Ensure you can stand safely without slipping.
2. Distribute the weight of the object equally
between your feet.
3. Use a slow lifting force. Never move suddenly
or twist when you attempt to lift.
4. Lift by standing or by pushing up with your leg
muscles; this action removes the strain from the
muscles in your back. Do not attempt to lift any
objects that weigh more than 16 kg (35 lb) or
objects that you think are too heavy for you.
Do not perform any action that causes hazards to the
customer, or that makes the equipment unsafe.
Before you start the machine, ensure that other
service representatives and the customer's personnel
are not in a hazardous position.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Place removed covers and other parts in a safe
place, away from all personnel, while you are
servicing the machine.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Keep your tool case away from walk areas so that
other people will not trip over it.
Do not wear loose clothing that can be trapped in the
moving parts of a machine. Ensure that your sleeves
are fastened or rolled up above your elbows. If your
hair is long, fasten it.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Insert the ends of your necktie or scarf inside clothing
or fasten it with a nonconductive clip, approximately 8
centimeters (3 inches) from the end.
Do not wear jewelry, chains, metal-frame eyeglasses,
or metal fasteners for your clothing.
Remember: Metal objects are good electrical
conductors.
Ÿ
Wear safety glasses when you are: hammering,
drilling soldering, cutting wire, attaching springs, using
solvents, or working in any other conditions that might
be hazardous to your eyes.
Ÿ
Ÿ
After service, reinstall all safety shields, guards,
labels, and ground wires. Replace any safety device
that is worn or defective.
Reinstall all covers correctly before returning the
machine to the customer.
14 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Electrical Safety
Observe the following rules when working on electrical
equipment.
Important
Use only approved tools and test equipment. Some
hand tools have handles covered with a soft material
that does not insulate you when working with live
electrical currents.
Many customers have, near their equipment, rubber
floor mats that contain small conductive fibers to
decrease electrostatic discharges. Do not use this
type of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock.
Ÿ
Find the room emergency power-off (EPO) switch,
disconnecting switch, or electrical outlet. If an
electrical accident occurs, you can then operate the
switch or unplug the power cord quickly.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Do not work alone under hazardous conditions or
near equipment that has hazardous voltages.
Disconnect all power before:
–
–
–
Performing a mechanical inspection
Working near power supplies
Removing or installing main units
Ÿ
Ÿ
Before you start to work on the machine, unplug the
power cord. If you cannot unplug it, ask the customer
to power-off the wall box that supplies power to the
machine and to lock the wall box in the off position.
If you need to work on a machine that has exposed
electrical circuits, observe the following precautions:
–
Ensure that another person, familiar with the
power-off controls, is near you.
Remember: Another person must be there to
switch off the power, if necessary.
–
Use only one hand when working with
powered-on electrical equipment; keep the other
hand in your pocket or behind your back.
Remember: There must be a complete circuit to
cause electrical shock. By observing the above
rule, you may prevent a current from passing
through your body.
–
–
When using testers, set the controls correctly
and use the approved probe leads and
accessories for that tester.
Stand on suitable rubber mats (obtained locally,
if necessary) to insulate you from grounds such
as metal floor strips and machine frames.
Observe the special safety precautions when you
work with very high voltages; these instructions are in
the safety sections of maintenance information. Use
extreme care when measuring high voltages.
Introduction 15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ÿ
Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical hand
tools for safe operational condition.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Do not use worn or broken tools and testers.
Never assume that power has been disconnected
from a circuit. First, check that it has been
powered-off.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Always look carefully for possible hazards in your
work area. Examples of these hazards are moist
floors, nongrounded power extension cables, power
surges, and missing safety grounds.
Do not touch live electrical circuits with the reflective
surface of a plastic dental mirror. The surface is
conductive; such touching can cause personal injury
and machine damage.
Do not service the following parts with the power on
when they are removed from their normal operating
places in a machine:
–
–
–
–
Power supply units
Pumps
Blowers and fans
Motor generators
and similar units. (This practice ensures correct
grounding of the units.)
Ÿ
If an electrical accident occurs:
–
Use caution; do not become a victim
yourself.
–
–
Switch off power.
Send another person to get medical aid.
Safety Inspection Guide
The intent of this inspection guide is to assist you in
identifying potentially unsafe conditions on these products.
Each machine, as it was designed and built, had required
safety items installed to protect users and service
personnel from injury. This guide addresses only those
items. However, good judgment should be used to identify
potential safety hazards due to attachment of non-IBM
features or options not covered by this inspection guide.
If any unsafe conditions are present, you must determine
how serious the apparent hazard could be and whether
you can continue without first correcting the problem.
Consider these conditions and the safety hazards they
present:
Ÿ
Electrical hazards, especially primary power (primary
voltage on the frame can cause serious or fatal
electrical shock).
Ÿ
Ÿ
Explosive hazards, such as a damaged CRT face or
bulging capacitor
Mechanical hazards, such as loose or missing
hardware
16 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The guide consists of a series of steps presented in a
checklist. Begin the checks with the power off, and the
power cord disconnected.
Checklist:
1. Check exterior covers for damage (loose, broken, or
sharp edges).
2. Power-off the computer. Disconnect the power cord.
3. Check the power cord for:
a. A third-wire ground connector in good condition.
Use a meter to measure third-wire ground
continuity for 0.1 ohm or less between the
external ground pin and frame ground.
b. The power cord should be the appropriate type
as specified in the parts listings.
c. Insulation must not be frayed or worn.
4. Remove the cover.
5. Check for any obvious non-IBM alterations. Use
good judgment as to the safety of any non-IBM
alterations.
6. Check inside the unit for any obvious unsafe
conditions, such as metal filings, contamination, water
or other liquids, or signs of fire or smoke damage.
7. Check for worn, frayed, or pinched cables.
8. Check that the power-supply cover fasteners (screws
or rivets) have not been removed or tampered with.
Introduction 17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Handling Electrostatic
Discharge-Sensitive Devices
Any computer part containing transistors or integrated
circuits (ICs) should be considered sensitive to electrostatic
discharge (ESD). ESD damage can occur when there is a
difference in charge between objects. Protect against ESD
damage by equalizing the charge so that the machine, the
part, the work mat, and the person handling the part are all
at the same charge.
Notes:
1. Use product-specific ESD procedures when they
exceed the requirements noted here.
2. Make sure that the ESD protective devices you use
have been certified (ISO 9000) as fully effective.
When handling ESD-sensitive parts:
Ÿ
Keep the parts in protective packages until they are
inserted into the product.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Avoid contact with other people.
Wear a grounded wrist strap against your skin to
eliminate static on your body.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Prevent the part from touching your clothing. Most
clothing is insulative and retains a charge even when
you are wearing a wrist strap.
Use the black side of a grounded work mat to provide
a static-free work surface. The mat is especially
useful when handling ESD-sensitive devices.
Select a grounding system, such as those listed
below, to provide protection that meets the specific
service requirement.
Note: The use of a grounding system is desirable
but not required to protect against ESD
damage.
–
Attach the ESD ground clip to any frame ground,
ground braid, or green-wire ground.
–
Use an ESD common ground or reference point
when working on a double-insulated or
battery-operated system. You can use coax or
connector-outside shells on these systems.
Use the round ground-prong of the AC plug on
AC-operated computers.
–
Grounding Requirements
Electrical grounding of the computer is required for
operator safety and correct system function. Proper
grounding of the electrical outlet can be verified by a
certified electrician.
18 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Laser Compliance Statement
The CD-ROM drive in the ThinkPad computer is a laser
product. The CD-ROM drive's classification label (shown
below) is located on the drive.
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
LASER KLASSE 1
LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE
APPAREIL A LASER DE CLASSE 1
KLASSE 1 LASER APPARAT
The CD-ROM drive is certified in the U.S. to conform to
the requirements of the Department of Health and Human
Services 21 Code of Federal Regulations (DHHS 21 CFR)
Subchapter J for Class 1 laser products.
In other countries, the drive is certified to conform to the
requirements of EN60825.
CAUTION:
Do not open the drive; no user adjustments or
serviceable parts are inside.
Class 1 laser products are not considered to be
hazardous. The CD-ROM drive has an internal Class I (1),
0.5-milliwatt, aluminum gallium-arsenide laser that operates
at a wavelength of 760 to 810 nanometers.
The design of the laser system and the CD-ROM drive
ensures that there is no exposure to laser radiation above
a Class 1 (1) level during normal operation, user
maintenance, or servicing conditions.
Introduction 19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Screw Size Chart
Use the chart below to match the size and shape of the
screws used in the computer you are servicing.
A
B
Silver
Black
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
Silver
Brass
Black
Black
Black
Brass
Silver
Brass
Silver
K
L
M
N
Silver
Silver
P
Black
Brass
Q
20 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Screw Size Chart (continued): Use the chart below
to match the size and shape of the screws used in the
computer you are servicing.
R
S
Brass
Black
Brass
Black
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Brass
Black
Black
Brass
Z
Brass
AA
BB
Black
Brass
CC
DD
Brass
Black
EE
FF
Black
Silver
Introduction 21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Screw Size Chart (continued): Use the chart below
to match the size and shape of the screws used in the
computer you are servicing.
GG
HH
JJ
Silver
Brass
Silver
Black
KK
LL
Brass
Brass
MM
NN
PP
QQ
RR
SS
TT
Silver
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Black
UU
Black
WW
Silver
Black
XX
22 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout . . . . 27
TrackPoint II and III Checkout
. . . . . . . . . 28
Diskette Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Power Systems Checkout
Power Management Features
. . . . . . . . . . . 29
. . . . . . . . . 33
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
FRU Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
No Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
LCD Related Symptoms
Keyboard/TrackPoint II or III Related Symptoms
. . . . . . . . . . . . 39
40
.
Indicator Related Symptoms
Power Related Symptoms
. . . . . . . . . . 40
. . . . . . . . . . . 40
Function/Audio Related Symptoms
. . . . . . . 41
Peripheral Device Related Symptoms . . . . . . 42
Other Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Intermittent Problems
Undetermined Problems
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
. . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
How to Run the Diagnostics
Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Reset Pushbutton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Checking the Installed Devices List . . . . . . . 46
How to Run the Low Level Format . . . . . . . 46
PC Test Card LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Fn Key Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
. . . . . . . . . . 45
How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics . . . . . 47
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . . 49
1010 Rear Connector Door
. . . . . . . . . . 50
1020 Battery Pack
1030 Backup Battery
1040 IC DRAM Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
1050 Standby Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
1060 Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
1070 Indicator Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
1080 Keyboard Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
1090 LCD Assembly
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
1100 Diskette Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
1110 Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
1120 System Board/Speaker . . . . . . . . . . 58
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
System (Front View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
System (Rear View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
System (Interior View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Indicator Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Parts Listing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Option Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
24 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Checkout
Use the following procedure as a guide for computer
problems. The diagnostic tests are intended to test only
IBM products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards, or
modified options can give false errors and invalid system
responses.
1. Obtain the failing symptoms in as much detail as
possible.
2. Verify the symptom. Attempt to recreate the failure
by running the diagnostic tests or retrying the same
operation.
Note: To run the diagnostics, refer to “How to Run
the Diagnostics” on page 45.
3. Use the following table with the verified symptom to
determine which page to go to. Search the
symptoms column and find the description that best
matches your symptom; then go to the page shown in
the “Go to” column.
Symptom
Go to
Power failure. (The
power indicator does
not go on or stay on.)
“Power Systems Checkout” on
page 29.
POST does not
complete. No
beeps/error code are
indicated.
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 34, and then use the No
Beep Symptoms table.
POST beeps, but no
error codes are
displayed.
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 34, and then use the Beep
Symptoms table.
POST detected an
error and displayed
numeric error codes.
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 34, and then use the
Numeric Error Codes table.
The diagnostic test
detected an error and
displayed an FRU
code.
“FRU Codes” on page 37.
The configuration is
not the same as the
installed devices.
“Checking the Installed Devices
List” on page 46.
Other symptoms
(such as LCD display
problems).
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 34, and then use the table
for related symptoms.
Symptoms cannot be
recreated.
(Intermittent
Use the customer reported
symptoms and go to
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 34.
problems.)
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Memory Checkout
See the following table for the available memory size of
each card.
IC DRAM
0 MB
Memory size
3712 KB
2 MB
5760 KB
4 MB
7808 KB
8 MB
11904 KB
Memory errors might stop system operations, show error
messages on the screen, or hang the system.
Use the following procedure to isolate memory problems.
Note: Make sure that the memory card is fully
installed into the connector. Loose
connections can cause errors.
1. Power-off the computer and remove the IC DRAM
card from its slot (if installed).
2. Press and hold the F1 key; then power-on the
computer. Hold the F1 key down until the
Easy-Setup screen appears.
3. Select Test and press enter.
4. Select Memory and press enter to run the memory
test on base memory. If an error appears, replace
the system board.
5. Power-off the computer and reinstall the IC DRAM
card; then power-on the computer. Verify the
memory size; then test the memory. If an error
appears, replace the IC DRAM card.
If memory problems occur intermittently, use the loop
option to repeat the test. When the test detects an error,
an error log is printed on the printer connected to the
parallel port. See “Error Log” on page 45 for more
information.
System Programs in Flash Memory: System setup
programs and diagnostic tests are stored in Flash memory.
Flash Memory Update: A flash memory update is
required for the following conditions:
Ÿ
Connecting the AC Adapter, and installing the
charged battery pack in the computer.
New versions of system programs.
Ÿ
Ÿ
New features or options are added.
To update the flash memory, do the following.
1. Get the appropriate diskette which contains the
update.
2. Insert the System Program Service Diskette into
drive A and power-on the computer.
3. Select Update system programs from the menu.
26 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System Board
The processing functions for the computer are performed
by the system board. When a numeric code calls out the
system board, use the following procedure to isolate the
problem.
1. Run the system board test to verify the symptom.
This test verifies the system board. If no error is
detected, return to “General Checkout” on page 25.
2. If FRU code 10 appears, replace the system board.
3. Rerun the test to verify the fix.
If above procedure does not correct the problem, go to
“Undetermined Problems” on page 42.
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device
Checkout
Remove the external keyboard if the internal keyboard is to
be tested.
If the internal keyboard does not work or an unexpected
character appears, make sure that the three flexible cables
extending from the keyboard are correctly seated in the
connectors on the system board.
If the keyboard cable connection is correct, run the
Keyboard Test by doing the following:
1. Go to advanced diagnostic menu screen by pressing
Ctrl+A in the basic diagnostic menu.
2. Press Ctrl+K; a layout of the keyboard appears on
the screen.
3. Check that when each key is pressed, the key
position on the keyboard layout on the screen
changes to a black square.
Notes:
a. When a Fn key is pressed, a black square briefly
appears.
b. Press the Esc key to return to the diagnostic
menu.
If the tests detect a keyboard problem, do the following
one at a time to correct the problem. Do not replace a
non-defective FRU.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Reseat the three cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the system board.
The following auxiliary input devices are supported for this
computer.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Numeric keypad
Mouse (PS/2 compatible)
External keyboard (with keyboard/mouse cable)
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
If any of the above devices do not work, reseat the cable
connector and repeat the failing operation.
If the problem does not occur again, recheck the
connector.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the device, and
then the system board.
TrackPoint II and III Checkout
If the TrackPoint II or III will not work, check the
configuration in Easy-Setup by selecting Keyboard from
the Config menu. If the configuration of the TrackPoint II
or III is disabled, select TrackPoint to enable it.
If this does not correct the TrackPoint II or III problem,
continue with the following.
The TrackPoint II or III does automatic compensations to
adjust the pointer sensor. During this process, the pointer
moves on the screen automatically for a short time. This
self-acting pointer movement can occur when a slight,
steady pressure is applied to the TrackPoint II or III pointer
while the computer is powered on or while the system is
running, or re-adjustment is required because the
temperature has exceeded its normal operating range.
This symptom does not indicate a hardware problem. No
service actions are necessary if the pointer movement
stops in a short period of time.
If a click button problem or pointing stick problem occurs,
do the following:
1. Go to the Easy-Setup screen.
2. Select an item with the pointing stick.
3. Press either the left or right click button.
4. Verify that both buttons work correctly.
If either the pointing stick or the click button will not work,
do the following actions one at a time to correct the
problem. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Reseat the three keyboard cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the system board.
Diskette Drive Test
Do the following to isolate the problem to a controller,
drive, or diskette. A scratch, write enabled, non-defective
2HD diskette is required.
Note: Make sure that the diskette does not have more
than one label attached to it. Multiple labels can
cause damage to the drive or can cause the drive
to fail.
1. Do following to select the test device:
Ÿ
Select the advanced diagnostic mode and select
Tool; then select the icon FDD and press the
28 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
space key. A √ mark appears next to the
selected icon. Insert the blank diskette when
instructed.
2. Run the diskette drive test.
3. If the controller test detects an error, FRU code 10
appears. Replace the system board.
4. If the controller test runs without errors, the drive
read/write tests start automatically.
5. If the drive test detects an error, FRU code 50
appears. If the diskette itself is known to be good,
replace the drive.
If no errors occur at the FDD position, the drive is not
defective.
Power Systems Checkout
To verify the symptom of the problem, power-on the
computer using each of the power sources available as
follows.
1. Remove the battery pack.
2. Connect the AC Adapter and check that power is
supplied.
3. Disconnect the AC Adapter and install the charged
battery pack; then check that power is supplied by
battery pack.
If you suspect a power problem, see the appropriate power
supply check listed below.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
“Checking the AC Adapter.”
“Checking the Battery Pack” on page 30.
“Checking the Backup Battery” on page 31.
“Checking the Standby Battery” on page 32.
Checking the AC Adapter: You are here
because the computer fails only when the AC Adapter is
used. If the power-on indicator does not turn on, check
the power cord of the AC Adapter for correct continuity and
installation.
1. Unplug the AC Adapter cable from the computer and
measure the output voltage at the plug of the AC
Adapter cable. See the following figure.
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AC Adapter (30W, 40W):
2
1
Pin
Voltage (V dc)
+17.1 to +18.9
Return
1
2
AC Adapter (35W):
2
1
Pin
1
Voltage (V dc)
+15.5 to +17.0
Return
2
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the voltage is correct, replace the system
board. If the problem is not corrected, go to
“Undetermined Problems” on page 42.
If the voltage is not correct, go to the next step.
2. Unplug the AC Adapter cable from the ac power
outlet and wait five minutes or longer to allow the
protection circuit to be fully discharged and initialized.
3. Plug the AC Adapter cable into the ac power outlet.
4. Measure the output voltage of the AC Adapter.
5. If the voltage is still not correct, replace the AC
Adapter.
Note: An audible noise from the AC Adapter does not
always indicate a defective adapter.
Checking the Battery Pack
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the battery pack and measure the voltage
between battery terminals 1 (+) and 4 (−). See the
following figure.
30 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
(
)
3
4
(
)
(
)
Voltage (V dc) / Signal
Terminal
340 (NiCd)
340CSE (NiMH)
+10.0 to +16.0
1
2
3
4
+10.0 to +18.0
NC
0 Ω+0 ground (−)
10 kΩ between ground (−)
Ground (−)
3. If the voltage is less than +10.0 V dc, the battery pack
has been discharged or is defective. Recharge the
battery. If the recharging does not work, go to Step 5
to check the charging circuit.
If the voltage is still less than +10.0 V dc after the
recharging, replace the battery.
4. If the voltage is more than +8.0 V dc, measure the
resistance between battery terminals 3 and 4. The
resistance must be 4 to 30 kilohms.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the battery
pack.
If the resistance is correct, replace the system board.
5. To check the charging circuit, do the following. Plug
in the AC Adapter with the battery pack removed;
then power-on the computer.
6. Measure the charging voltage between terminals 1 (+)
and 4 (−) on the computer.
7. If the voltage is less then +10.0 Vdc, replace the
system board. If the voltage is more than +10.0 Vdc,
the charging circuit is working correctly, replace the
battery pack.
Checking the Backup Battery
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Remove the backup battery.
3. Measure the voltage of the backup battery. See the
following figure.
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Red
Black
Wire
Red
Voltage (V dc)
+2.9 to +3.3
Ground
Black
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the voltage is correct, replace the system board.
If the voltage is not correct, the backup battery has
been discharged. Replace the backup battery.
If the backup battery discharges quickly after
replacement, replace the system board.
Ÿ
Checking the Standby Battery: Be careful not
to cause a short circuit when measuring the voltage.
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Remove the standby battery.
3. Measure the voltage of the standby battery.
Ÿ
If the voltage between red and black is 3.5 V dc
or greater, the voltage is correct. Go to Step 9
on page 33 to verify standby battery operation.
If the voltage is less than 3.5 V dc, go to the
next step.
Ÿ
4. Plug the AC Adapter into the computer and power-on
the computer.
5. Measure the output voltage at the connector on the
system board.
32 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Black
Red
Pin
+
Voltage (V dc)
+4.0
−
Ground
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the voltage is less than +4.0 V dc, replace the
system board.
If the voltage is more than +4.0 V dc, power-off
the computer, replace the standby battery, and
go to the next step.
6. Ensure that the AC Adapter is plugged into the
computer; then power-on the computer.
7. Charging of the standby battery starts. A depleted
battery needs approximately 30 minutes to be
recharged to the operational voltage of +3.5 V dc.
8. Unplug the AC Adapter.
9. Verify the standby battery function by removing and
installing the battery pack during suspend mode.
Note: Removing and installing the battery pack
during suspend mode should be done within
one minute.
The resume operation must start. If the resume
operation does not work, switching of power from the
battery pack to standby battery will not be correct.
Replace the system board.
Power Management Features
Two power management modes are provided by the
computer to save power consumption and prolong battery
power. For the details of the two modes, see the latest
volume of the Hardware Maintenance Manual for ThinkPad
computers.
Standby Mode: When in standby mode, the
following occurs:
Ÿ
Ÿ
The LCD backlight turns off.
The hard disk motor stops.
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Suspend Mode: When in suspend mode, the
following occurs:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The LCD power is powered-off.
The hard disk is powered-off.
The CPU is stopped.
Notes:
1. In the ThinkPad Features Program, the computer
can be set to “Will not suspend even if LCD is
closed.”
2. When the computer is powered with ac power
and is used with one of the following IBM PC
cards, the computer enters standby mode; the
PC card and application program remain active.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
3270 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
5250 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
Token-Ring 16/4 Credit Card Adapter
Credit Card Adapter for Ethernet
3. During the following conditions, the computer
cannot enter suspend mode.
Ÿ
Ÿ
While the communication link is running.
When a serial mouse or other pointing
device are selected in the Config menu of
Easy-Setup.
Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists the symptoms, errors,
and possible causes. (It can be used to help you decide
which FRUs to have available when servicing the
computer.) The most likely cause is listed first.
Perform the FRU replacement or actions in the sequence
shown in the “FRU/Action” column. If a FRU does not
solve the problem, put the original part back in the
computer and perform the next action.
Numeric error codes show the errors detected in POST or
system operation. In the following error codes, X can be
any number.
If no codes are available, use narrative symptoms.
If the symptom is not listed, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 42.
Note: For IBM devices not supported by diagnostic codes
for the Model 340 and 340CSE, see the manual for
that device.
34 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
10X
110
1. System Board
1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” on
page 26.
2. IC DRAM Card
3. System Board
111
161
1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” on
page 26.
2. System Board
1. Go to “Checking the
Backup Battery” on
page 31.
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board
163
1. Set Time and Date.
(Time and Date was not
set.)
2. System Board
173
1. Select OK in the error
screen; then set time
and date.
(Configuration data were
lost.)
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board
174
1. Check Device
Configuration.
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly
(Perform “Checking the
Installed Devices List” on
page 46 before changing
any FRUs.)
4. Hard Disk Drive
Assembly
184
1. Reset the POP in
(POP check sum error.)
Easy-Setup.
190
1. Go to “Checking the
Battery Pack” on
page 30.
(A depleted battery pack
was installed when the
power was on.)
191XX
199XX
1XX
1. System Board
1. System Board
1. System Board
2XX
1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” on
page 26.
2. IC DRAM Card
3. System Board
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
301, 303, 304, 305, 3XX
1. Go to
“Keyboard/Auxiliary
Input Device
Checkout” on
page 27.
2. Keyboard
3. External Numeric
Keypad
4. External Keyboard
5. Keyboard/Mouse Cable
6. System Board
601, 6XX
1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 28.
2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
3. Diskette
4. System Board
602
1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 28.
2. Diskette
(Diskette read error.)
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly
604
1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 28.
2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
(Non-acceptable ID was
read from the diskette
drive.)
3. System Board
11XX
12XX
1. Serial Device (First)
2. Communication Cable
3. System Board
1. Serial Device
(Second)
2. Communication Cable
3. System Board
17XX
1. Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board
24XX
808X
1. System Board
1. PCMCIA Slot
Assembly
2. PCMCIA Device
3. System Board
860X
1. External Mouse
2. External Keyboard
3. System Board
(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint II or III is
disabled.)
861X
1. Reseat the keyboard
TrackPoint II or III
cable. (See “1080
Keyboard Unit” on
page 54.)
(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint II or III is
enabled.)
2. Keyboard
3. External Mouse
4. System Board
36 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
I9990301
I9990302
I9990305
1. Reseat the boot
device.
2. Check the startup
sequence for the
correct boot device.
3. Check that the
operating system has
no failures, and is
installed correctly.
I9990303
1. System Board
Other codes not listed
above
1. Go to “Undetermined
Problems” on
page 42.
FRU Codes
If an error is detected by the diagnostic tests, a four-digit
FRU code is displayed. The FRU code indicates two
suspected FRUs. Replace the FRU that is indicated by
the two leftmost digits first, then replace the FRU indicated
by the two rightmost digits. No FRU is assigned to code
00. If only one FRU is suspected, the other FRU code is
filled with zeros. See the referenced page before replacing
the FRU.
FRU Code
FRU/Action
10
20
System Board
Memory
(See “Memory Checkout” on page 26.)
30
32
33
40
45
50
Reserved
External Keyboard
External Mouse
LCD Assembly
External CRT
1. Reseat the Diskette Drive
2. Diskette Drive
60
1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive
2. Hard Disk Drive
81
90
Internal Modem Card (if installed)
Reserved
Note: The device ID and error codes are used to indicate
the detail portion of the FRU which caused the
error. If replacing a FRU does not correct a
problem, see the Device ID or error code from the
previous failure. If they have changed, the cause
might be because the new FRU is defective or that
the FRU was incorrectly installed.
If the problem remains after replacement of the FRUs, go
to “Undetermined Problems” on page 42.
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Continuous beeps.
1. System Board
One beep and a blank,
unreadable, or flashing
LCD.
1. Reseat the LCD
connector. (See
“1090 LCD Assembly”
on page 55.)
2. LCD Assembly
3. System Board
One beep, and the message
“Unable to access boot
source.”
1. Reseat the boot
device.
2. Boot Device
3. System Board
One long, two short beeps
and a blank or unreadable
LCD.
1. System Board
2. LCD Assembly
One long beep followed by
four short beeps each time
the power switch is
1. Connect the AC
Adapter or install a
fully-charged battery.
operated.
(System cannot power-on
due to low battery voltage.)
One long and one short
beep.
1. System Board
One beep every second.
(System is shutting down
due to low battery voltage.)
1. Connect the AC
Adapter or install a
fully-charged battery
(allows the system to
completely shutdown
before the battery is
charged).
Two short beeps with error
codes.
1. POST error. (See
“Numeric Error Codes”
on page 35.)
Two short beeps with blank
screen.
1. System Board
No Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
No beep, power-on indicator
not on, and a blank LCD
during POST.
1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 29.
2. System Board
3. Power Sources
No beep, power-on indicator
on, and a blank LCD during
POST.
1. System Board
No beep, power-on indicator
on, and a blinking cursor
only during POST.
1. System Board
38 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
No beep during POST, but
system runs correctly.
1. Turn the volume up
and listen to the
speaker.
2. Speaker
LCD Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Flicker
1. Do not replace any
FRUs. In certain
brightness/contrast
settings, screen flicker
can be seen because
of technical limitations.
No beep, power-on indicator
on, and a blank LCD during
POST.
1. System Board
Ÿ
LCD backlight not
working
1. Reseat the LCD
connector. (See
“1090 LCD Assembly”
on page 55.)
Ÿ
Ÿ
LCD too dark
LCD brightness cannot
be adjusted
2. LCD Assembly
Ÿ
LCD contrast cannot
be adjusted.
Ÿ
Ÿ
LCD screen
1. Reseat the LCD
connector. (See
“1090 LCD Assembly”
on page 55.)
unreadable, or
Characters missing
pels, or
Ÿ
Ÿ
Screen abnormal, or
Wrong characters
displayed.
2. System Board
3. LCD Assembly
LCD has extra horizontal or
vertical lines displayed.
1. LCD Assembly
LCD FRU Replacement Notice: If missing or
discolored dots appear on the LCD, carefully read the
following note to determine whether you should replace the
LCD.
Ÿ
Do not replace the LCD for defective pixels if dots
that are less than half the area of a pixel are
defective (a total of 11 dots are allowed).
Ÿ
The LCD is not defective if the dots are functional but
are slightly different in color from the immediate,
surrounding area or appear as a “stain”.
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Keyboard/TrackPoint II or III Related
Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Keyboard (one or more
keys) does not work, or
works intermittently.
1. Reseat the three
keyboard cables.
2. Reseat the keytop.
Ensure the rubber
dome under the keytop
is straight and in the
correct direction, with
the larger radius on the
top.
3. Keyboard
4. System Board
TrackPoint II or III does not
work.
1. Go to “TrackPoint II
and III Checkout” on
page 28.
2. Keyboard
3. System Board
Pointer moves automatically
or does not work correctly.
1. See “TrackPoint II
and III Checkout” on
page 28.
Indicator Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Indicator incorrectly remains
off or on, but system runs
correctly.
1. Reseat the indicator
card.
2. Indicator Card
3. System Board
Battery power status
indicator blinks from green,
yellow, to orange.
1. Check that a correct
battery is installed.
2. Battery Pack
3. System Board
Power Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Power shut down during
operation.
1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 29.
2. Battery Pack
3. Remove the battery
pack and let it cool for
two hours.
4. Power Sources
The system will not
power-off.
1. Press the Reset
pushbutton.
(See “Reset Pushbutton” on
page 46.)
2. System Board
40 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Function/Audio Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
The system will not suspend
or resume by opening or
closing the keyboard.
1. Go to “Suspend
Mode” on page 34
and check that the
computer can enter
suspend mode.
2. Go to the Easy-Setup
screen and press
Fn+4. If the computer
enters suspend mode,
suspect that the
application program is
defective.
3. System Board
The system will not suspend
or resume by opening or
closing the LCD.
1. Go to “Suspend
Mode” on page 34
and that check that
the computer can
enter suspend mode.
2. Go to the Easy-Setup
screen and press
Fn+4. If the computer
enters suspend mode,
suspect that the
application program is
defective.
3. System Board
Battery Fuel-Gauge does
not go higher than 90%.
1. Go to “Checking the
Battery Pack” on
page 30 and see the
note.
Modem problems.
(If installed)
1. Run the Internal
Modem Test.
2. Check that the port is
set to enable in Easy
Setup.
3. Check that the port
power is switched on
by PS2.EXE.
4. Modem Card (if
installed)
Memory count (size)
appears differently from
actual size.
1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” on
page 26.
System configuration does
not match the installed
devices.
1. Go to “Checking the
Installed Devices
List” on page 46.
System hangs intermittently.
1. Go to “Intermittent
Problems” on
page 42.
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Peripheral Device Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
External display does not
work correctly.
1. See “External Display
Self-Test” in the
“Common Devices
Checkout” section.
Printer problems.
1. Run Printer Self-test.
2. System Board
3. Parallel Port Device
4. Cable
Serial or parallel port device
problems.
1. Device
2. Device Cable
3. System Board
Other Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
PCMCIA slot pin is
damaged.
1. System Board
Note: If you cannot find a symptom or error in this list
and the problem remains, see “Undetermined
Problems.”
Intermittent Problems
Intermittent system hang problems can be caused by a
variety of reasons that have nothing to do with a hardware
defect such as: cosmic radiation, electrostatic discharge, or
software errors. FRUs replacement should only be
considered when a recurring problems exists.
When analyzing the intermittent problem, do the following:
1. Run the advanced diagnostic test for the system
board in loop mode at least 10 times.
2. If no error is detected, do not replace any FRUs.
3. If any error is detected, replace the FRU shown by
the FRU code. Rerun the test to verify that no more
errors exist.
Undetermined Problems
You are here because the diagnostic tests did not identify
which adapter or device failed, installed devices are
incorrect, a short circuit is suspected, or the system is
inoperative. Follow the procedures below to isolate the
failing FRU (do not isolate non-defective FRUs).
Verify that all attached devices are supported by the
computer.
Verify that the power supply being used at the time of the
failure is operating correctly. (See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 29.)
1. Power-off the computer.
42 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2. Check the cables, wires, and connectors for short
circuits and open circuits. Visually check them for
damage. If any problems are found, replace the
FRU.
3. Remove or disconnect all of the following devices.
a. Non-IBM devices
b. Devices attached to the expansion bus
connector
c. Printer, mouse, and other external devices
d. Battery pack
e. IC DRAM card
f. PC cards
Note: Remember that removing the hard disk
drive, an IC DRAM card, or any adapter
or device, might cause configuration
errors. Ignore error code 174.
4. Power-on the computer.
5. Determine if the problem has changed.
6. If the problem does not occur again, reconnect the
removed devices one at a time until you find the
failing FRU.
7. If the problem remains, replace the following FRUs
one at a time. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Modem card (if installed)
LCD assembly
System board
Related Service Procedures
This section provides information about the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
“Status Indicators” on page 44
“How to Run the Diagnostics” on page 45
“Error Log” on page 45
“Reset Pushbutton” on page 46
“Checking the Installed Devices List” on page 46
“How to Run the Low Level Format” on page 46
“PC Test Card LED” on page 46
“Fn Key Combinations” on page 47
“How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics” on page 47
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Status Indicators
The system status indicators show the current computer
status in different colors (green, yellow, and orange).
Symbol
Color
Meaning
Green
Battery is fully
charged.
Yellow (340)
Battery usable.
Battery is
charging (when
the AC Adapter
is used).
Note: When
the
battery is
fully
charged,
the
indicator
turns and
stays
green.
Orange
Battery is low
Blinking orange
Battery is almost
depleted
Blinking yellow
(340)
Battery cannot
be charged
because of it's
high
temperature.
Note: When
the
temperature
drops to
the
acceptable
range,
charging
will start.
Off (340CSE)
Orange
The battery in
not installed.
Diskette drive is
in-use
Orange
Hard disk drive
in-use
Green
Keyboard is in
Num Lock mode
Green
Green
Keyboard is in
Caps Lock mode
Keyboard is in
Scroll Lock
mode
44 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symbol
Color
Meaning
Green
Computer is
powered on
How to Run the Diagnostics
Use either the TrackPoint II or III or the cursor move keys
to interact with the tests. The Enter key works the same
as selecting the OK icon to reply OK.
1. Press and hold the F1 key; then power-on the
computer. Hold the F1 key down until the Easy-setup
screen appears.
2. Select Test and press Enter.
3. Select a device and press Enter to run the test.
4. The test progress screen appears.
5. OK appears when the test ends without any errors.
6. Start the Advanced Diagnostic test by pressing
Ctrl+A on the basic diagnostic menu screen.
7. Select Tool to install the tools.
8. Select a device, press the space key, and install the
tool. Multiple devices can be selected by repeating
this step.
A √ mark appears for the selected device.
9. Select OK and press Enter if the selection is OK.
10. Select a device and press Enter to start the tests.
11. Select Test All to test all devices.
12. Select Loop Test to loop tests.
A loop option menu appears in which a device loop or
all loop can be selected. Select a device and press
the space key to select a device. Repeat this step to
select multiple devices. Press Enter to start the
diagnostic loop. If no device is selected, all device
tests are looped.
13. To exit the loop, keep pressing Ctrl+Pause until the
test exits.
Error Log
Diagnostic errors are printed on the printer that is attached
to the parallel port when the error is detected. The error is
also logged in the system memory.
Do the following to display the errors.
1. End the test, if it is running.
2. Press Ctrl+A to select the advanced diagnostic mode.
3. Press Ctrl+E.
4. The error log appears.
5. To exit the screen, select the cancel icon or press
Esc.
The error log is not saved when system power is
powered-off.
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Reset Pushbutton
The reset pushbutton resets the system and forces the
power to be powered-off .
Note: Use this pushbutton when the power is not
completely off or the system is hung. See “System
Board” on page 61 for the location of the
pushbutton.
Checking the Installed Devices List
If a device is installed but the icon appears in a gray shade
rather than a dark shade on the basic diagnostics screen,
the device is defective. Reseat the device connectors. If
the symptom remains, replace the device or the system
board. If needed, adjust the contrast control to clearly
distinguish the shades of the icon.
If a device that is not installed appears in a dark shade, do
the following.
1. Replace the first device, such as a FDD, HDD, or
PCMCIA.
2. If the problem remains, replace the system board.
PCMCIA, Parallel, and Serial icons are always displayed in
dark shade, because the icons represent subsystems of
the system board and not attachment of the devices.
How to Run the Low Level Format
Do the following to format the hard disk.
Before Formatting the Hard Disk
Make sure that the address of the drive to be
formatted is correct. This procedure will erase all
information on the disk.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the ThinkPad 750Ce hardware maintenance
diskette into diskette drive A and power-on the
computer.
Note: You can use this maintenance diskette for the
Model 340CSE.
3. Select Format the hard disk from the main menu.
4. Select the drive from the menu.
5. Follow the instructions on the screen.
PC Test Card LED
The green LED on the PC test card turns on when the
PCMCIA test is running. If the LED does not turn on,
check that the card is installed correctly by reseating it. If
the LED still does not turn on after the card is reseated, try
using another slot for the test. If the LED still does not
turn on and the test fails, replace the FRU shown in the
diagnostic error code.
46 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fn Key Combinations
The following table shows the Fn key and function key
combinations and their corresponding functions.
The Fn key works independently from the operating
system. The operating system obtains the status through
the system management interface to control the system.
Fn +
F1
Description
Reserved
F2
Fuel-gauge display ON/OFF
Standby mode invocation
Suspend mode invocation
Audio volume Down
Audio volume UP
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
LCD/CRT display switching
LCD normal/reverse switching
Reserved
F8
F9
F10
F11
Reserved
Power management mode switching
(Toggles High power, Medium, Low)
F12
Reserved
How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics
Do the following to run the keyboard test.
1. Go to the advanced diagnostic screen menu by
pressing Ctrl+A in the Easy-Setup menu.
2. Go to the keyboard diagnostic test menu by pressing
Ctrl+K.
3. Check that when each key is pressed, the key
position on the keyboard layout on the screen
changes to a black square.
Note: When a Fn key is pressed, the black square
briefly appears.
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Overview
The following table shows an overview of the system
features.
Feature
Description
Processor
Ÿ
340
–
IBM486 SLC 25/50MHz, on
the system board
Ÿ
340CSE
–
IBM486 SLC2 25/50MHz, on
the system board
–
IBM486 SLC2 33/66MHz, on
the system board
Memory
4MB (on the system board)
(Standard)
Memory (Option)
2MB, 4MB, 8MB, IC DRAM card
(12MB is maximum)
CMOS RAM
VGA Video
128 Bytes
Ÿ
340
–
9.4-inch, 64 gray, level DSTN
LCD monochrome
Ÿ
340CSE
–
9.4-inch, 256 color, DSTN
LCD color
–
10.4-inch, 256 color, DSTN
LCD color
Diskette Drive
Ÿ
Ÿ
0.720MB, 1.44MB (2-mode),
3.5-inch
(for U.S. and European countries)
0.720MB, 1.2MB, 1.44MB
(3-mode), 3.5-inch
(for Japan)
Hard Disk Drive
PCMCIA
Ÿ
Ÿ
340
–
340CSE
–
–
125MB, 2.5-inch
200MB, 2.5-inch
360MB, 2.5-inch
One Type-III or Type-II
48 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FRU Removals and Replacements
This section contains information about removals and
replacements.
Ÿ
An electrostatic discharge (ESD) strap must be
used to establish personal grounding. The system
board is sensitive to, and can be damaged by,
electrostatic discharge. Establish personal grounding
by touching a ground point with one hand before
touching these units.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Do not damage any part. Only certificated and
trained personnel should service the computer.
The arrows in the “Removals and Replacements”
section show the direction of movement to remove a
FRU, or to turn a screw to release the FRU. The
step number with the arrow shows the correct
sequence of removal. The circled numbers are
sub-steps of the main step.
Ÿ
Ÿ
When other FRUs must be removed before removing
the failing FRU, they are listed at the top of the page.
To replace a FRU, reverse the removal procedure
and follow any notes that pertain to replacement.
See “Locations” for internal cable connections and
arrangement information.
Ÿ
When replacing a FRU, use the correct screw size as
shown in the table of each section.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, and then disconnect any
interconnecting cables.
Safety Notice 3: Translation on page 9
The battery pack contains Cadmium. Do not
disassemble it, throw it into fire or water, or
short-circuit it. Dispose of the battery pack as
required by local ordinances or regulations.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or other
small parts, are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computer
and listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1010 Rear Connector Door
Remove the rear connector door by flexing it.
1
1020 Battery Pack
1
2
50 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1030 Backup Battery
1040 IC DRAM Card
1050 Standby Battery
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Step 2:
Step 3:
Step 4:
Standby Battery
IC DRAM Card
Backup Battery
Note
The IC DRAM card is sensitive to physical shock.
Incorrect handling of the card can damage it.
Note: When removing the backup battery or standby
battery, use the connector extractor (P/N
39G9977).
1
2
4
3
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1060 Top Cover
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
1
Step
.1/
Location (Quantity)
Base cover (3)
Length
12 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
3
2
4
52 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1070 Indicator Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Top Cover (1060)
1
When Replacing
Be careful to not break the pins of the indicator card
connector.
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1080 Keyboard Unit
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Top Cover (1060)
Notes:
1. There are two keyboard latches on each side of the
computer frame. Slide the keyboard as shown in step
2 to release the keyboard from those latches; them
remove the keyboard. (Small arrows on the both
sides of the keyboard show the locations of the
latches.)
2. The keyboard has three cables; be careful not to
damage the cables when you open the keyboard and
to remove them.
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
When Replacing
Ÿ
Ÿ
Check that the three keyboard cables are clean,
and inserted straight and fully into the
connectors. Slide both ends of each connector
latch at the same time to make sure that each
cable is correctly inserted.
Go to “Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout”
on page 27 and test all keys before returning the
computer to the customer.
54 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1090 LCD Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Top Cover (1060)
Safety Notice 5: Translation on page 11
If the LCD breaks and the fluid from inside the LCD
gets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately
wash the affected areas with water for at least 15
minutes. Seek medical care if any symptoms from the
fluid are present after washing.
Caring for the LCD
Ÿ
Ÿ
When cleaning of the LCD becomes necessary,
gently wipe the LCD with a dry, soft cloth. Do
not use alcohol or detergent to clean the LCD.
To avoid damage to the LCD, do not scratch or
apply any force to its surface.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Do not put anything on the surface of the LCD.
Do not pull the LCD cable. The cable can be
damaged if it is disconnected without releasing
the latch.
1
2
340
340CSE
2
2
1
1
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4
3
3
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
.1/
Location (Quantity)
LCD cable (1)
Length
6 mm
.3/
LCD hinge (4)
8 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
56 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1100 Diskette Drive
1110 Hard Disk Drive
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Top Cover (1060)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Steps 1, 2, 3, 4: Diskette Drive
Steps 5, 6: Hard Disk Drive
When Replacing
Ÿ
Before removing the hard disk drive, have the
user make a backup copy of all information
on the hard disk
Ÿ
Ÿ
Never remove the hard disk drive while the
system is operating or is in suspend mode.
Do not pull the hard disk cable. The cable can
be damaged if it is disconnected without
releasing the latch.
Ÿ
Do not drop or apply any shock or extra force to
the hard disk drive or diskette drive. They are
sensitive to physical shock.
1
4
2
3
5
6
2
1
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
.1/
Location (Quantity)
Diskette Drive (2)
Hard Disk Drive (2)
Length
8 mm
.5/
6 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1120 System Board/Speaker
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Rear Connector Door (1010)
Battery Pack (1020)
Backup Battery (1030)
IC DRAM Card (1040)
Standby Battery (1050)
Top Cover (1060)
Indicator Card (1070)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Diskette Drive (1100)
Hard Disk Drive (1110)
Step 1, 2, 3, 4: System Board
Step 4, 5:
Speaker
1
2
3
5
4
Step
Location (Quantity)
Length
.1/
I/O connector (6)
Hex-head
screws
.2/
.3/
Base cover (1)
Base cover (2)
8 mm
12 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screws.
58 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Locations
System (Front View)
.1/ LCD
.2/ Contrast Control
.3/ Brightness Control
.4/ Status Indicator
.5/ Keyboard
.6/ LCD and Keyboard Latch
.7/ Click Button
.8/ Diskette-Eject Button
.9/ Diskette Drive
.1ð/ Fn Key
.11/ TrackPoint II/III
1
2
11
10
3
4
9
8
7
5
6
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System (Rear View)
.1/ External Display Connector
.2/ Serial Connector
.3/ PCMCIA Slot
.4/ Serial Connector
.5/ Reset Pushbutton
.6/ Power Jack
.7/ External Input Device connector
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
System (Interior View)
.1/ Backup Battery
.2/ IC DRAM Card Slot
.3/ Standby Battery
.4/ Battery Pack
4
3
2
1
60 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System Board
.1/ Internal Modem Card connector
(Modem model only)
.2/ External Display Connector
.3/ Parallel Connector
.4/ LCD connectors
.5/ PCMCIA Slot
.6/ Indicator Card Connector
.7/ Reset Pushbutton
.8/ LCD Inverter Power Connector (340CSE)
.9/ Serial Connector
.1ð/ Power Jack
.11/ External Input Device Connector
.12/ Keyboard Signal Connector
.13/ Hard Disk Drive Connector
.14/ Speaker Connector (340CSE only)
.15/ Keyboard TrackPoint II/III Connector
.16/ Battery Pack Terminal
.17/ POP Terminal
.18/ Standby Battery Connector
.19/ IC DRAM Card Connector
.2ð/ Diskette Drive Interface
.21/ Backup Battery Connector
6
7
9
10
11
3
4
5
2
8
1
12
19
18
17
15
13
21 20
16
14
Indicator Card
.1/ Resume/Suspend Switch
.2/ Power Switch
.3/ System board Interface
2
1
3
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 61
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Parts Listing
1
2
3
4
17
16
5
6
15
7
8
14
13
9
10
11
12
62 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System Unit Models 340 and 340CSE
Index
1
1
LCD Assembly (340)
LCD Assembly (340CSE)
9.4-inch
10.4-inch
Top Cover (340)
84G6678
85G7601
85G7602
84G6677
85G7600
2
2
3
Top Cover (340CSE)
Keyboard Assembly
(See keyboard list)
4
5
6
6
Modem/Fax Card (2400 bps.)
Indicator Card
System Board (340)
84G5917
84G6662
84G6661
System Board (25/50MHz)
With modem connector
Without modem connector
System Board (33/66MHz)
Without modem connector
125MB Hard Disk Drive
200MB Hard Disk Drive
360MB Hard Disk Drive
Rear Connector Cover
Base Cover Assembly (340)
For U.S.
85G7595
85G7596
85G7598
6
7
84G6663
85G7606
85G7608
84G6676
84G6656
84G6890
84G6659
85G7612
85G7611
8
9
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (340CSE)
For U.S., Japan
Note: Base cover assembly includes coil spring,
insulator, foot, power switch, knob,
holder, latch buttons
Shield Case
Battery Pack (Nickel Cadmium)
For U.S.
For Japan
Battery Pack (Nickel Metal Hydride)
Accessory Cover
Standby Battery
For U.S.
For Japan
Backup Battery
Screw Kit (Includes the following)
10-2.5 x 4 mm; 10-2.5 x 6 mm
10-2.5 x 8 mm, Flat head;
10-2.5 x 8 mm; 10-2.5 x 16 mm
10-hex stud I/O; 10-hex stud bus
2-washers for hex stud bus
10
11
84G6660
84G6672
84G6671
84G6674
85G7604
84G6675
84G6668
84G6667
84G6670
84G6666
84G6764
11
12
13
14
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 63
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
DASD
Index
15
Diskette Drive (2-mode)
84G6664
84G6665
85G7643
66G6444
84G6536
Diskette Drive (3-mode)
Speaker (360CSE)
TrackPoint II Cap
TrackPoint III Cap
Shield Plate (340)
AC Adapter
For Japan
AC Adapter (small, 35W)
For Japan
16
17
17
84G6774
84G6679
84G6738
85G4952
85G6669
85G6664
DC Plug
IC DRAM Card (See options)
Keyboards
Arabic
Belgium
Canadian French
Danish
Dutch
Finnish, Swedish
French
German (Black)
Greek
Hebrew
84G6881
84G6879
84G6887
84G6878
84G6876
84G6875
84G6872
84G6870
84G6885
84G6882
84G6874
84G6888
84G6886
84G6880
84G6883
84G6877
84G6873
84G6871
84G6884
84G6869
84G6868
Italian
Japanese
Latin Spanish
Norwegian
Portuguese
Spanish
Swiss, French
Swiss, German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English
64 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Option Parts List
Notes:
1. When you replace the AC Adapter with a new one,
use the one for the country you are in even if the
system is from a different country.
2. The warranty for the system unit does not apply to all
options.
Basic IC DRAM CARD (no parity) 8MB
Basic IC DRAM CARD (no parity) 4MB
Basic IC DRAM CARD (no parity) 16MB
Keyboard/Mouse Cable
Microphone
PS/2 Miniature Mouse
84G5725
84G5724
84G5726
54G0444
66G7871
95F5723
Numeric Keypad
Belgian
Canadian French
Danish
Dutch
French
German
Greek
Hebrew
Icelandic
95F5741
95F5466
95F5467
95F5467
95F6313
95F6314
95F5467
95F5741
95F5467
95F6316
79F6401
95F5467
95F6315
95F5468
95F5711
95F5715
95F5467
95F5741
95F5741
Italian
Japanese
Norwegian
Spanish
Swedish/Finnish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English
Tools
Tri-Connector Wrap Plug
PC Test Card
Audio Wrap Cable
Screwdriver Kit
72X8546
35G4703
66G5180
95F3598
ThinkPad 340x (IBM 2610) 65
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
8
9
10
Warning: Use only the power cord certified for your
country.
30/40W
35W
1
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
Japan, 2-pin
Japan, 3-pin
Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K.
France, Germany, Spain
Italy
Australia, New Zealand
Denmark
13F9959
6454377
65F0031
14F0033
13F9979
14F0069
13F9940
13F9997
14F0087
14F0015
25H2207
85G6665
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
25H2215
25H2209
25H2223
25H2205
25H2211
25H2225
25H2213
Israel
Bangladesh, Pakistan,
Sri Lanka, South Africa
Switzerland
9
10
14F0051
1838574
25H2221
25H2219
Thailand
Note: The 30/40W cord is 6 feet long; the 35W cord is 6 inches.
66 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C
(9552)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Power Systems Checkout
Power Management Features
. . . . . . . . . . . 71
. . . . . . . . . 81
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Miscellaneous Symptoms
. . . . . . . . . . . 89
Undetermined Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
System Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Check Point (CP) Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
System Error Log
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Checking the Installed Devices List . . . . . . . 97
Power-On Password (700, 700C) . . . . . . . . 97
Power-On Password (720, 720C) . . . . . . . . 97
Privileged-Access Password (PAP) . . . . . . . 97
Set Startup Sequence
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Restore System Partition . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Hard Disk Low Level Format . . . . . . . . . . 99
Replacing the Hard Disk Drive
System Diskettes (Reference and Diagnostic)
Making a System Partition Backup Copy
Japanese Model Diskette Drive and Diskette
. . . . . . . . . 99
100
. . . 101
102
.
.
173 and 11350 Error Combination
. . . . . . 102
PCMCIA Card Removal Tip . . . . . . . . . 102
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . 104
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Front View
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
System Board (700) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
System Board (720, 720C) . . . . . . . . . . 112
Video Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Keyboard Control Card . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Voltage Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Parts Listing (700)
Parts Listing (720, 720C)
FRU Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 124
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
. . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
67
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Checkout
The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM
products. Non-IBM products, prototype card, or modified
options can give false errors and invalid system responses.
Warning: The drives might have been rearranged or the
drive startup sequence might have been altered. Be
extremely careful during write operations such as copying,
saving, or formatting. Data or programs can be written
over if you select an incorrect drive.
Japanese Models Only
The Japanese model of the ThinkPad 700C has an
89-key keyboard. This keyboard is identified by the
additional keys at the left and right sides of the
spacebar.
When testing the diskette drive in the Japanese
model, the 1.2MB format (8 sectors per track and 15
sectors per track) in addition to the 720KB and
1.44MB formats are tested to ensure correct
operation.
A 2.0MB capacity diskette is required when testing the
1.2MB format.
1. Power-off the computer and all external devices.
2. Check all cables and power cords for correct
connection.
3. Make sure that no diskettes are in the drives.
4. Power-on all external devices.
5. Power-on the computer. If any error message
appears on the screen, go to “Symptom-to-FRU
Index” on page 82.
If no message appears on the screen, press
Ctrl+Alt+Delete to continue. After the cursor moves
to the upper right corner of the screen, press
Ctrl+Alt+Insert to start the system program. If the
IBM logo screen does not appear, insert the backup
copy of the system partition into the diskette drive and
start the system program again. Then press Ctrl+A,
and run the system checkout. For information on how
to disable the password, see “Power-On Password
(700, 700C)” on page 97.
6. Refer to the following table. If you do not find your
symptom listed, go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 82, then go to “Undetermined Problem” on
page 93.
68 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom
Go to ...
Error Code or Message
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 82
Configuration Problem
Power Problem
“Checking the Installed
Devices List” on page 97
“Power Systems Checkout”
on page 71
Memory Problem
“Memory Checkout” on
page 70
TrackPoint II or Pointing
Stick Problem
“TrackPoint II Checkout” on
page 476
ThinkPad 700C, 720C Color
LCD Problem
“LCD FRU Replacement
Notice” on page 124
ThinkPad 700, 720 Mono
Panel Problem
“700, 720 Mono LCD FRU
Replacement” on page 124
High Speed Modem Noise
Problem
“High-Speed Modem Noise
Problems” on page 124
Note
For information about how to run diagnostics, error
messages, passwords, and various other tests and
service checks, go to “Related Service Procedures” on
page 94.
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 69
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Memory Checkout
Customer diagnostics can eliminate defective memory so
no memory error message appears at power-on reset.
After you replace a defective base memory card or IC
DRAM card, run Automatic configuration. Otherwise,
the new memory will not be recognized. Power-off the
computer before you remove or replace any parts.
001
– Remove all IC DRAM cards from their slots (if installed).
– Power-off the computer, then power it on.
After the cursor moves to the upper right corner of the
screen, press Ctrl+Alt+Insert to start the system
program.
– Press Ctrl+A at the Main Menu.
DID THE ADVANCED DIAGNOSTIC MENU APPEAR?
Yes No
002
Replace the base memory card.
If the problem is not corrected, go to “Undetermined
Problem” on page 93.
003
– Run the memory tests.
Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option.
DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR?
Yes No
004
Replace the base memory card.
005
– Install the IC DRAM card into slot 1 and run Automatic
configuration.
– Run the memory test.
Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option.
DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR?
Yes No
006
Replace the IC DRAM card in slot 1.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the system
board.
007
– Install the IC DRAM card into slot 2 and run Automatic
configuration.
(Step 007 continues)
70 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
007 (continued)
– Run the memory test.
Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option.
DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR?
Yes No
008
Replace the IC DRAM card in slot 2.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the system
board.
009
If the problem occurs intermittently, run the memory tests
multiple times to create an error log.
Power Systems Checkout
Note: One or all of the batteries can discharge if there is
a short circuit in the system.
1. Replace the failing FRU if the power supply problem
is caused by a short circuit.
2. Determine if one (or all) of the batteries have become
discharged. Replace any discharged battery with its
spare, if available.
The test procedures for each power supply are found on
the following pages.
“Checking the AC Adapter” on page 72.
“Checking the Car Battery Adapter (700 only)” on page 73.
“Checking the Battery Pack” on page 74.
“Checking the Backup Battery” on page 75
“Checking the Standby Battery” on page 75.
“Checking the Quick Charger” on page 76.
“Checking the Voltage Converter (700, 700C)” on page 77.
“Checking the Voltage Converter (720, 720C)” on page 78.
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 71
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Checking the AC Adapter: If the Power-On
indicator does not turn-on, check the power cord of the AC
adapter for correct continuity and installation.
1. If any noise can be heard from the AC adapter when
it is plugged into the ac power outlet, replace the AC
adapter.
If no noise can be heard from the AC adapter, go to
step 3.
2. If a noise is still heard from the new AC adapter,
suspect the computer. Replace the AC adapter with
the original one, then go to the next step. If no noise
is heard from the new AC adapter, the original AC
adapter is defective.
3. Unplug the AC adapter cable from the computer and
measure the output voltage at the plug of the AC
adapter cable. See the following figure.
2
1
Pin
1
Voltage (V dc)
+19.0 to +21.0
Ground
2
Ÿ
If the voltage is not correct, go to the next step.
4. Unplug the AC adapter cable from the ac power outlet
and wait for a few minutes.
5. Plug the AC adapter cable into the ac power outlet.
6. Measure the output voltage of the AC adapter.
Ÿ
If the voltage is still not correct, replace the AC
adapter.
Ÿ
If the voltage is correct, plug the AC adapter
cable into the computer and try the failing
operation again.
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the problem goes away, suspect the continuity
or installation of the AC adapter cable.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the
voltage converter.
72 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Checking the Car Battery Adapter (700
only): If the output voltage from the cigarette lighter
socket of the car is less than 10.5 V dc, the power-on
indicator on the car battery adapter blinks and a noise can
be heard continuously.
1. Unplug the car battery adapter cable from the
connector, if connected.
2. Plug the car battery adapter into the cigarette lighter
socket.
Note: If the adapter is already plugged in, be sure to
unplug the adapter from the cigarette lighter
socket, then plug it into the socket again.
3. Measure the output voltage of the car battery adapter
cable. See the following figure.
2
1
Pin
1
Voltage (V dc)
+19.0 to +21.0
Ground
2
Ÿ
If the voltage is correct and the power-on
indicator on the car battery adapter is on all the
time, the car battery is working correctly.
Replace the voltage converter. If the problem is
not resolved when the voltage converter is
replaced, go to “Checking the Voltage Converter
(700, 700C)” on page 77 or “Checking the
Voltage Converter (720, 720C)” on page 78.
If the voltage is outside the normal voltage
range, do one of the following:
Ÿ
–
Try the above test procedures using a
different car, if one is available.
–
Replace the car battery adapter if the
computer works with the AC adapter but
does not work with the car battery adapter.
Note: If the output voltage from the cigarette lighter
socket of the car is less than 10.5 V dc, the
power-on indicator on the car battery adapter blinks
and a continuous noise can be heard. Have the
car battery serviced.
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 73
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Checking the Battery Pack
1. Carefully place the computer bottom-side up.
2. Remove the battery pack and measure the voltage
between the battery terminals 1 (+) and 3 (−). See
the following figure.
1
2
(
)
3
(
)
(
)
Pin
1
Voltage (V dc)
+10.0 to+18.0
Thermal Detection
Ground
2
3
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the voltage is less+1t0h.a0n V dc, the battery
pack has been discharged or is defective.
If the voltage is more+1t0h.a0n V dc, go to the
next step.
3. Using an ohm meter, measure the resistance
between battery terminals T)2 a(nd −3). (The
resistance must be
4
to 30 kilohms.
Ÿ
If the resistance is not correct, replace the
battery pack.
Ÿ
If the resistance is correct, go to the next step.
4. Install the battery pack and plug the AC adapter cable
into the computer to charge the battery pack.
Ÿ
If thebattery power statusindicator is blinking
(orange) andbattery charging indicator is on,
replace the battery pack. If the battery is
charging normally, the battery is OK.
74 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Checking the Backup Battery
1. Carefully place the computer bottom-side up.
2. Remove the bottom cover.
3. Disconnect the battery connector from the system
board.
4. Measure the voltage of the backup battery. See the
following figure.
(Red)
(Black)
Wire
Red
Voltage (V dc)
+2.5 to +3.7
Ground
Black
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the voltage is correct, replace the system board.
If the voltage is not correct, the backup battery has
been discharged by a short circuit or it is defective.
Checking the Standby Battery
Note: Make sure that the battery pack is removed
from the computer before the standby battery
is removed.
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC adapter
cable from the computer.
2. Remove the battery pack.
3. Remove the indicator cover.
4. Disconnect the standby battery connector from the
voltage converter.
5. Plug the AC adapter cable into the computer and
power-on the computer.
6. Measure the output voltage at the connector on the
voltage converter. See the following figure.
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 75
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2
1
Pin
1
Voltage (V dc)
+4
2
Ground
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the voltage is less than +4 V dc, replace the
voltage converter.
If the voltage is more than +4 V dc, go to the
next step.
7. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC adapter
cable from the computer.
8. Reconnect the standby battery to the voltage
converter.
9. Plug the AC adapter cable into the computer and
power-on the computer. Allow approximately 30
minutes for the standby battery to charge.
10. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC adapter
cable from the computer and remove the standby
battery.
11. Measure the voltage of the standby battery.
Ÿ
If the voltage is less than 3.5 V dc, replace the
standby battery.
Checking the Quick Charger: If a humming or
buzzing sound is heard from the quick charger when it is
operating, replace the quick charger. If the charger is
operating at a normal quiet sound level, do the following.
1. Perform steps 1 through 3 of the “Checking the
Battery Pack” to ensure the battery pack is operating
correctly.
2. Connect the power cord to the quick charger and the
other end to the ac power outlet. Ensure that the
power-on indicator is on.
Ÿ
If the power-on indicator does not turn on, check
the power cord of the quick charger for correct
continuity and installation.
76 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ÿ
If the problem is not corrected, replace the quick
charger or the power cord.
3. Install the battery pack into the quick charger.
Ÿ
If the charging indicator does not start blinking,
replace the quick charger.
Checking the Voltage Converter (700,
700C): Use the following procedure to isolate a
problem with the ThinkPad 700, 700C voltage converter.
Note: If the problem only occurs when using the
computer with a good battery pack, replace the
voltage converter.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Power-off all attached devices and disconnect them
from the computer.
3. Unplug the AC adapter cable and remove the battery
pack from the computer.
4. Carefully place the computer bottom-side up and
remove the bottom cover.
5. Plug the AC adapter cable into the computer.
6. Power-on the computer.
Important
Be careful not to actuate the suspend switch
(located between the Esc key and the LCD)
during the operation. When you turn the
computer upside down with the LCD opened, put
something under the computer to prevent
accidentally actuating the suspend switch.
7. Check the voltages of the voltage converter on the
system board. See the following figure.
Signal
V dc Min.
V dc Max.
VA
VG
VB
VC
+4.75
+4.75
+4.75
+3.42
+4.00
+5.25
+5.25
+5.25
+3.78
+5.25
PWRGOOD
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 77
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GND
Password-Override
Connecter
VC VB VG VA
PWRGOOD
Note: Only VOLT is marked on the system board.
Use the above figure to locate the VA, VG,
VB, VC, and PWRGOOD signal names.
Ÿ
If all voltages are correct, the voltage converter
is operating correctly.
Ÿ
If the voltages are not correct, go to the next
step.
8. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC adapter
cable from the computer.
9. Check for a short circuit between GND and VA, VG,
VB, or VC.
Ÿ
If there is a short circuit, replace the following
FRUs one at a time to correct the problem.
–
–
Voltage converter
System board
Ÿ
If there is no short circuit, go to the next step.
10. Check the output voltage of the AC adapter cable
(see “Checking the AC Adapter” on page 72).
Ÿ
If the output voltage is correct, go to the next
step.
11. Replace the following FRUs one at a time.
–
–
Voltage converter
System board
Checking the Voltage Converter (720,
720C): Use the following procedure to isolate a
problem with the ThinkPad 720, 720C voltage converter.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Power-off all attached devices and disconnect them
from the computer.
3. Unplug the AC adapter cable, then remove the
battery pack from the computer.
4. Carefully place the computer bottom-side up and
remove the bottom cover.
5. Plug the AC adapter cable into the computer.
78 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6. Open the LCD half-way, then stand the computer on
its front edges so that the suspend switch is not
activated.
7. Power-on the computer.
8. Check the voltages of the voltage converter on the
system board. See the following figure.
Notes:
a. Make sure the suspend switch (located to the left
above the keyboard) is not activated during
measurement of the voltage.
b. Only PG is marked on the system board. Use
the following figure to locate the VA, VG, VB,
VA3, and VB3 signal names.
Ground
PG
VA3
VB3
VB
VA
VG
Signal
V dc Min.
V dc Max.
VA
VG
VB
VA3
VB3
PG
+4.75
+4.75
+4.75
+3.42
+3.42
+4.00
+5.25
+5.25
+5.25
+3.78
+3.78
+5.25
Ÿ
Ÿ
If any voltage is not correct, go to step 9.
If all voltages are correct, the voltage converter
is operating correctly. If the power problem did
no reoccur, reconnect the devices removed in
step 2 to isolate a device problem.
Ÿ
If all the voltages are correct and the power
problem still exists, replace the following FRUs
one by one.
–
–
System board
Processor card
9. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC adapter
cable from the computer.
10. Check for a short circuit between Ground and VA,
VG, VB, VA3 or VB3. The following table shows
which FRUs can cause a short at each signal.
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 79
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ÿ
If there is a short circuit (less than 10 ohms),
remove the FRUs indicated one at a time until
the short circuit disappears. Replace the FRU
causing the short circuit.
FRU
VA VG
VB
VA3
VB3
Voltage converter
Processor card
System board
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Video card
Base memory card
Keyboard control card
Math coprocessor
Diskette drive
Hard disk drive
LCD
x
x
x
x
x
x
Indicator assembly
x
x
11. If there is no short circuit, replace the following FRUs
one at a time.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Voltage converter
System board
80 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Power Management Features
The suspend and resume functions are unique methods
used to save battery power. In suspend mode, all tasks
are suspended and their present states are stored in
memory to save power. Also, the system enters a sleep
state where only a minimum amount of power is used.
When the computer returns to normal operation using the
resume function, the computer restores the same states as
when it entered suspend mode.
Full and Partial Suspend Modes: Suspend mode
might be referred as full-suspend mode, as compared to
partial-suspend mode.
The computer enters partial-suspend mode when an
application software program interferes with the power
management capability of the computer and prevents it
from entering full-suspend mode. The following sounds
indicate suspend mode has occurred:
Ÿ
Ÿ
One beep for full-suspend mode
Two beeps for partial-suspend mode
(No beep is heard if the Power controller beep parameter
is set to off in the Set Advanced Features program.)
The computer enters suspend mode when:
Ÿ
The LCD is closed (the switch is located on the
voltage converter card).
Ÿ
The specified time has elapsed from the last
operation with the keyboard, mouse, hard disk drive,
parallel connector, diskette drive, and AC adapter is
plugged in. The time is specified by System
suspend in the Set Advanced Features program.
When a battery-low condition exists, the battery
power indicator blinks (orange).
The PS2 OFF command is set in the Set Advanced
Features program.
The operating temperature is exceeded.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The system returns to normal operation when:
Ÿ
Ÿ
The LCD is opened.
PS2 ON HH:MM:SS command was set in the Set
Advanced Features program before entering suspend
mode.
Ÿ
Ÿ
A “Ring indicator” signal on the communication
interface is detected.
Either button of the pointing stick is pressed.
You can replace the battery pack during full-suspend
mode. Never replace the battery pack during
partial-suspend mode. If the battery pack is replaced
during suspend mode with the LCD opened, close the LCD
and open it again to return to normal operation.
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 81
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists error symptoms and
possible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Always begin with “General Checkout” on page 68. This
index also can be used to help you decide which FRUs to
have available when servicing a computer.
If you cannot correct the problem using this index, go to
“Undetermined Problem” on page 93.
IMPORTANT:
1. If you have both an error message and an incorrect
audio response, diagnose the error message first.
2. If you cannot run the advanced diagnostic tests, but
did receive a POST error message, diagnose the
POST error message.
3. If you did not receive an error message, look for a
description of your error symptoms in this index.
4. Check all power supply voltages before you replace
the system board. See “Power Systems Checkout”
on page 71.
5. If an error message is not listed, there is a device
installed that requires an additional diskette or service
manual. Refer to the diskette or service manual for
that device.
How to Read POST Error Messages
POST error messages are displayed on the screen as 3, 4,
5, or 8 digits. The error messages that can be displayed
as shorter POST messages are highlighted in this
Symptom-to-FRU Index.
Note: Adjust the speaker volume before you power-on
the computer.
In the following error codes, an X can be any number.
Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
00010200, 00010300,
00010400, 00010700
1. System Board
00010800
1. System Board
2. Processor card
00011000
1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” on
page 70 before
replacing any FRUs.
2. Base Memory Card
3. IC DRAM Card
4. System Board
000113XX
1. System Board
2. Processor Card
82 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
000118XX
1. Clear Error Log. See
“System Error Log”
on page 96.
2. If the error remains,
replace the FRUs in
the following order:
Ÿ
Base Memory
Card
Ÿ
IC DRAM Card
Note: Error Log must be
cleared when a FRU is
replaced.
00016100
1. See “Checking the
Backup Battery” on
page 75.
2. System Board
3. Voltage Converter
00016300, 00016400,
1. Set
00016500, 00016900
Configuration/Features
2. System Board
3. Hard Disk Drive
4. Base Memory Card
5. IC DRAM Card
(If 00016300 appears, set
date and time first in the
Reference Diskette.)
(If setting configuration does
not solve the problem, see
“Checking the Installed
Devices List” on page 97.)
000171XX, 000172XX
1. System Board
00017300
(700, 700C Only)
1. See “173 and 11350
Error Combination”
on page 102 before
replacing FRUs.
2. See “Checking the
Backup Battery” on
page 75.
Before replacing a FRU,
restore the system partition
with the Reference Diskette
Version 1.1 or later. See
“Installing a New Version of
the System Diskettes” on
page 100.
3. Voltage Converter
00017400
1. Set
(If Automatic Configuration
does not solve the problem,
run Advanced Diagnostic.)
Configuration/Features
000175XX, 00017700
00017800
1. System Board
000179XX
1. Run System Unit and
Memory Diagnostic.
- or -
2. Select More utilities
to clear the system
error log.
000183XX
1. PAP (Privileged
Access Password) is
needed to boot from
the System Program.
000184XX, 00018500
1. System Board
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 83
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
000187XX
1. Set Configuration
2. System Board
000188XX
000189XX
1. System Board
1. Select More utilities
to clear the system
error log.
00019000
00019102
1. Reseat System Board
2. Reseat CPU chip /
Processor Card
3. System Board
1. Rerun diagnostics
tests.
2. If error remains, see
000191XX.
000191XX
(Not listed above)
1. Reseat System Board
2. Reseat CPU chip /
Processor Card
3. System Board
00019200
1. Voltage Converter
2. Keyboard Control Card
3. System Board
00019201
00019202
1. Voltage Converter
1. Run System Unit
Diagnostic.
If this error message
appears frequently,
replace the Processor
Card.
00019300, 00019301
00019305
1. System Board
00019302
00019303
00019304
00019306
1. Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board
1. System Board
2. Diskette Drive
1. PC Card
2. System Board
1. Keyboard Control
Card
2. Keyboard
3. Pointing Device
00019400
000199XX
1. Processor Card
1. System Board
0001XXXX
1. System Board
(not listed above)
2. Processor Card
000215XX
(720, 720C only)
1. Reseat Base Memory
Card (interface
connector on system
board).
84 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
0002XXXX
1. Base Memory Card
2. IC DRAM Card
3. System Board
(See “Memory Checkout” on
page 70 before replacing
any FRUs.)
00030100, 00030500
(Power-on the computer
before external devices.)
(See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.)
1. Keyboard Control
Card
2. System Board
3. Keyboard
4. Numeric Keypad or
Keyboard/Mouse Cable
(if attached) or
External Keyboard (if
attached)
00030200, 00030300,
00030400
(See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.)
1. System Board
2. Keyboard Control Card
3. Keyboard
4. Numeric Keypad or
Keyboard/Mouse Cable
(if attached) or
External Keyboard (if
attached)
00030600
1. Keyboard
(See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.)
2. Numeric Keypad or
Keyboard/Mouse Cable
or External Keyboard
(if attached)
3. Keyboard Control Card
4. System Board
00030700
0004XXXX
1. External Keyboard
2. Keyboard/Mouse Cable
1. System Board
2. Any Parallel Device
3. Communication Cable
000601XX
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
000602XX
000628XX
1. Defective Diskette
1. Incorrect Diskette
Media Type
2. Diskette Drive
3. System Board
4. Diskette Drive Cable
000655XX, 000662XX
000670XX - 000675XX
1. System Board
2. Diskette Drive
3. Diskette Drive Cable
0006XXXX
(Unsupported drive or cable)
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable
0007XXXX
0011XX00
1. Math Coprocessor
2. Processor Card
1. System Board
2. Any Serial Device
3. Communication Cable
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 85
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
0014XXXX
1. See “Printer
Checkout” on
page 474 before
replacing any FRUs.
2. Printer
3. System Board
00180100, 00186100
0024XX00
Replace the line
QEMM386.SYS with
QEMM386.SYS XBDA:L
in Config.sys.
1. Video Card
2. System Board
3. Voltage Converter
(700C, 720C only)
0039G900
1. System Board
005002XX, 005006XX,
005008XX, 005041XX
1. See “External Display
Self-Test” on
page 470 before
replacing any FRUs.
2. Video Card
3. External Display
4. LCD
5. System Board
005004XX, 005010XX,
005030XX - 005032XX,
005051XX - 005062XX
1. Video Card
2. System Board
3. LCD
005009XX, 005040XX
1. See “External Display
Self-Test” on
page 470 before
replacing any FRUs.
2. External Display
3. Video Card
4. System Board
0080XXXX
0085XXXX
1. System Board
2. PCMCIA Card Slot
1. Do not replace any
FRUs. The installed
Memory Expansion
Adapter is not
supported by IBM.
00860100, 00860200
See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.
1. Pointing Device
2. System Board
3. Numeric Keypad
00860300, 00860400
00862300, 00862400
See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.
1. System Board
2. Keyboard Control Card
3. Pointing Device
4. Keyboard (TrackPoint)
5. Numeric Keypad
86 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
00861100, 00861200
00861300
1. Keyboard Control
Card
See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.
2. Keyboard (Pointing
Stick)
3. System Board
4. Ext. Keyboard Cable
00861XXX
1. Keyboard (Pointing
Stick)
2. Keyboard Control Card
3. System Board
(not listed above)
See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.
00862100, 00862200
See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.
1. Keyboard Control
Card
2. System Board
3. Keyboard (TrackPoint)
00862500, 00862600
See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.
1. Keyboard (Pointing
Stick)
2. Keyboard (TrackPoint)
3. Keyboard Control Card
0086XX00
1. Keyboard Control
Card
2. Keyboard
See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54 before replacing
any FRUs.
3. System Board
010103XX - 010110XX,
010116XX - 010153XX,
010171XX
1. See “Fax/Modem
Checkout” on
page 472.
010436XX
0104XXXX
0129XXXX
1. System Board
2. Hard Disk Drive
1. Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board
1. Run System Board
diagnostics to clear
the error log and
retest
2. Select N to the
question during the
System Board
diagnostics.
3. Power-on the system.
If the error remains,
replace the Processor
Card.
4. Repeat steps 1 and 2.
5. If the problem remains,
replace the system
board.
0130XXXX
1. Indicator Assembly
2. System Board
3. Keyboard Control Card
4. Hard Disk Drive
5. Diskette Drive
6. Diskette Drive Cable
7. Speaker
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 87
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
0137XXXX
1. Serial Adapter
2. System Board
3. Video Card
4. Any Serial Device
5. Communication Cable
0194XXXX
1. Do not replace any
FRUs. The installed
Memory Expansion
Adapter is not
supported by IBM.
I99903XX, I99900XX
I99800XX
1. Reseat the hard disk
drive to ensure good
connection.
2. See “Set Startup
Sequence” on
page 98.
3. Hard Disk Drive
4. System Board
I999XXXX
Restore the system partition
from the Reference
Diskette.
Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Continuous beep.
System Board
Repeating short beeps.
1. See “1080 Keyboard
Unit” on page 54
before replacing any
FRUs.
2. Keyboard
3. Keyboard Control Card
4. System Board
One long and one short
beep.
1. System Board
One long and two short
beeps.
1. Video Card
2. System Board
One short beep and a
1. LCD
blank, unreadable, illegible,
or flashing display with no
external display attached.
2. Video Card
3. System Board
4. Voltage Converter
One short beep and a
diskette prompt or a
1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
program load from the hard
disk or unable to read the
diskette. (Be sure an
3. Diskette Drive Cable
external display is not too
close to the diskette drive.)
Two short beeps and a
blank display.
1. System Board
88 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Two long beeps and two
short beeps
(or two long beeps and no
short beeps).
(Possibly with a blank
screen and blinking speaker
icon.)
1. Video Card
2. Incorrect system board
(700, 700C)
3. Incorrect processor
upgrade (700, 700C)
4. Incorrect 240MB hard
disk drive upgrade for
this model
Miscellaneous Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Power-on password is not
reactivated.
1. Check the power-on
password switch
position.
Problem occurs only when
port replicator installed.
1. Port Replicator
No beep and a blank or
unreadable display during
POST.
1. See “Power Systems
Checkout” on
page 71 before
replacing any FRUs.
2. Processor Card
3. System Board
4. Video Card
5. Hard Disk Drive
6. Base Memory Card
7. Any option or device
8. Power source in use
when failure occurs
9. Voltage Converter
10. Speaker
No beep with a blinking
cursor.
1. System Board
2. Processor Card
3. Any Option or Device
No beep with a normal
display during POST.
1. Speaker
2. System Board
3. Keyboard Control Card
4. Voltage Converter
No beep and the system
hangs with CP XX at the
right-bottom corner of the
screen.
1. System Board
2. Processor Card
No beep and the system
hangs after displaying the
memory count.
1. System Board
2. Processor Card
3. Hard Disk Drive
4. Coprocessor
No boot with blank screen.
1. System Board
Extra horizontal or vertical
lines displayed on upper or
lower half of the LCD.
1. LCD
2. Video Card
3. System Board
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 89
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
LCD screen unreadable or
characters missing pels.
1. See important note
for “LCD FRU
Replacement Notice”
on page 124.
2. LCD Assembly
3. System Board
LCD too dark, unable to
adjust contrast or
brightness.
1. LCD
2. Video Card
LCD slightly dims when
changing to battery power.
1. Normal operation
(Dimming of LCD
conserves battery
power.)
LCD unreadable, illegible, or
distorted.
1. LCD
2. Video Card
3. System Board
LCD cannot be powered-on
or off.
1. Video Card
2. System Board
3. Voltage Converter
Blank screen, or extra
1. LCD
horizontal or vertical lines
displayed on upper or lower
half of the LCD with no
beep or one short beep.
2. Video Card
3. System Board
System status indicator is
incorrectly blinking or stays
on.
1. System Board
2. Related Device
3. Indicator Assembly
System status indicator
stays off, but the POST
ends without an error.
1. System Board
2. Related Device
3. Indicator Assembly
No keys on the keyboard
work.
1. Keyboard Control
Card
See “1080 Keyboard Unit”
on page 54.
2. Keyboard
3. External Keyboard or
Numeric Keypad (if
attached)
4. System Board
Keypad problems.
1. Reseat cable
2. External Keypad
3. Keyboard Control Card
4. System Board
One or more keys do not
work.
1. See “1080 Keyboard
Unit” on page 54
before replacing any
FRUs.
2. Keyboard
3. External Keyboard or
Numeric Keypad (if
attached)
4. Keyboard Control Card
90 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Mouse and Pointing Stick
problems.
1. See “1080 Keyboard
Unit” on page 54
before replacing any
FRUs.
2. Disable Trackpoint and
test Mouse again. The
Trackpoint can
interfere with the
operation of some
Mouse devices.
3. Mouse
4. Keyboard Control Card
5. Keyboard
Cursor floats or moves
erratically.
1. See “TrackPoint II
Checkout” on
page 476 before
replacing any FRUs.
2. Mouse
3. Keyboard
External display problems.
1. See “External Display
Self-Test” on
page 470 before
replacing any FRUs.
2. External Display
3. Video Card
4. System Board
Incorrect memory size
during POST.
1. See “Memory
Checkout” on
page 70 before
replacing any FRUs.
2. Base Memory Card
3. IC DRAM Card
System hang or Intermittent
hang.
1. See “Undetermined
Problem” on page 93
before replacing any
FRUs.
2. System Board
3. Hard Disk Drive
4. Replace the last device
being tested
5. Voltage Converter
The system goes into
suspend mode after the
POST.
1. System Board
2. Voltage Converter
3. Keyboard Control Card
The system does not
suspend or resume.
1. Check the
Suspend/Resume
switch operation. If
broken, replace the
Voltage Converter.
2. System Board
3. Voltage Converter
4. Keyboard Control Card
5. Keyboard
The computer does not
power-off.
1. Voltage Converter
2. System Board
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 91
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Real-time clock inaccurate.
1. See “Checking the
Backup Battery” on
page 75 before
replacing any FRUs.
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board
Printer problems.
1. See “Printer
Checkout” on
page 474
Serial or serial port device
problems.
1. Device
2. Cable
3. Serial Adapter (if
attached)
4. System Board
Parallel or parallel port
device problems.
1. Device/printer
2. Cable
3. Parallel Adapter (if
attached)
4. System Board
Internal Data/Fax modem
does not communicate with
a remote modem or a
facsimile machine.
1. See “Fax/Modem
Checkout” on
page 472
PS2 command cannot
power-off internal modem
unless computer is
powered-off.
1. Create new PS2
setup program using
UINSTALL command.
(Reference Diskette
must be 1.10 or later.)
92 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Undetermined Problem
You are here because the diagnostic tests did not identify
which adapter or device failed, the Devices List is incorrect
or the system is inoperative. Follow the procedures below
(do not isolate FRUs that are known to be good).
Check the power supply that was being used at the time of
the failure. (See “Power Systems Checkout” on page 71.)
If the power supply is operating correctly, continue with the
following procedure.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove or disconnect one of the following devices or
adapter. (Do not isolate FRUs that are known to be
good.)
a. Non-IBM devices
b. Modem, PC card, printer, mouse, or other
external devices
c. Battery pack
d. Hard disk drive (removable disk drive)
e. IC DRAM card
f. Any adapter or device
Note: Replacing the hard disk drive, an IC
DRAM card, or any adapter or device,
might cause configuration errors.
3. Power-on the computer.
4. If the problem is not corrected, repeat steps 1 through
3 until you find the failing FRU or until all FRUs have
been removed.
5. If all of the FRUs listed have been removed and the
problem is not corrected, replace the following FRUs:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
System board
Processor card
Video card
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 93
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Related Service Procedures
This section provides information on the following:
“System Status Indicators”
“Check Point (CP) Codes” on page 96
“System Error Log” on page 96
“Checking the Installed Devices List” on page 97
“Power-On Password (700, 700C)” on page 97
“Power-On Password (720, 720C)” on page 97
“Privileged-Access Password (PAP)” on page 97
“Set Startup Sequence” on page 98
“Restore System Partition” on page 98
“Hard Disk Low Level Format” on page 99
“Replacing the Hard Disk Drive” on page 99
“System Diskettes (Reference and Diagnostic)” on page 100
“Making a System Partition Backup Copy” on page 101
“Japanese Model Diskette Drive and Diskette” on page 102
“173 and 11350 Error Combination” on page 102
“PCMCIA Card Removal Tip” on page 102
System Status Indicators
Symbol
State
Status
Indicated
On
Speaker is
enabled
94 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symbol
State
Status
Indicated
Green
Yellow
Orange
Battery pack is
fully-charged.
+
Battery pack is
half-charged.
Battery pack is
one-fourth
charged.
Blinking Orange
Battery pack is
almost
discharged
(replace with
fully charged
spare).
Off
Ÿ
Battery
pack is
completely
discharged.
Battery
Ÿ
pack is
removed
from
computer.
Computer is
off.
Computer is
using
Ÿ
Ÿ
external
power; car
battery or
AC power.
On
Battery is
charging
Off
On
Battery is full
PC Card is
in-use
On
On
On
On
On
Diskette drive is
active
Hard disk drive
is active
Keyboard is in
Num Lock mode
Keyboard is in
Caps Lock mode
Keyboard is in
Scroll Lock
mode
On
Computer is in
Suspend Mode
Blinking
Computer is
resuming normal
operation
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 95
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symbol
State
Status
Indicated
On
Computer is
powered-on
(blinking
indicates
temperature too
high - system
enters suspend
mode until
temperature
returns to
normal).
Check Point (CP) Codes
Codes beginning with “CP” are displayed on the LCD to
indicate system status during POST. The CP codes vary
with the level of microcode installed and the type of
processor card installed. The CP codes are not error
codes. If the system detects an error, the CP code is
changed to a POST error message.
System Error Log
The computer system maintains a system error log. The
BIOS nonmaskable interrupt (NMI) handler writes an entry
to the error log each time the system detects an error.
Viewing the error log: To view the error log, start the
system programs and select More utilities from the Main
Menu, then select Display system error log. For any
error that is displayed, help screens guide you through the
actions to take.
Error Storage: The error log stores up to three unique
errors (for example three parity errors at three different
addresses). The multiple log counter (on the screen)
displays the number of times each unique error occurred.
You can page forward by pressing F8, or backward by
pressing F7 to view the stored error logs. The date and
time of the most recent occurrence also is displayed. If
the POST finds that the error log has stored three unique
errors, the POST displays a 000179XX error.
Note: If the system configuration is changed, the system
clears any logged errors associated with the FRU
that was changed. (For example, if the memory
configuration was changed, memory errors are
cleared from the error log). The conditions under
which errors are cleared vary with the type of
hardware and level of microcode installed.
Application: If the system diagnostics run error-free,
but you still suspect a problem, look at the error log. If
errors were detected, press the F1 key and follow the
96 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
instructions on the screen to help you determine which
FRU might be causing the failure.
Checking the Installed Devices List
The Installed Devices List shows the adapters and devices
installed in the computer.
If an adapter or a device is missing from the list, one of the
following conditions might be the cause.
Warning: A customized setup configuration (other than
default settings) might exist on the system you are
servicing. Running Automatic Configuration can alter the
settings. Note the current configuration settings (using the
View configuration) and verify that the same settings are
in place when service is complete.
Ÿ
The protected partition on the hard disk or the
Reference Diskette you are using does not contain
the code required to support the device.
An adapter or device is defective.
The device missing from the list is not recognized as
a device or adapter.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The device missing from the list requires an additional
diskette. (See the device service manual.)
A power supply voltage is not correct (see “Power
Systems Checkout” on page 71).
If the adapter is on the list, run the adapter diagnostic
tests.
If the list contains an adapter or device that is not installed,
go to “Undetermined Problem” on page 93.
Power-On Password (700, 700C)
Important
This information is not available in this HMM online
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.
Power-On Password (720, 720C)
Important
This information is not available in this HMM online
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.
Privileged-Access Password (PAP)
This is an option. If a PAP is set, the computer cannot
start and you have to get the customer to unlock the PAP.
If the PAP is set, then forgotten, it cannot be overridden or
removed. The system board must be replaced.
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 97
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Set Startup Sequence
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the backup copy of the Reference Diskette into
the diskette drive.
3. Power-on the computer.
4. Select Set features from the Main Menu.
5. Select Set startup sequence. If you cannot set the
startup sequence, replace the system board.
6. Check the list of devices on the Set startup
sequence screen.
7. Is the hard disk drive in the list as a startup device?
Yes Exit from this screen and the Main Menu.
Remove the backup copy of the Reference
Diskette, and power-off the computer.
Continue with step 8.
No
Add the hard disk drive as a startup device.
8. Is an operating system installed?
Yes Go to step 10.
No
Install the operating system.
9. After the operating system is installed, power-off the
computer.
10. Power-on the computer.
Note: After the programs have been restored, the
Diskette and F1 prompts appear, unless an
operating system is present.
Restore System Partition
If the above sequence does not correct the problem, do
the following:
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the backup copy of the Reference Diskette into
the diskette drive.
3. Power-on the computer.
Note: If the I99900X5 error message appears, the
power-on password has been set. To disable
the power-on password (see “Power-On
Password (700, 700C)” on page 97) before
continuing with the next step.
4. Select Backup/Restore system programs from the
Main Menu, then select Restore the System
Partition.
5. When the restore process completes, select Set
configuration, then select Run automatic
configuration.
6. Power-off the computer and remove the backup copy
of the Reference Diskette from the diskette drive.
7. Power-on the computer.
98 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Hard Disk Low Level Format
To format the hard disk and restore the system partition,
do the following.
Warning: The following procedure causes permanent
loss of the data on the hard disk. Make sure that a
backup of all the information on the hard disk is made.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the backup copy of the Reference Diskette into
the diskette drive.
3. Power-on the computer.
4. Proceed to the Main Menu. Press Ctrl+A to display
the Advanced Diagnostic Menu.
5. Select Format the hard disk and follow the
instructions on the screen to perform a low level
format of the hard disk.
6. After the hard disk format is completed, power-off the
computer.
7. Restore the system partition.
8. Reinstall the operating system.
Replacing the Hard Disk Drive
If you replace the internal hard disk drive, you must recopy
all of the system programs onto the replacement hard disk
drive. To recopy the programs:
1. Start the system using the customer's backup copy of
the system partition.
2. Select Backup/Restore system programs from the
Main Menu.
3. Run Restore the system partition to load the IML
image, the system programs, and the diagnostic
programs onto the hard disk drive just installed.
Notes:
a. If there is not a backup copy of the system
partition, make one before replacing the hard
disk drive. (See “Making a System Partition
Backup Copy” on page 101.)
b. If the customer's backup copy of the system
partition is incomplete, you cannot restore the
whole system partition. If this occurs, after you
have recopied the IML image, get the option
diskettes and use Copy an option diskette to
recopy the option files onto the system partition.
c. If the IML image is loaded onto the hard disk
drive, but the customer's operating system has
not been loaded, the insert diskette icon will
appear on the screen.
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 99
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System Diskettes (Reference and
Diagnostic)
If the hard disk drive is not operational, you can run the
system programs from the Reference Diskette.
Note: The Reference Diskette contains the system
programs and the Diagnostic Diskette contains the
test programs. The Diagnostic Diskette is not
self-starting. To run the Diagnostic Diskette, start
the system from the Reference Diskette, select
Test the computer, then follow the instructions on
the screen.
Installing a New Version of the System
Diskettes: When you install the new system diskettes
onto the hard disk, all existing files (including option files)
in the system partition are written over. The new system
diskettes provide the new system programs but they do not
contain the option files; therefore, after completing the
following process, you must reinstall the option files.
There are two methods to reinstall the option files.
1. From a backup copy of the current system partition.
(this is the easiest way to reinstall the option files).
For instructions on making a backup copy, see
“Making a System Partition Backup Copy” on
page 101.
2. From the original option diskettes.
Do the following for both methods.
1. Insert the new version of the Reference Diskette into
the diskette drive.
2. Power-off the computer, then power it on. After the
cursor moves to the upper right corner of the screen,
press Ctrl+Alt +Insert.
Warning: This process writes over all existing files
in the system partition. Before continuing, you must
have either a backup copy of the current system
partition or all the option diskettes so you can reinstall
the option files.
3. Go to the Main Menu of the Reference Diskette and
select Backup/Restore system programs, then
select Restore the system partition and follow the
instructions on the screen. This transfers all files,
programs, and the IML image of the new diskette
onto the system partition.
4. When the Main Menu appears again, remove the
diskette from the diskette drive and power-off the
computer, then power it on.
5. After the cursor moves to the upper right corner of the
screen, press Ctrl+Alt+Insert.
6. If you have a backup copy of the current system
partition, continue with step 7 on page 101. If you do
100 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
not have a backup copy of the current system
partition, but you have the option diskettes, go to step
8 on page 101.
7. Select Copy an option diskette from the Main Menu.
When the
INSERT YOUR OPTION DISKETTE
message appears, insert the backup copy of the
system partition and follow the instructions on the
screen. (The backup copy of the system partition is
used to reinstall the option files onto the system
partition.) Then go to step 9.
8. Select Copy an option diskette and follow the
instructions on the screen. Repeat the procedure
with each option diskette until all option diskettes
have been reinstalled.
9. If there is a customized configuration installed
(settings have been changed via the “Change
configuration” screen), continue with step 10. If there
is not a customized configuration installed, go to step
11.
10. Select Set configuration from the Main Menu. When
you exit from Set configuration by pressing the F3,
the customized configuration files will be restored
onto the system partition as files @CMOS and
@NVRAM.
Warning: Do not run Run automatic configuration
now or you will write over the customized
configuration.
11. You are finished with the updating process. Make a
new backup copy of the system partition. (For
information on making a backup copy, see “Making a
System Partition Backup Copy.”)
Making a System Partition Backup
Copy
Note: You might need two blank 2.0MB diskettes (or the
old backup copy).
1. Power-off the computer, then power it on.
2. After the cursor moves to the upper right corner of the
screen, press Ctrl+Alt+Insert.
3. When the Main Menu appears, select
Backup/Restore system programs, then select
Backup the system partition.
4. Insert a blank 2.0MB diskette into the diskette drive
and follow the instructions on the screen.
Note: If you receive a message indicating that the
diskette is full, and you are not prompted to
insert a second diskette, this means that you
will not be able to make a backup copy of the
entire system partition. The user should keep
the system diskettes and option diskette as a
backup of these files.
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 101
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5. When the copies are completed, label each diskette.
Japanese Model Diskette Drive and
Diskette
The ThinkPad 700 uses a 1.44MB diskette drive. Both
1.0MB (formatted 720KB) and 2.0MB (formatted 1.44MB)
capacity diskettes can be used in this drive.
The ThinkPad 700 Japanese model uses a diskette drive
that supports 1.2MB format on 2.0MB capacity diskettes.
When servicing a Japanese model, you must test all three
formats.
Notes:
1. The ThinkPad 700C Japanese model has an 89-key
keyboard. This keyboard is identified by the
additional keys at the left and right sides of the
spacebar.
2. A 2.0MB capacity diskette is required when testing
the 1.2MB format.
173 and 11350 Error Combination
If a POST error combination of 00017300 and 11350
appears and cannot be bypassed, do the following before
replacing any FRUs.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the hard disk drive from the computer.
3. Insert the Reference Diskette and power-on the
computer.
4. Ignore any error messages, press Esc, F8, and
Enter, then run Automatic Configuration.
5. Ignore the message “An error occurred while updating
config” and power-off the computer.
6. Install the hard disk drive.
7. Keep the Reference Diskette in drive A and power-on
the computer.
8. Ignore any error messages, press Y, and run
Automatic Configuration.
PCMCIA Card Removal Tip
For the Model 720x, you can insert or remove the PCMCIA
card during most computer operations. However, do not
remove the card when the PC Card in-use light is on.
Product Overview
The following table provides a brief overview of the system
features.
Feature
Description
Processor (700,
700C)
486SLC 25-MHz
102 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Feature
Description
Processor (720,
720C)
486SLC 25/50-MHz
Bus Architecture
Micro Channel
4MB
Memory
(Standard)
Memory
16MB, IC DRAM
(Maximum)
CMOS RAM
Video
8KB
VGA
Diskette Drive
Hard Drive
3.5-inch
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
80MB, 2.5-inch
120MB, 2.5-inch
160MB, 2.5-inch
Audio
Yes (Standard)
Subsystem
PCMCIA (720,
720C only)
One Type-III
or Two Type-II
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 103
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FRU Removals and Replacements
Follow the numerical sequence in the FRU removal
sequence list and in the exploded view to remove or
disconnect parts in the correct order. The letters in
parentheses in the list indicate screw types. See the
“Screw Size Chart” on page 20 to match the letters to the
correct screw type and size before replacing each screw.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
.1/ Battery Pack
(Press down and pull out)
.2/ LED Indicator Cover
(Insert front first, then press rear down.)
.3/ Video Connector
.4/ Video Power
.5/ Hinge Covers
(Install with bevelled edge at front.)
.6/ Two Screws (C)
(One at each end)
.7/ Four Screws (S)
(Two at each end)
.8/ LED Indicator Assembly
(With connector and contact shield)
Lift LCD Assembly from computer
Place computer bottom-side up
.9/ Three Screws (S)
(On bottom cover; two at front-right, one at rear of
math coprocessor access door.)
.1ð/ Two Memory Bracket Screws (S)
.11/ Five Screws (4-E, 1-V)
(From processor card and video card)
.12/ Memory Module
.13/ Ribbon Cable
(At rear of diskette drive)
.14/ Diskette Drive
(Hold the eject button pressed while installing.)
(Make sure the flexible cable gets into the holder
plate opening on the IC DRAM card.)
.15/ Hard Disk Drive
(Have the customer backup all information before
replacing the drive. Never replace the hard disk
drive when the system is operating or in suspend
104 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
mode. Restore drive system information using the
customer's backup copy of the system programs.)
.16/ Three Keyboard Frame Screws (S)
.17/ Two Screws (T)
.18/ System Board
(Restore system configuration data.)
.19/ Five Frame Stiffener Screws (S)
.2ð/ Frame Stiffener
.21/ Four Keyboard Screws (S)
.22/ Keyboard
.23/ One Screw (S) and Keyboard Control Card
.24/ Two Screws (R) and Voltage Converter with
Suspend Resume Pin
(Set the lever on the voltage converter to the middle
position before installation. Be sure the suspend
pin is installed correctly before installing the voltage
converter.)
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 105
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ThinkPad 700 Exploded View
106 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ThinkPad 700 Exploded View (continued)
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 107
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ThinkPad 720, 720C Exploded View
108 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ThinkPad 720, 720C Exploded View (continued)
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 109
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Locations
Front View
.1/ Release Lever
.2/ LCD
.3/ Contrast Control
.4/ Brightness Control
.5/ System Status Indicator
.6/ Power-On Light (green)
.7/ External Input Device Connector
.8/ System Power Switch
.9/ Keyboard
.1ð/ Reverse Video Switch
.11/ Hard Disk Drive
.12/ Integrated Pointing Stick
.13/ Battery Pack
.14/ Diskette-Eject Button
.15/ Diskette Drive
.16/ Speaker Volume
.17/ Suspend Switch
110 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System Board (700)
.1/ External Input Device Connector
.2/ System-Expansion Connector (240-pin)
.3/ Parallel Connector
.4/ Serial Connector
.5/ Diskette Drive Connector
.6/ Password-override connector
.7/ Base Memory Card Interface
.8/ Video Card Interface
.9/ Backup Battery Connector
.1ð/ Processor Card Interface
.11/ Hard Disk Drive Connector
.12/ Speaker Connector
.13/ Voltage Converter Interface
.14/ System Status Indicator Connector
.15/ Keyboard Control Card Interface
(Frontside)
(Rearside)
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)
111
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System Board (720, 720C)
.1/ External Input Device Connector
.2/ System-Expansion Connector (240-pin)
.3/ Parallel Connector
.4/ Serial Connector
.5/ Password-override Connector
.6/ PCMCIA Connector
.7/ Base Memory Card Interface
.8/ Video Card Interface
.9/ Backup Battery Connector
.1ð/ Hard Disk Drive Connector
.11/ Processor Card Interface
.12/ Keyboard Control Card Interface
.13/ Speaker Connector
.14/ Voltage Converter Interface
.15/ Diskette Drive Interface
.16/ System Status Indicator Connector
(Frontside)
(Rearside)
112 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Video Card
.1/ External Display Connector
.2/ LCD Connector
.3/ System Board Connector
.4/ Communication Adapter Connector
Keyboard Control Card
(Frontside)
(Rearside)
.1/ Pointing Stick Connector
.2/ System Board Interface
.3/ Keyboard Connector
.4/ Keyboard Connector
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552)
113
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Voltage Converter
(Frontside)
(Rearside)
.1/ Power Jack
.2/ Battery Pack Interface
.3/ System Board Interface
.4/ Standby Battery Connector
.5/ Suspend/Resume Switch
114 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Parts Listing (700)
1
26
25
24
2
3
23
4
5
22
21
20
19
18
6
7
8
9
17
10
11
16
15
12
13
14
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 115
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
1
1
LCD (700)
44G3806
48G9321
53G7831
53G7832
53G7803
48G8723
48G9909
85G8199
44G3875
44G3797
48G9313
44G3798
48G8945
48G9905
48G8946
44G3811
49G2190
49G2036
44G3812
44G3779
44G3771
44G3784
48G8712
44G3783
49G2096
49G2097
44G3780
49G1975
54G1046
53G7822
1
For Germany (Gray) (700)
LCD Bezel Assembly (700)
For Germany (Gray)
Contrast and Brightness Slide (700)
LCD (700C)
1
1
1
1
1
1
For Germany (Gray) (700C)
LCD Hinge Kit
1
1
LCD Case
Frame, Keyboard (700)
For Germany (Gray) (700)
For Japan (700)
Frame, Keyboard (700C)
For Germany (Gray) (700C)
For Japan (700C)
Battery Pack, Nickel Metal Hydride
For Benelux
For Germany (Gray)
For Swiss
Battery Terminal Assembly
Frame, Stiffener
Voltage Converter w/lid susp. switch (700)
Voltage Converter w/lid susp. switch (700C)
Keyboard Control Card, 84-key (U.S.)
Keyboard Control Card, 85-key
Keyboard Control Card, 89-key
System Board (700)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
System Board (700C)
50MHz Upgrade System Board (700)
240/340MB Upgrade System Board (700)
50MHz-240/340MB Upgrade System Board (700) 53G7824
50MHz Upgrade System Board (700C)
240/340MB Upgrade System Board (700C)
50MHz-240/340MB Upgrade System Board
(700C)
Power Switch Knob/Actuator
For Germany (Gray)
LED Flexible Plastic Cable
Backup Battery, Lithium
Processor Card
50MHz Upgrade Processor Card (700,700C)
I/O Connectors Cover Group
For Germany (Gray)
Bottom Cover Assy, U.S.,Can,LAD (700)
For Benelux
For European Countries
For Germany (Gray)
Bottom Cover Assy, U.S.,Can,LAD (700C)
For Benelux
For European Countries
For Germany (Gray)
54G1047
53G7823
53G7825
49G2140
49G2156
49G2142
44G3778
44G3781
54G1045
44G3769
48G9315
44G3800
54G0449
44G3801
48G9314
48G8719
49G2732
48G8721
49G1983
48G8722
9
10
10
11
12
12
For Japan
13
Covers include spacers for LCD hinge
Model 700 Cover
53G7817
48G9316
For Germany (Gray)
1
See “FRU Service Procedures” on page 124.
116 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
Model 700C Cover
For Germany (Gray)
Door, Hard Disk Drive
For Germany (Gray)
Hard Disk Drive, 80MB
Hard Disk Drive, 120MB
Hard Disk Drive, 240MB
Hard Disk Drive, 340MB
Cover, IC DRAM Card
For Germany (Gray)
Video Card (700)
Video Card (700C)
Tray
Guide, Modem
Modem Door (700)
Modem Door (700) (For Germany)
Modem Door (700C)
Modem Door (700C) (For Germany)
Telephone Cable
Base Memory Card, 4MB
Slot Holder, IC DRAM Card
Diskette Drive Assembly
Cable, Diskette Drive
Keyboard (see page 121)
Standby Battery
For Benelux
For Swiss
Indicator Assembly (700)
Standoff LED (700)
Indicator Assembly (700C)
Standoff LED (700C)
48G8714
48G9906
44G3777
48G9317
95F4743
95F4744
66G3200
53G7862
49G1108
49G2154
44G3782
35G4823
44G3773
44G3774
53G7815
53G7816
53G7817
53G7818
94X1540
44G3785
44G3772
49G2198
44G3776
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
44G3799
49G1149
49G2093
44G3787
44G3788
48G8729
48G8731
25
25
26
Panel Groups include LED cover, 2-2.5 x 8mm,
left and right hinge bracket supports,
left and right hinge cover end caps
Panel Cover Group (700)
For Germany (Gray)
44G3789
48G9320
48G8715
48G9908
49G1982
07G1229
44G3786
44G3808
49G2196
49G2197
94X2554
94X2506
42G2592
79F6840
53G7847
53G7819
49G2053
49G2155
44G3790
48G8944
Panel Cover Group (700C)
For Germany (Gray)
For Japan
Speaker
Holder, Speaker
AC Adapter (25W, 3-pin) (700)
AC Adapter (40W, 3-pin) (700C)
For Japan (40W, 2-pin)
Data/Fax Modem Adapter (U.S./Can.)
Data/Fax Modem Adapter (Japan only)
High-Speed Data/Fax Modem (U.S./Can.)
Serial Adapter
Internal Modem Attachment Screw
Screw Kit (see 720 parts for detail)
Foot, Right/Left (w/ springs)
For Germany (Gray)
2
Miscellaneous Parts Group (700)
Miscellaneous Parts Group (700C)
Parts Group includes keyboard support bracket,
DC-in holder, battery terminal clip, stud,
LCD cable clamp, mouse bracket shield,
heat sink assembly, base cover hook bracket
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 117
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Parts Listing (720, 720C)
26
1
25
24
2
3
23
22
4
21
5
20
6
7
8
19
18
9
17
10
11
16
12
15
13
14
2
See “FRU Service Procedures” on page 124.
118 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
1
3
LCD (720)
For Germany (Gray)
44G3806
48G9321
53G8137
53G8138
53G7831
53G7832
85G8199
44G3875
53G9211
53G9179
53G9212
53G9180
53G9209
44G3811
49G2190
49G2036
44G3812
53G9202
44G3771
53G8114
3
3
3
LCD (720C)
For Germany (Gray)
LCD Bezel Assembly (720)
3
1
3
For Germany (Gray)
LCD Hinge Kit
LCD Case
Frame, Keyboard (720)
For Germany (Gray)
Frame, Keyboard (720C)
For Germany (Gray)
For Japan
Battery Pack, Nickel Metal Hydride
For Belgian and Dutch
For Germany (Gray)
For Swiss
Battery Terminal Assembly
Frame, Stiffener
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Voltage Converter w/ lid suspend switch
Keyboard Control Card
84-key
44G3783
49G2096
49G2097
53G9204
53G7826
53G9205
53G7827
49G2140
49G2156
53G9208
44G3778
54G1045
44G3769
48G9315
53G9217
53G9219
53G9221
53G9181
53G9218
53G9220
53G9222
53G9182
53G9215
53G9183
53G9185
53G9184
53G9186
53G9172
53G9173
85-key
89-key
8
8
8
8
System Board (720)
240/340MB Upgrade System Board (720)
System Board (720C)
240/340MB Upgrade System Board (720C)
Power Switch Knob/Actuator
For Germany (Gray)
LED Junction
9
10
11
Backup Battery, Lithium
Processor Card
I/O Connectors Cover Group
For Germany (Gray)
Bottom Cover Assembly (720)
For European Countries
For Belgian and Dutch
For Germany (Gray)
Bottom Cover Assembly (720C)
For European Countries
For Belgian and Dutch
For Germany (Gray)
For Japan
Model Unique Cover (720)
For Germany (Gray)
Model Unique Cover (720C)
For Germany (Gray)
Door, Hard Disk Drive
For Germany (Gray)
Hard Disk Drive
12
13
14
15
120MB
160MB
240MB
340MB
95F4744
54G0137
66G3200
53G7862
3
See “FRU Service Procedures” on page 124.
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 119
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
16
Cover, IC DRAM Card
For Germany (Gray)
Video Card (720)
Video Card (720C)
Cable, Diskette Drive
PCMCIA Card Slots
Base Memory Card, 4MB
Slot Holder, IC DRAM Card
Diskette Drive Assembly
Keyboard (see page 121)
Standby Battery
For Belgian and Dutch
For Swiss
Indicator Assembly (720)
Indicator Assembly (720C)
Standoff LED (720)
53G9187
53G9188
53G9206
53G9207
53G9201
53G9190
53G9203
53G9189
53G9200
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
44G3799
49G1149
49G2093
53G9191
53G9192
53G9193
53G9194
25
26
26
Standoff LED (720C)
Panel Cover Groups include LED cover,
two screws; 2.5 x 8mm, left and right
hinge bracket supports, hinge cover
end caps and hinge spacers
Panel Cover Group (720)
For Germany (Gray)
Panel Cover Group (720C)
For Germany (Gray)
PCMCIA Door
For Germany (Gray)
Speaker
Holder, Speaker
Miscellaneous Parts Group (720)
Miscellaneous Parts Group (720C)
Parts Group includes
53G9213
53G9195
53G9214
53G9196
53G9199
53G9216
07G1229
44G3786
53G9197
53G9198
Keyboard support bracket, DC-in holder,
battery terminal clip, LCD cable clamp,
mouse bracket shield, stud,
Heat Sink Assembly, base cover hook bracket
Screw Kit
53G7819
(Includes the following)
2.5 x 3 mm; 2.5 x 4 mm
2.5 x 5 mm; 2.5 x 12 mm
2.5 x 16 mm; 2.6 x 4 mm self-tapping
Foot Right/Left (w/ springs)
For Germany (Gray)
AC Adapter (40 W, 3-pin)
For Japan (40 W, 2-pin)
Cap, TrackPoint II
49G2053
49G2155
49G2196
49G2197
54G0439
53G9318
IC DRAM Card Eject Tape
120 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Options and Adapters
Important
When you replace the AC adapter or the Quick
Charger with a new one, use the one available for the
country you are in even though the system is from
another country.
Options and Adapters
AC Adapter (50 W)
AC Adapter for Japan, 3-pin
Car Battery Adapter
48G8942
49G2206
49G1148
54G0444
53G9710
07G1414
07G1415
07G1416
95F5723
53G9166
49G1110
49G1111
Keyboard/Mouse Cable
IBM ThinkPad Port Replicator
IBM IC DRAM Memory Card, 2MB
IBM IC DRAM Memory Card, 4MB
IBM IC DRAM Memory Card, 8MB
Miniature Mouse
NiMH Battery with Indicator
Quick Charger
Quick Charger for Japan, 2-pin
Keyboards w/ Trackpoint II (700, 700C, 720, 720C)
Arabic
48G9249
Belgian
Canadian French
Danish
Dutch
Finnish
French (AZERTY)
German (Gray)
Greek
Hebrew
Icelandic
48G9238
48G9230
48G9243
48G9247
48G9241
48G9235
48G9236
48G9252
48G9251
48G9250
48G9237
44G3796
48G9240
48G9246
48G9239
48G9231
48G9241
48G9244
48G9245
48G9248
44G3795
44G3794
54G0439
Italian
Japanese
Norwegian
Portuguese
Spanish
Spanish Speaking
Swedish/Finnish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K.
U.S. and European Countries
Pointing Stick Caps (3)
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 121
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Numeric Keypad (700, 700C, 720, 720C)
Belgian
Canadian French
Danish
Dutch
French
German
Greek
Hebrew
Icelandic
Italian
Japan
Norwegian
Spanish
Swedish/Finnish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English
95F5741
95F5466
95F5467
95F5467
95F6313
95F6314
95F5467
95F5741
95F5467
95F6316
79F6401
95F5467
95F6315
95F5468
95F5711
95F5715
95F5467
95F5741
95F5741
Tools
Tri-Connector Wrap Plug
PC Test Card
Audio Wrap Cable
Screwdriver Kit
72X8546
35G4703
66G5180
95F3598
122 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Power Cords
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
8
9
10
Warning: Use the power cord certified for your country.
1
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
Japan, 2-pin
Japan, 3-pin
Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K.
France, Germany, Spain
Italy
Australia, New Zealand
Denmark
13F9959
6454377
65F0031
14F0033
13F9979
14F0069
13F9940
13F9997
14F0087
14F0015
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Israel
Bangladesh, Pakistan,
Sri Lanka, South Africa
Switzerland
9
10
14F0051
1838574
Thailand
ThinkPad 700, 700C, 720, 720C (9552) 123
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FRU Service Procedures
Review these service procedures before replacing a FRU.
LCD FRU Replacement Notice: If missing or
discolored dots appear on the LCD, carefully read the
following note to determine whether or not you should
replace the LCD.
The LCD for the Model 700C and 720C contains over
921000 thin film transistors (TFTs). A small number of
missing, discolored or lighted dots (on all the time) is
characteristic of TFT LCD technology. Excessive pixel
problems can cause viewing concerns. The LCD should
be replaced if the number of missing, discolored, or lighted
dots in any background is 21 or more.
Hinges on the color LCD are part of the FRU and are
returned with the FRU.
700, 720 Mono LCD FRU Replacement:
Hinges are NOT part of the Model 700 or 720 mono LCD
FRU (do not return them with the FRU). When replacing
the Model 700 or 720 mono LCD, remove the right and left
hinge bracket supports and install them on the new LCD.
Return only the main FRU. The left and right hinge
bracket supports are included in the Mono Panel Cover
Group Kit.
High-Speed Modem Noise Problems: A small
number of high speed modems might produce a noise
when the system is powered-on. To solve this problem,
copy PS2.EXE from the Reference Diskette to the root
directory using the UINSTALL program. Then, add the
following lines to the AUTOEXEC.BAT file.
PS2 SET MODEM OFF
PS2 SET MODEM ON
If this does not solve the problem, replace the modem.
124 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630)
Checkout Guide
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout . . . 131
TrackPoint III Checkout
Diskette Drive Checkout
Hard Disk Drive Checkout
MultiPort II Checkout
. . . . . . . . . . . 132
. . . . . . . . . . . 133
. . . . . . . . . . 133
. . . . . . . . . . . . 134
. . . . . . . . . . 135
Power Systems Checkout
Infrared Transceiver Checkout
. . . . . . . . 137
PCMCIA Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
FRU Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
No-Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
LCD-Related (Video) Symptoms
. . . . . . . 146
Keyboard and TrackPoint III Symptoms . . . . 148
MultiPort II Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . 148
Indicator Related Symptoms
Power Related Symptoms
Function Related Symptoms
. . . . . . . . . 149
. . . . . . . . . . 149
. . . . . . . . . 150
Infrared Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . 151
Audio Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . 151
Peripheral Device Related Symptoms . . . . . 151
Other Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Intermittent Problems
Undetermined Problems
. . . . . . . . . . . . 152
. . . . . . . . . . . 152
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Understanding Fn Key Combinations . . . . . 154
Reading Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . 155
Understanding the Power-On Self-Test . . . . 155
Removing the Power-On Password . . . . . . 156
Running the Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Printing and Displaying Error Logs
. . . . . . 157
Checking Installed Devices . . . . . . . . . . 157
Running the Low-Level Format . . . . . . . . 158
Reading the PC Test Card LED
. . . . . . . 158
Removing PCMCIA Cards . . . . . . . . . . 159
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . 161
Disassembling the ThinkPad 701C/701CS . . . 163
Disassembling the LCD Assembly
Replacing the Top System Board . . . . . . . 178
Removing and Replacing the SO-DIMM Card 178
. . . . . . 172
.
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
System (Front View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
System (Left Side View)
System (Right Side View)
. . . . . . . . . . . 182
. . . . . . . . . . 182
System (Rear View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Top System Board (Top View)
. . . . . . . . 184
Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
125
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Top System Board (Bottom View) . . . . . . . 185
Bottom System Board (Top View) . . . . . . . 186
Bottom System Board (Bottom View)
. . . . . 187
Inverter Card (Front View)
Inverter Card (Rear View)
MultiPort II (Front View)
MultiPort II (Rear View)
. . . . . . . . . . 188
. . . . . . . . . . 188
. . . . . . . . . . . 189
. . . . . . . . . . . 189
Parts Listing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Common/Option Parts List . . . . . . . . . . 192
126 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Checkout Guide
Service for U. S. and Canada
In the U. S. and Canada, the ThinkPad 701C/701CS
is serviced only through EasyServe.
Use the following procedure as a guide for computer
problems:
1. Ask the customer for as much detail as possible
about the failing symptoms.
2. Verify the symptoms by attempting to recreate the
failure either by running the diagnostics test or by
repeating the same operation. (To run the
diagnostics, refer to “Running the Diagnostics” on
page 156.)
3. Use the following table with the verified symptom to
determine which page to go to. Search the
symptoms column and find the description that best
matches your symptom; then, go to the page shown
in the “Go to” column.
Note: Before replacing any FRU, see “FRU
Removals and Replacements” on page 161.
Symptom
Go to
Power failure. (The
power indicator does
not go on or stay on.)
“Power Systems Checkout” on
page 135.
POST does not
complete. No beeps
or error codes are
indicated.
“No-Beep Symptoms” on
page 146.
POST beeps, but no
error codes are
displayed.
“Beep Symptoms” on page 145.
POST detected an
error and displayed
numeric error codes.
“Numeric Error Codes” on
page 142.
The diagnostics test
detected an error and
displayed a FRU
code.
“FRU Codes” on page 144.
The configuration is
not the same as for
the installed devices.
“Checking Installed Devices” on
page 157.
Other symptoms
(such as LCD display
problems).
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 141, and then use the
symptoms tables.
Symptoms cannot be
recreated.
(Intermittent
Use the customer-reported
symptoms and also see
“Intermittent Problems” on
page 152.
problems.)
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 127
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Checkout
The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM
products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards, or modified
options can give false errors and invalid system responses.
Warning:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Only trained personnel should service the computer.
Drives in the computer that you are servicing might
have been rearranged or the drive startup sequence
might have been altered. Be extremely careful during
write operations such as copying, saving, or
formatting. Data or programs can be destroyed if you
select an incorrect drive.
Perform the following procedures to complete a general
checkout:
1. Power-off the computer and all external devices.
2. Check all cables and power cords for correct
connection.
3. Power-on all external devices.
4. Power-on the computer.
5. Press the F1 key any time while the POST memory
count is proceeding. The computer emits one short
beep at the end of POST and the Easy-Setup screen
appears. If this does not occur, go to
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 141.
6. Run the advanced diagnostics tests. For information
on how to run the diagnostics tests, see “Running the
Diagnostics” on page 156. For information on how to
disable the password, see “Removing the Power-On
Password” on page 156.
7. Find your symptom in the table in “Checkout Guide”
on page 127, and then go to the appropriate page.
Otherwise, see “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 141, and then go to “Undetermined Problems”
on page 152.
Memory Checkout
Depending on the amount of additional memory installed
by the customer, the memory size that is available for
customer use appears differently. This is not a hardware
problem. Consult the following table for the available
memory on a system with a 4MB base memory when the
customer installs different sizes of small outline dual inline
memory module (SO-DIMM).
SO-DIMM
Installed
Total
Memory
Available Memory
None
4MB
4MB
8MB
3712KB
7808KB
8MB
12MB
20MB
11904KB
20096KB
16MB
128 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The following table shows the available memory on a
system with an 8MB base memory with different sizes of
SO-DIMM.
SO-DIMM
Installed
Total
Memory
Available Memory
None
4MB
8MB
12MB
16MB
24MB
7808KB
11904KB
16000KB
24192KB
8MB
16MB
Memory errors might stop system operations or cause
error codes to be displayed.
Use the following procedure to isolate memory problems:
Note: Make sure that the SO-DIMM is fully installed
in the connector. A loose connection can cause an
error. For more information about installing
SO-DIMMs, see “FRU Removals and Replacements”
on page 161.
1. Power-on the computer. Press the F1 key any time
while the POST memory count is proceeding. At the
end of the memory test, the Easy-Setup screen
appears.
2. Select Test and press Enter.
3. Press Ctrl+A to enter advanced diagnostics.
4. Select Memory and press Enter to run the memory
test on base memory.
Ÿ
If an error appears below 3712KB on a system
with a 4MB base memory (7808KB with an 8MB
base memory), replace the bottom system board.
If an error appears above 3712KB on a system
with 4MB base memory (7808KB with an 8MB
base memory), replace the SO-DIMM.
Ÿ
5. If after replacing the SO-DIMM, an error above
3712KB on a system with a 4MB base memory or
7808KB with an 8MB base memory still appears,
replace the bottom system board.
6. To exit from the test screen, press Esc.
If memory problems occur intermittently, use the loop
option to repeat the test. For more information on running
the loop test, see “Running the Diagnostics” on page 156.
When the test detects an error, an error log is printed on
the printer connected to the parallel port. See “Printing
and Displaying Error Logs” on page 157 for more
information.
Do not replace FRUs because of a single, nonreproducible
failure. Single failures can occur for a variety of reasons
that have nothing to do with a hardware defect, such as
electrostatic discharge or software errors. Consider
replacing a FRU only when a recurring problem exists. If
you suspect that problems besides a failing FRU exist,
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 129
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
clear the error log and run the test again. Do not replace
any FRUs if errors do not reoccur.
Updating Flash Memory: BIOS and Easy-Setup,
which includes configuration programs and diagnostic
tests, are stored in Flash memory. To update them, Flash
memory must be updated.
When Updating Flash Memory
Do not power-off the computer, disconnect the Vac
power, or remove the battery pack during the Flash
update. The system board will have to be replaced if
the update is interrupted.
Updating Flash memory also resets all of the
customer’s configuration settings to the default values.
To update the Flash memory, perform the following steps:
1. Within the Configuration Utility, check the “Startup
Sequence” setting and make sure that it is set to
Smart or Conventional. If it is set to Hard Disk,
change the setting to Smart or Conventional to set
the system to boot from the update diskette in the
following procedure.
If you change the user’s setting, make a note of the
setting before changing it.
2. Power-off the computer.
3. Connect the computer to Vac power and install a
charged battery pack.
4. Insert the Flash update diskette in drive A.
5. Power-on the computer.
6. Follow the instructions as they appear to update
Flash memory.
7. Power-off the computer, and then power it on again.
Error codes 162 and 163 will be displayed.
Press Enter to enter the Configuration Utility. Reset
the date and time.
8. Press Esc to leave the Configuration Utility, and then
press Enter to save the changes.
9. If the Flash update fails, replace the bottom system
board. Save the system board that failed, marking it
“to be reflashed.”
130 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device
Checkout
Remove the external keyboard if the internal keyboard is to
be tested.
If the internal keyboard does not work or an unexpected
character appears, make sure that the three flexible cables
extending from the keyboard are correctly seated in the
connectors on the top system board.
If the keyboard cable connection is correct, run the
Keyboard Test by performing the following steps:
1. Power-off the computer, and then power it on again.
2. Press the F1 key any time while the POST memory
count is proceeding. At the end of the memory test,
the Easy-Setup screen appears.
3. Press the left or right arrow key to select Test and
press Enter or position the pointer over the Test icon
and click the left click button once.
4. Press Ctrl+A to enter advanced diagnostics.
5. Press Ctrl+K to start the keyboard diagnostics test.
6. Press each key. A shaded box appears in the
corresponding key position on the keyboard layout on
the screen. Press the key again to remove the box.
Note: The shaded box appears in Fn only during the
first keyboard test of a diagnostics session.
7. To exit from the test screen, press Esc.
If the tests detect a keyboard problem, perform the
following tasks one at a time to correct the problem:
Note: Do not replace a nondefective FRU.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Reseat the three cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the top system board.
The following auxiliary input devices are supported for this
computer through the MultiPort II:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Numeric keypad
Mouse (PS/2* compatible)
External keyboard (standard PS/2 or with
keyboard/mouse cable)
If any of the above devices do not work, reseat the cable
connector and repeat the failing operation. If the problem
does not reoccur, recheck the connector. If the problem
reoccurs, repeat the operation with a device that is known
to be good. If the problem still reoccurs, go to “MultiPort II
Checkout” on page 134.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 131
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TrackPoint III Checkout
If the TrackPoint III does not work, check the configuration
in the Configuration Utility by pressing PgDn to reach the
I/O Management screen. If the setting for TrackPoint III is
Off, press the left or right arrow to change it to On. If this
does not correct the problem, continue with the following
procedure:
Note: The TrackPoint III performs automatic
compensations to adjust the pointer sensor. During this
process, the pointer moves about the screen for a short
time. This self-acting pointer movement can occur when a
slight, steady pressure is applied to the TrackPoint III
pointer when the computer is powered on, when the
system is running, or when readjustment is required
because the temperature has changed significantly within a
short period of time or the temperature is higher than its
operating temperature. This symptom does not indicate a
hardware problem. No service actions are necessary if the
pointer movement stops in a short period of time.
However, the TrackPoint III will not stabilize if you apply
pressure to it. If pointer movement occurs, you can go into
Suspend mode, and then resume normal operation.
Resuming or turning the computer on both cause the
TrackPoint III to be calibrated, which may correct the
problem. If you see continual movement of the pointer, the
TrackPoint III is probably defective. In rare cases, the top
system board can also cause this problem.
If a click-button problem or TrackPoint III problem occurs,
perform the following steps:
1. Power-off the computer, and then power it on again.
2. Press the F1 key any time while the POST memory
count is proceeding. At the end of the memory test,
the Easy-Setup screen appears.
3. Select an item with the TrackPoint III.
4. Press either the left or right click button.
5. Verify that both buttons work correctly.
If either the TrackPoint III or the click button does not
work, perform the following tasks one at a time to correct
the problem:
Note: Do not replace a nondefective FRU.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Reseat the three keyboard cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the top system board.
132 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Diskette Drive Checkout
Use the following procedure to isolate the diskette problem
to a controller, drive, or diskette. For this test, you need a
scratch, write-enabled, double-sided, high-density diskette
(2.0MB that formats to 1.44MB) that is known to be good.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Attach the external diskette drive if it is not already
attached.
3. Power-on the computer.
4. Press the F1 key any time while the POST memory
count is proceeding. When the memory test is
completed, the Easy-Setup screen appears.
5. Press the left or right arrow key to select Test and
press Enter or position the pointer over the Test icon
and click the left click button once.
6. Press Ctrl+A to enter the advanced diagnostics.
7. Select the FDD-1 icon and press Enter. This runs
the controller test and the drive read/write test.
8. If the controller test detects an error, FRU code 10
appears. First, replace the diskette drive and cable
and run the test again. If FRU code 10 appears from
this second test, replace the top system board.
9. If the controller test runs without errors, select Tool
from the advanced diagnostics screen. (See
“Running the Diagnostics” on page 156 for
instructions.) Select the FDD-1 icon and insert a
scratch diskette to continue with the drive test.
10. Select the FDD-1 icon from the advanced diagnostics
screen and press Enter.
11. If the drive test detects an error, FRU code 50
appears. Replace the drive or the drive cable.
12. To exit from the test screen, press Esc.
Hard Disk Drive Checkout
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the hard disk drive to be tested.
3. Power-on the computer. Press the F1 key any time
while the POST memory count is proceeding. When
the memory test is completed, the Easy-Setup screen
appears.
4. Press the left or right arrow key to select Test and
press Enter or position the pointer over the Test icon
and click the left click button once.
5. Press Ctrl+A to enter advanced diagnostics. and
press Enter.
6. If the test detects an error, FRU code 60 appears
under the HDD-1 icon. Replace the hard disk drive.
7. To exit from the test screen, press Esc.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 133
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
MultiPort II Checkout
Use the following procedure to isolate a MultiPort II
problem. The MultiPort II attaches to the system
expansion connector at the rear of the computer.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove all of the devices from the MultiPort II.
3. Unplug the AC adapter from the computer, if
attached, and plug the AC adapter into the
MultiPort II if it is not already attached.
4. Attach wrap plugs to the serial port and the parallel
port on the MultiPort II.
5. Power-on the computer.
6. Press the F1 key any time while the POST memory
count is proceeding. When the memory test is
completed, the Easy-Setup screen appears.
7. Press the left or right arrow key to select Test and
press Enter or position the pointer over the Test icon
and click the left click button once.
8. Press Ctrl+A to enter advanced diagnostics.
9. Select Tool to install the wrap plugs on the ports.
(See “Running the Diagnostics” on page 156 for
instructions.)
10. Run the diagnostics tests on the parallel and serial
ports on the computer and the MultiPort II. To test
the external display device, select the Display icon.
Test results will be displayed under the icon for each
selected device.
11. If the diagnostics tests do not find errors, suspect a
problem with the previously attached devices.
If the tests find errors, perform the following steps to
recheck the computer:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power-off the computer.
Remove the MultiPort II from the computer.
Power-on the computer and rerun the tests on
the available parallel and serial ports.
If the errors do not reoccur, replace the MultiPort II.
If the errors persist, suspect that the errors are
related to internal FRUs and replace the appropriate
FRU (for information on FRU codes, see “FRU
Codes” on page 144).
12. If power problems appear only when using the
MultiPort II, replace the MultiPort II.
13. To exit from the test screen, press Esc.
134 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Power Systems Checkout
To verify the symptom of the problem, power-on the
computer using each of the power sources available as
follows:
1. Remove the battery.
2. Connect the AC adapter and check that power is
supplied by pressing the power switch.
3. Disconnect the AC adapter and install the charged
battery; then, check that power is supplied from the
battery by pressing the power switch.
Note: The battery is charged only while the computer is
powered-on (the computer can be in the suspend
mode). The battery cannot be charged if the
computer is powered-off.
If you suspect a power problem, see the appropriate
power-supply check listed below:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
“Checking the AC Adapter.”
“Checking the Battery Pack” on page 136.
“Checking the Standby Battery” on page 137.
Checking the AC Adapter: Check the AC
adapter if the computer fails only when the AC adapter is
used, or if the battery does not charge when the AC
adapter is attached and the computer is on or in suspend
mode.
Ÿ
If the power problem occurs only when the
MultiPort II is used, replace the MultiPort II.
If the power-on indicator does not turn on, check the
AC adapter for correct continuity and installation. If
the connection is suspect, replace the AC adapter.
If the operational charge does not work, go to “Power
Related Symptoms” on page 149.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Note: Several types of AC adapters can be supplied with
the ThinkPad 701C/701CS. The procedure for
checking them is the same.
1. Unplug the AC adapter cable from the computer and
measure the output voltage at the plug of the AC
adapter cable. See the following figure.
1
2
Pin
1
Voltage (V dc)
+15.5 to +17.0
Ground
2
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 135
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2. If the voltage is not correct, replace the AC adapter.
Note: In rare cases, the problem may be in the AC
adapter even when the voltage is correct. If an AC
adapter is available, try replacing the computer’s AC
adapter.
3. If the voltage is correct, replace the top system board.
If this does not correct the problem, go to
“Undetermined Problems” on page 152.
Note: An audible noise from the AC adapter does not
always indicate a defective adapter.
Checking the Battery Pack: Perform the
following steps to check the battery:
Safety Notice 7: Translation on page 12
Though main batteries have low voltage, a shorted or
grounded battery can produce enough current to burn
combustible materials or personnel.
1. Remove the battery.
Note: To remove the battery, end external
communications if you are not using an AC
adapter. Power-off the computer, and then
close the lid. Unlock the battery compartment
door located on the bottom of the computer.
Slide the battery out of the compartment.
2. Measure the voltage between battery terminals 1 (+)
and 4 (−). See the following figure.
1
2
3
4
Terminal
1
Voltage (V dc) / Signal
11.0 (nominal)
(Range +10.0 to +16.0)
2
3
4
VCC
I/O
Ground
136 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Note: The signal lines not used in these steps,
terminals 2 and 3, are used for communication
between the system and the battery.
3. If the voltage is less than +10.0 V dc, the battery has
been discharged or is defective. Recharge the
battery.
If the voltage is still less than +10.0 V dc after the
recharging, replace the battery.
Checking the Standby Battery: Before
performing the following steps, make sure that the standby
battery is fully charged by leaving the computer plugged
into ac power while on or in suspend mode for 24 hours.
The computer can be used normally while the standby
battery is charging. If any problem is not corrected after
charging the standby battery, perform the following steps.
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC adapter
from the computer.
2. Remove the battery.
3. Remove the top system board.
4. Replace the standby battery from the bottom of the
top system board.
5. Reinstall the top system board.
6. Plug the computer into ac power, power-on the
computer, and let the standby battery charge for 24
hours.
7. To verify standby battery operation, remove and
reinstall the battery while the computer is in the
suspend mode.
Note: For this test to be valid, the battery should
reinstalled within 1 minute.
The resume operation should start.
8. If the resume operation does not work, replace the
top system board.
Infrared Transceiver Checkout
The infrared transceiver is located on the inverter card in
the ThinkPad 701C/701CS. When you run diagnostics on
the infrared transceiver, the test is actually checking the
top system board, not the infrared transceiver itself.
Therefore, complete the following steps before running
diagnostics or replacing any FRUs.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 137
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
If the customer cannot establish a connection between the
ThinkPad 701C/701CS and a remote system, perform the
following steps:
1. Ensure that the device the customer attempted to
connect with is an Infrared Data Association (IRDA)
compliant device.
2. Check to make sure that both systems are using the
same revision level of the same software.
3. Check setup options on both systems to ensure that
the baud rate and other setup parameters are the
same.
4. Check the Configuration Utility to ensure that the
infrared transceiver is assigned to the same serial
port that is designated in the application software and
that the IRQ assignment is not shared with any other
device such as the internal modem or external serial
port on the MultiPort II.
5. Verify that the two systems are in close proximity
(less than 1 meter [3.2 feet] apart for IRDA-compliant
devices) and that the infrared transceiver window on
the ThinkPad 701C/701CS is aligned with (directly
opposite) the remote device’s window.
6. Ensure that the windows on both systems are clean
and unobstructed.
If the two systems still will not connect after you have
followed the preceding steps and the remote system is
another computer with a terminal program (for example,
Windows** Terminal** or Procomm**) installed, perform the
following tests:
1. Set up the terminal application on each system to
communicate with the infrared transceiver serial port
at a speed of 115KB per second.
2. Type characters on the ThinkPad 701C/701CS
keyboard and check to see whether or not these
characters appear on the remote system. (Note that
the characters you type will not appear on the
ThinkPad 701C/701CS system.)
3. Type characters on the remote keyboard and check
to see whether or not these characters appear on the
ThinkPad 701C/701CS system.
4. If characters do not appear in either step 2 or 3 and
you are certain that infrared is working correctly on
the remote system, replace the inverter card.
5. If characters do appear, consult the software vendor
to ensure that the customer is using a compatible
software package and that the setup parameters are
correct.
138 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
If data transfers between the ThinkPad 701C/701CS and
the remote system are slow or unstable:
1. Verify that the two systems are in close proximity
(less than 1 meter [3.2 feet] apart for IRDA-compliant
devices) and that the infrared window on the
ThinkPad 701C/701CS is aligned with the remote
device’s window.
2. Ensure that the windows on both systems are clean
and unobstructed.
3. If you are using TranXit, check the IRDELAY
parameter in the TRANXIT.INI file in the TRANXIT
directory. The parameter should be set to 1ð.
To run the diagnostics test on the infrared transceiver,
perform the following steps:
1. Power-off the computer, and then power it on again.
2. Press the F1 key any time while the POST memory
count is proceeding. When the memory test is
completed, the Easy-Setup screen appears.
3. Press the left or right arrow key to select Test and
press Enter or position the pointer over the Test icon
and click the left click button once.
4. Press Ctrl+A to enter advanced diagnostics.
5. Select Infrared and press Enter to run the test on the
infrared transceiver. Test results will be displayed
under the Infrared icon.
6. If no errors are detected, the “OK” message appears.
7. If an error is detected, the FRU code and error
description message appear. Go to “FRU Codes” on
page 144 and replace the FRU.
8. To exit from the test screen, press Esc.
PCMCIA Checkout
For a more thorough test, use one PCMCIA card in each
slot. Perform the following steps to test the PCMCIA**
slots:
1. Power-off the computer, and then power it on again.
2. Press the F1 key any time while the POST memory
count is proceeding. When the memory test is
completed, the Easy-Setup screen appears.
3. Press the left or right arrow key to select Test and
press Enter or position the pointer over the Test icon
and click the left click button once.
4. Press Ctrl+A to enter advanced diagnostics.
5. If you are using PC test cards, select Tool to install
them. Insert the cards when prompted. (For
instructions on installing test cards, see “Running the
Diagnostics” on page 156. For instructions on
inserting the cards, see “Removing PCMCIA Cards”
on page 159.)
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 139
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6. Select the PCMCIA icon and press Enter to run the
test on the PCMCIA slots. The green LED on the
PCMCIA card should turn on when the test runs. (If
the green LED does not turn on, see “Reading the PC
Test Card LED” on page 158.) Test results will be
displayed under the PCMCIA icon.
7. If no errors are detected, the “OK” message appears.
8. If an error is detected, the FRU code and error
description message appear. Go to “FRU Codes” on
page 144 and replace the FRU.
9. To exit from the test screen, press Esc.
140 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index contains tables that list
causes of symptoms. The most likely cause is listed first.
Use this index to help you decide which FRUs to have
available when servicing a computer.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
Perform the FRU replacement or actions in the sequence
shown in the “FRU / Action” columns. If the replacement
FRU did not solve the problem, put the original FRU back
in the computer.
Notes:
1. Before replacing the top and bottom system boards,
try reseating the boards. If reseating the boards does
not correct the problem, replace the boards.
2. If possible, install the latest level of BIOS available
before replacing any FRU.
Before completely reassembling a computer that has been
repaired, try to reboot the computer to check the repairs
that have been completed. However, when you reboot
without the keyboard attached, the computer will display
error codes 8603, 8613, and 86XX.
Use displayed numeric error codes to determine the
system problem. If numeric error codes are not available,
use the other symptom tables that describe specific
symptoms. If the symptom is not listed, go to
“Undetermined Problems” on page 152.
Note:
For IBM devices not supported by diagnostics codes
of ThinkPad 701C/701CS, see the manual for those
devices.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 141
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Numeric Error Codes
Numeric error codes show the errors detected in POST or
system operation. Use the error codes displayed on the
screen to diagnose failures. If more than one error code is
displayed, begin the diagnosis with the first error code.
The cause of the first error code can result in false error
codes being displayed.
In the following error codes, X can be any number.
Symptom/Error
02X, 101, 107
FRU/Action
1. Battery.
2. AC Adapter
3. Memory Option.
4. Top System Board.
10X
1. Bottom System
Board.
119
1. Top System Board.
161, 163
1. Set Configuration.
(Press Fn+F1 to enter
the Configuration Utility
and set the time and
date.)
2. Top System Board.
3. Bottom System Board.
162
1. Set Configuration.
(Press Fn+F1 to enter
the Configuration Utility
and set your
(Check the Installed Devices
list for a missing device.)
configuration.)
2. Any Missing Device.
3. Top System Board.
4. Bottom System Board.
164
1. If a SO-DIMM card
has been removed,
press Fn+F1 to enter
the Configuration
Utility, and verify the
memory size.
(Memory size error)
2. Replace the installed
SO-DIMM.
3. Bottom System Board.
184
1. Press Fn+F1 to enter
the Configuration
Utility, and then reset
the Power-on
Password.
195
1. Check if the disk
drive is from another
computer or if the
memory size has
changed.
(The hibernate partition
does not match memory
size.)
2. Go to “Hard Disk
Drive Checkout” on
page 133.
3. Hard Disk Drive
142 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
196
1. Disable, and then
enable Hibernate
mode.
2. Go to “Hard Disk Drive
Checkout” on
(Read error occurred in the
hibernate area of the Hard
Disk Drive.)
page 133.
3. Hard Disk Drive
197
1. Disable, and then
enable Hibernate
mode.
(The computer memory size
is not equal to the hibernate
area size on the Hard Disk
Drive.)
1XX
1. Top System Board.
(Not listed above.)
2. Bottom System Board.
2XX
1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” on
page 128.
2. SO-DIMM
3. Bottom System Board
3XX
1. Remove attached
external devices.
2. Reseat cables.
3. Keyboard
(Before replacing FRUs,
power-off, and then
power-on the computer.)
4. Top System Board
6XX
1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Checkout” on
page 133.
2. Diskette
3. Diskette Drive Cable
4. Diskette Drive
5. Top System Board
09XX, 10XX
11XX
1. Top System Board.
1. Modem
2. Top System Board
3. Bottom System Board
17XX
1. Go to “Hard Disk
Drive Checkout” on
page 133.
2. Hard Disk Drive
3. Bottom System Board
24XX
1. External Display.
2. External Display Power
Cord.
3. Backlight Lamp
Assembly.
4. LCD Assembly.
5. Bottom System Board.
6. Inverter Card.
(For external displays, see
the “External Display
Self-Test” in the Common
Devices Checkout section
before replacing any FRUs.)
8000
1. Set Configuration.
2. PCMCIA Card.
3. Bottom System Board.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 143
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
860X
1. External Mouse.
(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint III is disabled.)
2. External Keyboard.
3. Top System Board.
4. Bottom System Board.
861X
1. Reseat the
(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint III is enabled.)
TrackPoint III cable
(the narrowest
keyboard cable) at
the Top System
Board.
2. External Mouse.
3. Keyboard.
4. Top System Board.
5. Bottom System Board.
86XX
(Not listed above)
1. Pointing Device.
2. TrackPoint III.
3. Keyboard.
4. Numeric Keypad.
5. Top System Board.
6. Bottom System Board.
12902
1. Bottom System
Board.
I9990305
1. Go to “Hard Disk
Drive Checkout” on
page 133.
2. Hard Disk Drive
3. Bottom System Board
Other codes not listed
above
1. Go to “Undetermined
Problems” on
page 152.
FRU Codes
If an error is detected by the diagnostics tests, a four-digit
FRU code is displayed, along with an error code. The
FRU code indicates two suspected FRUs. Replace the
FRU that is indicated by the two leftmost digits first, and
then replace the FRU indicated by the two rightmost digits.
No FRU is assigned to code 00. If only one FRU is
suspected, the other FRU code is filled with zeros. See
the referenced page before replacing the FRU.
FRU Code
FRU/Action
10
1. Diskette Drive
2. Bottom System Board
3. Top System Board
12
14
20
Top System Board
Bottom System Board
Memory
(See “Memory Checkout” on page 128.)
32
33
External Keyboard
External Mouse
144 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FRU Code
FRU/Action
40
LCD Assembly
(See “Disassembling the LCD Assembly” on
page 172.)
45
50
External CRT
1. Reseat the Diskette Drive (FDD-1).
2. Diskette Drive (FDD-1)
51
55
60
61
1. Reseat the Diskette Drive (FDD-2).
2. Diskette Drive (FDD-2)
1. Insert a correctly formatted 2.0MB
diskette into the Diskette Drive.
1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive (HDD-1).
2. Hard Disk Drive (HDD-1)
1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive (HDD-2) on
the docking station.
2. Hard Disk Drive (HDD-2)
70
81
91
External PCMCIA
Internal Modem Card
If MultiPort II is installed:
1. Reseat MultiPort II.
2. MultiPort II.
If Dock II is installed:
1. Reseat Dock II.
2. Dock II
Note: The device ID and error codes are used to indicate
in detail the portion of the FRU that caused the
error. If replacing a FRU does not correct a
problem, see the device ID or error code from the
previous failure. If they have changed, the new
FRU might be defective or incorrectly installed.
If the problem remains after replacement of the FRUs, go
to “Undetermined Problems” on page 152.
Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Continuous beeps.
1. Top System Board
One beep and a blank,
unreadable, or flashing
LCD.
1. Reseat all LCD
connectors.
2. LCD Assembly
3. Bottom System Board
One beep, and the message
“Unable to access boot
source.”
1. Boot device
2. System Board
One long, two short beeps,
and a blank or unreadable
LCD.
1. Bottom System
Board.
2. LCD Assembly
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 145
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
One long beep followed by
four short beeps each time
the power switch is
1. Connect the AC
adapter or install a
fully charged battery.
operated.
(System cannot power-on
due to low battery voltage.)
One beep every second.
(System is entering
Suspend mode due to low
battery voltage.)
1. Connect the AC
adapter or install a
fully charged battery
(allows system to
suspend operation
before changing the
battery).
Two short beeps with error
codes.
1. POST error. See
“Numeric Error
Codes” on page 142.
Two short beeps with blank
screen.
1. Top System Board.
2. Bottom System Board.
No-Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
No beep, power-on indicator
not on, and a blank LCD
during POST.
1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 135.
2. Top System Board.
3. Power sources.
No beep, power-on indicator
on, and a blank LCD during
POST.
1. Top System Board.
2. Bottom System Board.
No beep, power-on indicator
on, and a blinking cursor
only during POST.
1. Top System Board.
2. Bottom System Board.
No beep during POST but
system runs correctly.
1. Turn the volume up.
2. Speaker.
3. Top System Board.
LCD-Related (Video) Symptoms
Note that LCD-related symptoms might be a result of
software problems. Therefore, before working on
hardware to correct video problems, make sure that the
system has the latest versions of the video drivers
installed. Systems that do not have the latest versions of
video drivers might experience symptoms such as random
extra pixels.
146 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Note: To check the versions of the video drivers, follow
these steps:
Ÿ
In DOS.
Drivers display their version level when they are
loaded. To check them after they have been loaded,
look in CONFIG.SYS or AUTOEXEC.BAT files for
video driver information.
Ÿ
In Windows.
Drivers installed using the video driver installation
utility place an icon in the Control Panel, in the Main
group. Double-click on the ChipsCPL icon to display
the driver dialog box. Choose the Version button to
display the driver level.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
No beep, power-on indicator
on, and a blank LCD during
POST.
1. Adjust contrast.
2. Top System Board.
3. Bottom System Board.
Ÿ
LCD backlight not
working, or
1. Reseat LCD
connectors.
Ÿ
Ÿ
LCD too dark, or
LCD brightness cannot
be adjusted.
2. Reseat inverter card.
3. Inverter Card.
4. LCD Assembly.
LCD contrast cannot be
adjusted (ThinkPad 701CS
only).
1. Reseat LCD
connectors.
2. Top System Board.
3. LCD Assembly.
Ÿ
Ÿ
LCD screen
unreadable, or
Characters missing
pels, or
Screen abnormal, or
Wrong color displayed.
[See important note for
“Disassembling the LCD
Assembly” on page 172.]
1. Check that the latest
versions of the
drivers are installed.
2. Reseat LCD
Ÿ
Ÿ
connectors.
3. Bottom System Board.
4. LCD Assembly.
LCD has extra horizontal or
vertical lines displayed.
1. LCD Assembly.
Blank LCD, system runs
correctly during POST.
1. Check display type.
(Press Fn+F1 to enter
the Configuration
Utility, and then reset
Display type to LCD.)
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 147
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Keyboard and TrackPoint III Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Keyboard (one or more
keys) does not work.
1. Reseat the two larger
keyboard cables.
2. Keyboard.
3. Top System Board.
TrackPoint III does not work
or the pointer moves
1. Go to “TrackPoint III
Checkout” on
automatically (“drifts”) or
does not work correctly.
page 132.
MultiPort II Related Symptoms
Before testing or replacing the MultiPort II, ensure that the
customer installed the MultiPort II while the computer was
powered-off or in Suspend mode. Make sure the problems
occur when the MultiPort II has been installed correctly.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Devices connected to the
MultiPort II do not work
correctly.
1. Check the device
connectors to make
sure that they are
connected correctly.
2. Check the cables to
make sure they are not
defective or damaged.
3. Go to “MultiPort II
Checkout” on
page 134.
Problems occur when the
MultiPort II is connected or
removed (unlatched).
1. Verify that the
MultiPort II is
correctly seated and
that the latches are
engaged properly.
2. Go to “MultiPort II
Checkout” on
page 134.
Power problems occur when
the MultiPort II is connected
to the computer.
1. Remove and then
reattach the AC
adapter to the
computer or the
MultiPort II.
2. MultiPort II.
3. Top System Board.
148 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Indicator Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Indicator incorrectly remains
on or off, but system runs
correctly.
1. Reseat the inverter
card.
2. Inverter Card.
3. Top System Board.
Battery status indicator
blinks green and beeps
three times at power-on or
Resume.
1. Check that a fully
charged battery is
installed.
2. Battery Pack
3. Reseat Top and
Bottom System Boards
together.
4. Top System Board.
5. Bottom System Board.
Battery status indicator
1. Check the
blinks green at power-on.
card-to-card
connection. Reseat
Top and Bottom
System Boards
together.
2. Top System Board.
3. Bottom System Board.
Battery status indicator does
not turn on when battery
fuel gauge is over 90% but
less than 100%.
1. This is normal
operation if charging
continues. Leave the
computer charging,
and then recheck the
battery fuel gauge a
short time later to
see whether the
charge has
increased.
Power Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Power shut down during
operation.
1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 135.
2. Battery Pack
3. Power sources
4. Top System Board
The system will not
power-off.
1. If you are in Suspend
mode, resume by
pressing Fn. Then,
try to power-off.
2. Disconnect the
computer from ac
power.
3. Remove the battery.
4. If problem occurs
consistently, replace
the Top System Board.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 149
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Battery pack charges, but
the battery status indicator
does not light.
1. Reseat the Inverter
Card.
2. Replace the Inverter
Card.
Battery pack does not
charge, the battery status
indicator does not light, and
the battery fuel gauge is
less than 90%.
1. Check the AC
adapter connection.
Make sure that the
computer is
powered-on or in
Suspend mode.
2. Check the
Configuration Utility to
ensure that the AC
adapter is supplying
the correct voltage
level.
3. Check the AC adapter.
4. Make sure that the
computer is within the
operational
temperature range.
5. Change the AC
adapter.
6. Replace the Battery
Pack.
7. Replace the Top
System Board.
Function Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
The system will not enter
Suspend mode or resume
by opening or closing the
LCD.
1. Check the
Configuration Utility
to ensure that the
Suspend on Lid
Close function is
enabled.
2. Check that the
computer can enter
Suspend mode by
pressing Fn+F4.
3. Top System Board.
4. Bottom System Board.
Memory count (size)
appears different from
actual size.
1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” on
page 128.
System configuration does
not match the installed
devices.
1. Go to “Checking
Installed Devices” on
page 157.
System stops intermittently.
1. Go to “Intermittent
Problems” on
page 152.
150 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Infrared Related Symptoms
See “Infrared Transceiver Checkout” on page 137 for
information on the infrared transceiver and infrared
transceiver checkout.
Audio Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
You cannot hear
any sound.
1. In the Configuration Utility,
check the volume level and the
settings for Audio Power and
Mute.
2. Attach external speakers or
headphones and check for sound:
Ÿ
If the external speakers or
headphones work, replace
the internal speaker.
If the external speakers or
headphones do not work,
replace the Top System
Board.
Ÿ
Internal
microphone does
not record.
1. Check the application’s
recording source and level.
2. Attach an external microphone
and check for recording:
Ÿ
If the external microphone
works, replace the internal
microphone.
Ÿ
If the external microphone
does not work, replace the
Top System Board.
Other audio
problems.
1. Replace the Top System Board.
Peripheral Device Related Symptoms
Before testing or replacing any peripheral device, go into
the Configuration Utility and ensure that all of the
configurations are correct. Also, check applications to
ensure that devices are configured correctly.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
External display does not
work correctly.
1. See “External Display
Self-Test” in
“Common Devices
Checkout” section.
Printer problems.
1. Run Printer self-test.
2. Cable.
3. Parallel Port Device.
4. Top System Board.
Serial or parallel port device
problems.
1. Device.
2. Device Cable.
3. Top System Board.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 151
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Other Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Errors occur only when
MultiPort II is used
1. See “MultiPort II
Checkout” on
page 134.
PCMCIA slot pin is
damaged.
1. Bottom System
Board.
Note: If you cannot find a symptom or error in this list
and the problem remains, see “Undetermined
Problems.”
Intermittent Problems
Intermittent system interruptions can be caused by a
variety of reasons that have nothing to do with a hardware
defect, such as electrostatic discharge or software errors.
Consider replacing a FRU only when a recurring problem
exists.
When analyzing the intermittent problem, perform the
following steps:
1. Run the advanced diagnostics test in loop mode at
least 10 times.
2. If no error is detected, do not replace any FRUs.
3. If any error is detected, replace the FRU shown by
the FRU code. Rerun the test to verify that no more
errors exist.
Undetermined Problems
Perform the following procedures to isolate the failing FRU
if the diagnostics tests did not identify which adapter or
device failed, or whether the installed devices are
incorrect, a short circuit is suspected, or the system is
inoperative.
Note: Do not replace a nondefective FRU.
Before performing these procedures, perform the following
actions:
Ÿ
Verify that all attached devices are supported by the
computer.
Ÿ
Verify that the power supply being used at the time of
the failure is operating correctly. (See “Power
Systems Checkout” on page 135.)
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Check the cables, wires, and connectors for short
circuits and open circuits. Visually check them for
damage. If any problems are found, replace the
FRU.
152 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Remove or disconnect all of the following devices:
a. Non-IBM devices
b. Devices attached to the expansion bus
connector
c. Printer, mouse, and other external devices
d. Battery pack
e. Hard disk drive
f. Diskette drive or the device attached to the
diskette drive connector
g. SO-DIMM card
h. PCMCIA cards
Note: Remember that removing the hard disk
drive, a SO-DIMM card, or any adapter
or device will cause configuration errors.
Error code 162 will occur.
4. Power-on the computer.
5. Determine whether the problem has changed.
6. If the problem does not occur again, reconnect the
removed devices one at a time until you find the
failing FRU.
7. If the problem remains, replace the following FRUs
one at a time.
Note: Do not replace a nondefective FRU.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Inverter Card.
LCD Assembly.
Top System Board.
Bottom System Board.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 153
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Related Service Procedures
Understanding Fn Key Combinations
The following table shows the Fn key and function key
combinations and their corresponding functions.
The Fn key works independently from the operating
system. The operating system obtains the status through
the system management interface to control the system.
Fn+
(alone)
F1
Description
Resumes operation from Suspend mode.
Enters the Configuration Utility.
Turns the battery-gauge icon on and off.
Enters Standby mode.
F2
F3
F4
Enters Suspend mode.
F5
Mutes and unmutes speaker.
Turns the hard disk off.
F6
F7
Cycles through display options (LCD, CRT,
both).
F8
Reverses video display.
Reserved.
F9
F10
F11
F12
Insert
Reserved.
Reserved.
Enters Hibernate mode.
Increases contrast.
(This combination key does not provide this
function on ThinkPad 701C as TFT screens
do not require contrast adjustment.)
Delete
Decreases contrast.
(This combination key does not provide this
function on ThinkPad 701C as TFT screens
do not require contrast adjustment.)
Home
End
Increases brightness.
Decreases brightness.
PgUp
Increases speaker volume, unmutes
speaker.
PgDn
Decreases speaker volume.
154 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Reading Status Indicators
The system status indicators show the current computer
status in different colors (green and yellow).
Symbol
Color
Meaning
Green
Battery charging.
Battery low.
Blinking green
Yellow
Hard disk drive
in use.
Green
Green
Green
Green
Keys in NumLk
mode.
Keys in Caps
Lock mode.
Keys in ScrLk
mode.
Computer
powered on and
not in Suspend
mode.
Reading the Battery Status: If the computer is
using the battery, the Battery Status field in the
Configuration Utility indicates whether the battery is OK or
low. If the computer is using external power, this field
indicates whether the battery is fully charged or still
charging. The battery fuel gauge provides a visual
indication of the battery power level.
Understanding the Power-On Self-Test
Each time you power-on the computer, the power-on
self-test (POST) is initiated. The POST takes up to 90
seconds to complete, depending on the options installed.
The POST checks the following items: system boards,
memory, display, keyboard, diskette drive, hard disk drive,
parallel port, and serial port.
To start the POST, power-on the computer. The following
actions will happen:
1. If a critical error occurs during the POST, the system
halts. The system might beep or display a message.
If the POST cannot be completed successfully, an
error code appears on the display, and you are
prompted to press Esc or Enter. If you press Esc,
the computer bypasses the error and attempts to
complete the POST. If you press Enter, the
computer displays the Configuration Utility window.
You can then try to correct the error. (See “Running
the Diagnostics” on page 156.)
2. The computer issues one short beep when the POST
ends successfully.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 155
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. The computer attempts to load the operating system
as customized. If the computer does not find an
operating system, it displays a graphic message
requesting that you insert a bootable diskette in the
diskette drive and press F1 to resume operation.
Removing the Power-On Password
Important
This information is not available in this HMM online
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.
Running the Diagnostics
Use either the TrackPoint III or the cursor movement keys
to interact with the tests. When asked for an “OK”
response, press Enter or select the OK button.
1. With the computer powered-off, attach any test tools
to the device to be tested. For example, attach a
wrap plug to the serial port on the MultiPort II or
insert the PC test cards in the PCMCIA slot.
2. Power-on the computer. Press the F1 key any time
while the POST memory count is proceeding. When
the memory test is completed, the Easy-Setup screen
appears.
3. Select Test and press Enter.
4. Press Ctrl+A to enter advanced diagnostics.
5. Select Tool to install a test tool.
Select the test tool for a device, and press the
spacebar or click button to install it. A √ mark
appears for the selected device. Repeat this step to
install multiple devices.
Note: A graphic message prompts you to attach the
selected test tools.
6. Select OK and press Enter if the selection is correct.
7. Select a device and press Enter to start the tests.
8. Select Test All to test all devices.
9. Select Looptest to loop tests.
A loop option menu appears in which you can select
a loop test for one or more devices. Select a device
and press the spacebar or click key. A √ mark
appears for the selected device. Repeat this step to
select multiple devices. Press Enter to start the
diagnostics loop. If no device is selected, all device
tests are looped.
10. To exit the loop, keep pressing Ctrl+Pause until the
test exits. The system emits a beep sound to notify
you that the test program has received the exit
interrupt.
11. Press Esc to exit the test screen.
12. Choose Restart to leave Easy-Setup and restart your
system.
156 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
13. Select OK or press Enter to confirm the restart.
Printing and Displaying Error Logs
Diagnostics errors are printed on the printer that is
attached to the parallel port when the error is detected.
The error is also logged in the system memory.
Use the following procedure to display the errors:
1. End the test, if it is running.
2. Press Ctrl+A to enter the advanced diagnostics.
3. Press Ctrl+E.
4. The error log appears.
5. To exit the screen, select Cancel or press Esc.
The error log is not saved when system power is turned
off.
Checking Installed Devices
Installed devices are displayed as dark icons on the
diagnostics screen. All other devices are displayed with
gray icons.
If a device is installed but the icon appears gray rather
than dark, the device is defective. Reseat the device
connectors, and then restart diagnostics. If the symptom
remains, replace the device or the system board. If
needed, adjust the contrast control to clearly distinguish
the shades of the icon.
If a device that is not installed appears in a dark shade, for
example, if HDD-2 appears in a dark shade when a
second hard disk drive is not installed, perform the
following steps:
1. Replace the first device, such as HDD-1.
2. If the problem persists, replace the relevant system
board.
The PCMCIA, System Board, Display, and infrared
transceiver icons are always displayed in a dark shade,
because the icons represent subsystems of the system
board and not attached devices. The parallel port icon is
dark except when the diskette drive is attached to the
parallel port; in that case, the FDD icon is dark and the
parallel port icon is gray. Icons for devices attached
through the MultiPort II are dark when the devices are
attached, and are gray when the devices are removed
from the MultiPort II.
The HDD-1 icon represents the first drive in the system
configuration. Similarly, the HDD-2 icon represents the
second drive, attached to the docking station.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 157
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Running the Low-Level Format
Perform the following steps to format the hard disk:
Warning: All data and formatting on the disk will be
destroyed and cannot be recovered. Have the user
make a backup copy of all information on the hard disk
that should be saved. Make sure that a bootable diskette
is available. Make sure that the drive address to be
formatted is correct.
Use either the TrackPoint III or the cursor movement keys
to interact with the tests. When asked for an “OK”
response, press Enter or select the OK button.
1. Power-off the computer, and then power it on again.
2. Press the F1 key any time while the POST memory
count is proceeding. When the memory test is
completed, the Easy-Setup screen appears.
3. Select Test and press Enter.
4. Press Ctrl+A to enter advanced diagnostics.
5. Press Ctrl+F. The Format icon appears at the top of
the advanced diagnostics screen.
6. Select the Format icon and press Enter.
7. Select the hard disk to be formatted and press Enter.
8. A confirmation screen appears, showing the number
of cylinders, heads, and sectors on the hard disk.
9. Press Esc to exit the low-level format screen without
formatting the hard disk.
10. Press Enter to begin the low-level format of the hard
disk. When the low-level format is completed, the
advanced diagnostics screen is displayed.
11. When you restart the computer, a graphic message is
displayed at the end of POST, requesting that you
insert a bootable diskette into the diskette drive and
press F1 to resume operation.
Reading the PC Test Card LED
The green LED on a PC test card (JEIDA/PCMCIA wrap
card) turns on when the PCMCIA test is running. If the
LED does not turn on, check that the card is installed
correctly by reseating the card. If it still does not turn on
after the card is reseated and you are using one PC test
card, try using the other slot for the test. If you are using
two cards, try swapping the cards in the slots. If the LED
still does not turn on and the test fails, replace the FRU
shown in the diagnostics error code.
158 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Removing PCMCIA Cards
After removing the PCMCIA cover, and filler plug if it is
installed, you can insert or remove PCMCIA cards during
most computer operations.
To insert a PCMCIA card, perform the following steps:
1. Insert the PCMCIA card into one of the available
slots, with the long row of pin sockets facing the
computer and the label on the PCMCIA card facing
up. When the card is in place, the blue eject button
at the left of the slot pops out. Do not force the card.
If the card does not fit into the slot, turn it over.
Note: A Type III PCMCIA card occupies both
PCMCIA slots. To insert the card, aim its bottom
ridges at the lower PCMCIA card slot.
2. Replace the outer cover over the PCMCIA slots.
To remove a PCMCIA card, perform the following steps:
1. Use a small pointed object such as the point of a pen
to press the blue eject button located to the left of the
PCMCIA card slot.
Note: A Type III PCMCIA card occupies both
PCMCIA slots. To remove the card, press the bottom
eject button.
2. Carefully slide the PCMCIA card out of the slot.
3. If both PCMCIA slots are empty, replace the filler plug
and replace the outer cover over the PCMCIA slots.
Note: Do not remove PCMCIA cards while the system is
in Suspend or Hibernate mode. If you remove a PCMCIA
card while the system is in either mode, you might lose
configuration information. Or, if you remove a PCMCIA
card and insert another card, your system might not
recognize the new card.
Product Overview
The following table provides a brief overview of the system
features.
Feature
Description
Processor
Intel** 486** DX2 25/50MHz or DX4
25/75MHz, with math coprocessor.
Memory
4MB or 8MB (on the system board).
(Standard)
Memory
4, 8, or 16MB SO-DIMM.
(Optional)
Bus
Architecture
(Two Busses)
Ÿ
Ÿ
Local bus for hard drive and video
(with hardware line draw, BITBLT,
cursor, and sprite support).
ISA bus
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 159
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Feature
Description
CMOS RAM
VGA Video
128 Bytes.
Ÿ
ThinkPad 701CS
10.4-inch, 640 × 480, 256/226K color,
DS-STN LCD color.
Ÿ
ThinkPad 701C
10.4-inch, 640 × 480, 256/226K color,
TFT LCD color.
Diskette Drive
1.44MB (3-mode for Japan, 2-mode for
other countries) 3.5-inch external.
Hard Drive
(Removable)
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
360MB, 2.5-inch
540MB, 2.5-inch
720MB, 2.5-inch (optional)
Audio
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Built-in speaker
Built-in microphone.
Microphone jack.
Speaker/headphone jack.
Line-in jack.
Supports SoundBlaster** and
SoundBlaster Pro** applications.
Internal
Modem Card
Data/Fax/Voice Modem with 14.4 Kbps
transmission rate and telephony support
(U.S. and Canada only).
PCMCIA
Cards
Accepts any of the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
One or two Type I.
One or two Type II.
One Type I and one Type II.
One Type III.
Infrared
Transceiver
Integrated infrared hardware
IRDA-compatible transceiver with 115.2
Kbps transmission rate.
160 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FRU Removals and Replacements
This section contains information about removals and
replacements.
Follow the numerical sequence in “Disassembling the
ThinkPad 701C/701CS” on page 163 and the three
exploded views to remove or disconnect parts in the
correct order. Reverse the numerical sequence to replace
FRUs. Note exceptions and special instructions for
replacement throughout the FRU removal procedure.
The letters in parentheses in the list indicate screw types.
Consult the following screw size chart to match the letters
to the correct screw type and size before replacing each
screw.
BA
BC
BD
Nut, M2.5
M2.5, 6 mm
M2.5, 8.4 mm
Silver
Black
Black
BE
BF
BG
M2.5, 10 mm
M1, 3 mm
Black
Black
Black
M2.5, 7.5 mm
BH
BI
M2.5, 8 mm
M2.5, 5 mm
M2, 8 mm
Black
Black
Silver
BJ
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 161
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
BK
BL
M2.5, 16 mm
M2.5, 6 mm
Black
Black
Note:
1. Use a TORX** T1 screwdriver on the BF screw. Torque
to 0.5 in./lb.
2. For the other listed screws, use a TORX T6 screwdriver.
Torque to 2.5 in./lb.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or other
small parts are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computer
and listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.
Note: Before removing any FRU, remove any attached
devices, including the diskette drive, diskette drive
cable, and MultiPort II if they are attached.
Safety Notice 2: Translation on page 8
Some standby batteries contain a small amount of
nickel and cadmium. Do not disassemble it, recharge
it, throw it into fire or water, or short-circuit it. Dispose
of the battery as required by local ordinances or
regulations. Use only the battery in the appropriate
parts listing when replacing the RTC or backup
battery. Use of an incorrect battery can result in
ignition or explosion of the battery.
162 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Disassembling the ThinkPad
701C/701CS
This procedure provides the steps required to completely
disassemble the ThinkPad 701C/701CS.
The three exploded views show the parts of the computer
that are removed at various stages of the disassembly
process. The numbered callouts in the figures correspond
to steps in the procedure.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS Exploded View
1
5
BF
9
6 BC
2
10
BH
4
10
10
BE
BC
10
BC
10 BC
7
BK
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 163
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS Exploded View
20
16
17
14
8
15
11
BC
12
13
23
13
24
22
21
19 BG
18
3
19
BG
BF
9
164 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS Exploded View
29
28
BA
BL
25
28 BJ
27
30
32
33
34
31
26
BC
2
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 165
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
If you follow all of the steps in this procedure, you
completely disassemble the ThinkPad 701C/701CS.
However, for some replacement operations, you may not
need to completely disassemble the ThinkPad
701C/701CS. In those situations, the relative sequence of
steps in this procedure is important. Some FRUs must be
removed to reach the failing FRU, or to make it easier to
work with another FRU.
This procedure contains instructions for the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Removing the Keyboard Cover
Removing the Keyboard
Ÿ
Separating the Display and Base Units
Removing the Top System Board and Inverter Card
Removing the Bottom System Board and Modem
Taking Apart the Base Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
.1/
Remove the battery shown in the figure on page
163.
.2/
.3/
.4/
Remove the SO-DIMM cover and any installed
SO-DIMM cards, shown in the figure on page
163.
See “Removing and Replacing the SO-DIMM Card”
on page 178 for more detailed information.
Remove the PCMCIA cover and filler plug
shown in the figure on page 164. Remove any
installed PCMCIA cards.
See “Removing PCMCIA Cards” on page 159 for
more detailed information.
Remove the parallel port cover, shown in the
figure on page 163.
Warning: Do not drop or apply any shock to the hard
disk drive. The hard disk drive is sensitive to physical
shock. Incorrect handling can damage it and cause
permanent loss of data on the hard disk. Before removing
the hard disk drive, have the user make a backup copy of
all the information on the hard disk. Never remove the
hard disk drive while the system is operating or while it is
in Suspend mode.
.5/
Remove the hard disk drive, shown in the figure
on page 163.
Note: Remove the hard disk drive by inserting a
coin in the slot and twisting until the hard disk drive
is unseated. Do not apply any extra force to the
hard disk drive when removing it.
Removing the Keyboard Cover
.6/
Remove the screw (BC) located on the right side
toward the back of the computer, shown in the
figure on page 163.
166 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
.7/
.8/
Remove the screw (BK) located on the rear
bottom left of the computer shown in the figure
on page 163.
Open the computer lid all the way (180°) and
remove the keyboard shelf, shown in the figure
on page 164.
To release the keyboard shelf from the base
assembly:
1. Gently pull up on the right side of the keyboard
shelf.
2. Insert a tool into the slots on the back of the
computer and gently push in to release the
tabs holding in the shelf.
Removing the Keyboard
.9/ Remove the four screws (BF) located on the
front, below the keyboard, shown in the figures
on pages 163 and 164.
.1ð/ Remove the five remaining screws from the
bottom of the base.
(For the screw types that are removed in this step,
see the figure on page 163.)
Replacement:
Warning: When you reinstall the screws, be
careful when tightening the middle screw toward the
rear of the computer. If you tighten the screw too
much, you can break the plastic base. If you are
using an electric screwdriver, set it to a low or
sensitive setting to prevent breakage.
.11/ Remove the screw (BC) located below the right
hinge.
Replacement: When you replace the screws in the
base and the keyboard shelf, perform the steps in
the following order:
1. Replace the screw (BC) in step .11/ shown in
the figure on page 164. Do not tighten the
screw until the front keyboard screws are in
place.
2. Replace the keyboard shelf.
3. Replace the front keyboard screws in step .9/
shown in the figure on page 163.
4. Tighten the BC screw.
5. Replace the screws in step .1ð/.
.12/ Remove the keyboard, shown in the figure on
page 164.
To remove the keyboard, push it backward slightly,
and then pull it up, then forward and out.
Replacement: When you reinstall the keyboard,
follow these steps:
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 167
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Warning: When you reinstall the keyboard, be careful not
to damage the keyboard cables by pinching or crushing
them.
1. Attach the three flat cables.
2. Tilt the front of the keyboard up and push the rear of
the keyboard toward the back of the computer.
3. Press the keyboard down.
4. Pull the keyboard slightly forward to engage the
latches located at the back right, and in the middle of
the left and right sides.
Warning: Do not pull out the cable before releasing the
sliding latch connector.
.13/ Detach the three keyboard cables from the top
system board shown in the figure on page 164.
The keyboard cables use zero insertion force (ZIF)
connectors.
Instructions for working with ZIF connectors:
To detach the cables, pull out the small sliding latch
under each cable using a small tool to pull on each
side. Try to pull the latch out incrementally on each
side, or pull out both sides simultaneously.
Replacement: When you reinstall cables in ZIF
connectors, insert the cable connector end, metal
side facing up, into the connector, and then gently
push in each sliding latch to secure the cable. Do
not twist the cables.
Warning: Do not pull out the cable before
releasing the sliding latch connector.
Separating the Display and Base Units
.14/ Detach the LCD cable shown in the figure on
page 164.
Slide up the ferrite core on the cable to reach the
latches.
The LCD cable uses ZIF connectors.
Replacement: For information about reconnecting
the LCD cable, see “Replacing the LCD Assembly”
on page 175.
.15/ Remove the ferrite core from the LCD cable
shown in the figure on page 164.
Replacement: For information about replacing the
ferrite core, see “Replacing the LCD Assembly” on
page 175.
.16/ Detach the microphone cable from the top
system board, shown in the figure on page 164.
Replacement: Make sure that the two aluminum
spacers are in place. After you reattach the
microphone cable, place any excess cable behind
the PCMCIA slot assembly. For information on
168 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
routing the backlight cable, see “Routing the
Backlight Cable” on page 176.
.17/ Detach the LCD backlight cable from the
inverter card, shown in the figure on page 164.
Replacement: For information on routing the
backlight cable, see “Routing the Backlight Cable”
on page 176.
.18/ Detach the speaker cable from the top system
board, shown in the figure on page 164.
Replacement: After you reattach the speaker
cable, place any excess cable behind the PCMCIA
slot assembly.
.19/ Remove the four hinge screws (BG) shown in
the figure on page 164.
Close the computer lid before removing the screws.
.2ð/ Remove the LCD assembly, shown in the figure
on page 164.
Replacement: See “Disassembling the LCD
Assembly” on page 172 for instructions on FRU
removals and replacements for the LCD assembly.
See “Replacing the LCD Assembly” on page 175
for instructions on replacing the LCD assembly.
Removing Top System Board and Inverter Card
.21/ Remove the top system board and the attached
standby battery and inverter card, shown in the
figure on page 164. Reuse the rubber spacers.
Separate the metal spacers between the top and
bottom system boards. Gently pull up the front of
the top system board and insert a tool at the slot
located near the battery connector. Press down
with the tool and gently pry up to detach the top
system board from the bottom system board.
Replacement: See “Replacing the Top System
Board” on page 178 for information about replacing
the top system board.
Safety Notice 3: Translation on page 9
The battery pack contains small amounts of nickel.
Do not disassemble it, throw it into fire or water, or
short-circuit it. Dispose of the battery pack as
required by local ordinances or regulations. Use only
the battery in the appropriate parts listing when
replacing the battery pack. Use of an incorrect battery
can result in ignition or explosion of the battery.
.22/ Remove the standby battery, shown in the
figure on page 164.
Replacement: When you replace the standby
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 169
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
battery, fold the cable and place the standby battery
in the space beside the battery pack connector.
Safety Notice 6: Translation on page 12
To avoid shock, do not remove the plastic cover that
surrounds the lower portion of the inverter card.
.23/ Remove the inverter card from the top system
board, shown in the figure on page 164.
.24/ Remove the infrared window from the inverter
card, shown in the figure on page 164.
Removing Bottom System Board and Modem
.25/ Remove the screw (BL) holding in the bottom
system board, shown in the figure on page 165.
.26/ Remove the two screws (BC) located on the
docking connector shown in the figure on page
165.
Replacement: When you replace these screws,
use the following order:
1. Install one docking connector screw.
2. Install the bottom system board screw (from
step .25/).
3. Install the other docking connector screw.
Safety Notice 4: Translation on page 10
The backup battery is a lithium battery and can cause
a fire, explosion or severe burn. Do not recharge it,
remove its polarized connector, disassemble it, heat it
above 100 degrees C (212 degrees F), incinerate it, or
expose its cell contents to water. Dispose of the
battery as required by local ordinances or regulations.
Use of an incorrect battery can result in ignition or
explosion of the battery. Replacement batteries can
be ordered from IBM or IBM Authorized Dealers.
.27/ Remove the bottom system board and the
attached modem shown in the figure on page
165.
To remove the bottom system board, push in lightly
on the modem connector to free it from the base.
Make sure that the modem connector has been
freed from its slot in the base before removing the
bottom system board.
Replacement: When you replace the bottom
system board, keep the speaker cable toward the
rear of the computer. Do not leave it folded under
the bottom system board. Reuse the rubber
spacers.
170 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
.28/ Remove the two bolts (BJ) and nuts (BA)
holding the PCMCIA slot assembly to the
bottom system board, shown in the figure on
page 165.
.29/ Remove the PCMCIA slot assembly, shown in
the figure on page 165.
.3ð/ Remove the modem shown in the figure on
page 165.
The modem is held in place with an adhesive
gasket. You may need to pry gently on the modem
to remove it from the bottom system board. When
you reinstall the modem, you may need to apply a
new adhesive gasket.
Taking Apart the Base Assembly
.31/ Remove the power switch cover, shown in the
figure on page 165.
Warning: The speaker can magnetize metal and corrupt a
diskette.
Warning: A scratch can damage the speaker. Be careful
not to damage it with screwdrivers, screws, or other
objects.
.32/ Remove the speaker, shown in the figure on
page 165.
After you have removed the speaker, carefully
remove any metal particles that might have flaked
off.
.33/ Remove the adhesive gasket shown in the
figure on page 165.
Replacement: Follow these steps in order:
1. Remove the old adhesive gasket and apply a
new one to the base.
2. With the front of the base facing you, rotate
the speaker so that the speaker wires are at
“one o’clock,” then attach the speaker to the
gasket.
3. Position the speaker cable under the bottom
system board and between the inverter card
and the top system board to the connector on
the top system board.
.34/ Remove the screen over the speaker, shown in
the figure on page 165.
If the screen over the speaker is damaged, replace
it.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 171
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Disassembling the LCD Assembly
12
10
11 BI
7
9
6
9
5
1
BH
BD
3
10
8
3
BD
3
BD
4
3
2
BD
Safety Notice 5: Translation on page 11
If the LCD breaks and the fluid from inside the LCD
gets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately
wash the affected areas with water for at least 15
minutes. Seek medical care if any symptoms from the
fluid are present after washing.
.1/
.2/
.3/
Remove the two bottom screws (BH).
Remove the left hinge cover (cam).
Remove the four bezel screws (BD).
172 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
.4/
Carefully unsnap the T-shaped snaps along the
bottom edge of the bezel, and lift it out.
Be sure to use the correct replacement bezel for
the LCD.
The TFT bezel has adhesive on its top side wall.
When you install a new TFT bezel, remove the
backing first.
.5/
.6/
Remove the microphone.
Remove the backlight cable protective sleeve.
Replacement:
For detailed information about replacing the
microphone and sleeve, see “Replacing the
Microphone and Sleeve” on page 174.
.7/
Remove the LCD.
When you replace the LCD, be sure to replace it
with the correct type of LCD (STN or TFT).
.8/
.9/
Remove the LCD cable from the LCD.
Remove the latches from the bezel.
.1ð/ Remove the latch springs from the latches.
Replacement:
When replacing the latches, place the latch in the
bezel, and then slide the spring over the post on
the latch. Compress the spring slightly and slip it
into the recess in the bezel.
.11/ Remove the two right hinge screws (BI).
.12/ Remove the right hinge.
The left hinge is part of the top cover assembly,
and should be replaced with it as a unit.
Note: To clean the LCD, use rubbing alcohol and a soft
cloth.
To avoid damaging the LCD, do not scratch or apply any
force to its surface.
Important
The LCD for the ThinkPad 701C contains over
921000 thin film transistors (TFTs). A small number
of missing, discolored, or lighted dots (on all the time)
is characteristic of TFT LCD technology, but excessive
pixel problems can cause viewing concerns. The LCD
should be replaced if the number of missing or
discolored, or lighted dots in any background is 21 or
more.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 173
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Replacing the Microphone and Sleeve
The right hinge should already be installed. To replace the
microphone and cables, perform the following steps:
1. Insert the microphone wires into the small slit in the
backlight cable protective sleeve.
2. Holding the microphone and sleeve near the hinge,
insert the yellow backlight cable through the slit in the
sleeve, and then the brown cable. Do not allow the
microphone cable to twist around the backlight
cables.
3. Slip the sleeve into place so that the flange is inside
the computer lid, toward the LCD.
4. Insert the microphone into the space between the
hinge and the LCD, with the foam block against the
right side of the space. Press the block gently to
ensure that it is completely inserted.
Make sure that the foam does not cover the
microphone diaphragm. When installed correctly, the
microphone lines up with the two small slots in the
bezel.
174 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Replacing the LCD Assembly
To reattach the LCD assembly, follow these steps:
1. With the LCD cable flat, carefully wrap the end of the
LCD cable around the attached sleeve on the cable,
finishing with the end of the cable coming from behind
the sleeve.
2. To prevent possible damage, tape the end of the
cable to the bezel while you reattach the LCD
assembly.
3. Place the LCD assembly on the base in the closed
position. Make sure that the backlight and
microphone cables are inside the base unit.
4. Replace the four hinge screws (BG).
5. Open the computer lid all the way (180°) and remove
the tape from the the LCD cable.
6. Slide the ferrite core over the end of the LCD cable,
pushing the core onto the cable just far enough to
expose the two sets of silver contacts on the cable.
7. Connect the LCD cable to the connectors on the
bottom system board by inserting the flat ends of the
cable. Then, push in the small sliding latch under
each cable to secure the cable in the connector. Do
not bend or fold the LCD cable. Press on the loop of
cable around the sleeve to insert the cable ends into
the connectors.
8. Pull the ferrite core forward on the cable until the core
touches the connectors and it can be pressed down
flat on top of the bottom system board.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 175
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Routing the Backlight Cable
1
2
.1/ Brown wire.
.2/ Yellow wire.
Warning: Incorrect routing of the backlight cable may
cause it to break after repeated opening and closing of the
computer lid. Routing the cable correctly is important to
prevent this breakage.
To route the backlight cable, follow these steps:
1. Plug the LCD backlight cable into the inverter card.
Do not twist the wires.
2. Position the brown wire behind the connector so that
after it exits the connector housing, it goes down
between the inverter card and back wall of the base
cover. (It must be outside of the inverter insulator.)
3. Loop the brown wire toward the LEDs and over the
top of the connector.
176 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1
2
Backlight cable routing from the rear, shown without
the computer lid.
.1/ Brown wire.
.2/ Yellow wire.
4. Route the yellow wire in the same manner as the
brown wire. Position the yellow wire beside the
brown wire where it runs over the connector on the
side toward the back of the computer. Do not allow
the wires to cross.
5. Be careful to keep the cable in the correct position as
you complete the assembly of the computer.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 177
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Replacing the Top System Board
Perform the following steps when you replace the top
system board:
1. Before inserting the top system board, move the
power switch cover forward toward the front of the
base assembly. Make sure that the spring in the
power switch is fully inside the plastic housing.
2. Insert the top system board, tilting the board to the
left and aligning the appropriate connectors with the
slots on the base assembly. Be careful to align the
power switch cover with the switch mechanism on the
board.
3. Gently press the battery pack connector down to
place the connector in the slot on the base assembly.
4. Ensure that the inverter card is firmly attached to the
top system board, and that the infrared window is
attached to the inverter card. The infrared window
has a top and bottom. Install the window with the
long side with the partial cutout facing the top of the
inverter card.
5. Feed the speaker cable between the inverter card
and the top system board to the right of the inverter
card connector to the board.
6. As you press lightly down on the top system board
and the inverter card, slip the bottom corners of the
inverter card into the slots in the base assembly.
7. Gently but firmly press on the middle of the top
system board to finish inserting the board and to
ensure a complete connection between the
board-to-board connectors.
Removing and Replacing the SO-DIMM
Card
Warning: The SO-DIMM card is sensitive to physical
shock. Incorrect handling of the card can damage it.
To remove a SO-DIMM card, follow these steps:
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the battery.
3. Disconnect all cables and other devices, including the
AC adapter.
4. Close the computer and turn it upside down.
5. Open the SO-DIMM door.
178 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6. Press the metal tabs on each side of the SO-DIMM
away from the card. The card should raise slightly as
the tabs are pulled away from it.
7. Remove the card by holding it at a 15 to 20 degree
angle and pulling it firmly away from the SO-DIMM
socket.
8. Replace the SO-DIMM door.
9. Reattach all cables and other devices, including the
AC adapter.
10. Power-on the computer. The computer will display
error code 164.
To insert a SO-DIMM card, follow these steps:
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the battery.
3. Disconnect all cables and other devices, including the
AC adapter.
4. Close the computer and turn it upside down.
5. Remove the SO-DIMM door.
6. Locate the notch on the SO-DIMM.
Warning: Do not insert the SO-DIMM too far. You might
damage the SO-DIMM or SO-DIMM socket.
7. Position the card at a 15 to 20 degree angle to the
SO-DIMM socket with the notch facing to the right
when you are looking into the socket, and push it into
the socket firmly.
8. The card is fully inserted when the gold connectors
are almost completely concealed by the SO-DIMM
socket and only the top of each connector is visible.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 179
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Warning: The card will not lock into place if it has not
been fully inserted into the socket.
9. Once the card is fully inserted into the socket, press
the card down until it locks into place. It is held in
place by two tabs, one on either side of the card.
10. Replace the SO-DIMM door.
11. Reattach all cables and other devices, including the
AC adapter, and power-on the computer.
12. Verify that the memory count displayed during the
POST is correct. (See “Memory Checkout” on
page 128 for information on memory size.)
180 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Locations
System (Front View)
.1/ Latches
.2/ LCD
.3/ Keyboard
.4/ Click Buttons
.5/ TrackPoint III
.6/ Fn Key
.7/ Status Indicators
See “Reading Status Indicators” on
page 155.
1
2
3
7
6
5
4
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 181
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System (Left Side View)
.1/ Power Jack
.2/ Power Switch
.3/ Parallel/Diskette Drive Connector
.4/ Microphone-In Jack
.5/ Line-In Jack
.6/ Headphone-/Speaker-Out Jack
1
2
3
4
5
6
System (Right Side View)
.1/ Battery Pack
.2/ Hard Disk Drive
.3/ PCMCIA Access Port
.4/ Slot for Kensington Lock
1
2
3
4
182 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System (Rear View)
.1/ Latches
.2/ System Expansion Connector
.3/ Docking Door
A MultiPort II or Dock II can be connected to this
interface to support the following features:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
16-bit AT-bus interface
Serial port
Parallel port
Keyboard and mouse
Hard disk drive connection
LED control signals
Video signals
Audio signals
Diskette drive
PCMCIA
Power controls
Power line
1
2
3
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 183
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Top System Board (Top View)
.1/ Keyboard Connectors
.2/ Inverter Card Connector
.3/ Microphone Connector
.4/ Speaker Connector
.5/ Battery Pack Connector
.6/ Lid Close Sensor
.7/ Parallel/Diskette Drive Connector
.8/ TrackPoint III Connector
8
1
2
3
4
7
5
6
184 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Top System Board (Bottom View)
.1/ Inverter Card Connector
.2/ Power Jack
.3/ Power Switch
.4/ Parallel/Diskette Drive Connector
.5/ Microphone-In Jack
.6/ Line-In Jack
.7/ Headphone-/Speaker-Out Jack
.8/ Standby Battery Connector
.9/ Battery Pack Connector
.1ð/ Board-to-Board Connector
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
9
8
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 185
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Bottom System Board (Top View)
.1/ System Expansion Connector
.2/ LCD Connectors
.3/ PCMCIA Controller
.4/ PCMCIA Slots
.5/ System Controller
.6/ Board-to-Board Connector
.7/ Video Controller
1
2
3
4
7
6
5
186 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Bottom System Board (Bottom View)
.1/ PCMCIA Connector
.2/ Processor
.3/ System Expansion Connector
.4/ Modem Connector
.5/ Random Access Memory
.6/ SO-DIMM Connector
.7/ Hard Disk Drive Connector
.8/ RTC Battery
.9/ Power-On Password Bypass Pads
1
2
3
4
8
7
5
6
9
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 187
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Inverter Card (Front View)
.1/ Light-Emitting Diodes
.2/ System Board Connector
1
2
Inverter Card (Rear View)
.1/ Light-Emitting Diodes
.2/ Infrared Serial Port
.3/ LCD Connector
3
1
2
188 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
MultiPort II (Front View)
.1/ Port Connector
1
MultiPort II (Rear View)
.1/ Release Lever
.2/ External Display Port
.3/ AC Adapter Port
.4/ External Mouse/Numeric Keypad Port
.5/ External Keyboard Port
.6/ Audio Out
.7/ Audio In
.8/ Parallel Port
.9/ Serial Port
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 189
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Parts Listing
190 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System Unit (ThinkPad 701C/701CS)
Index FRU
1
Latch Kit
04H8327
(Includes logos and spring)
Display Cover Assembly
Microphone
2
3
4
5
5
6
6
7a
7b
8
04H8326
04H8328
04H8388
04H8333
04H8331
04H8325
04H8332
42H1505
04H8389
04H8336
Right Hinge
Color LCD (ThinkPad 701CS)
Color LCD (ThinkPad 701C)
LCD Bezel (ThinkPad 701CS)
LCD Bezel (ThinkPad 701C)
Keyboard Cam
Keyboard Hinge
Keyboard Shelf
9
See Keyboard List
Inverter Card/Infrared Transceiver
Top System Board
Bottom System Board (25/50MHz)
Bottom System Board (25/75MHz)
SO-DIMM
10
11
12
12
13
04H8347
04H8343
04H8342
25H4883
(See options list)
14
15
16
17
17
17
18
Modem
PCMCIA Cover
04H8341
04H8346
04H8348
04H6829
04H6830
25H4873
04H6898
04H6902
PCMCIA Filler Plug
360MB Hard Disk Drive
540MB Hard Disk Drive
720MB Hard Disk Drive
Battery Pack NiCD
For Worldwide Use
(Including Benelux)
Battery Pack NiMH
Base Assembly
Base Feet Kit
SO-DIMM Door
Standby Battery Door
Diskette Drive
For Japan
Diskette Drive Cable
Parallel Port Door
Power Switch Cover
Standby Battery
MultiPort II
Speaker
18
19
20
21
22
23
04H6197
04H8335
04H8390
04H8337
04H8338
10H4056
10H4055
04H6916
04H8340
04H8349
04H8345
04H6915
04H8344
04H8329
10H4070
10H4086
04H8383
04H8339
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
LCD Cable
Parallel Port Cable
Screen for Speaker
Speaker Gasket
Docking Door
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 191
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Keyboards
Country
Arabic
Belgian
Canadian French
Danish
Dutch
French
German
Greek
04H8319
04H8317
04H6918
04H8316
04H8318
04H8310
04H8311
04H8322
04H8320
04H8309
04H8323
04H6919
04H8314
04H8312
04H8308
04H8313
04H8315
04H8373
04H8321
04H8307
04H6917
Hebrew
Italian
Japanese
Latin American
Norwegian
Portuguese
Spanish
Swedish/Finnish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English
Common/Option Parts List
Miscellaneous Parts
AC Adapter
For Americas and Japan
For Worldwide Use
Screw Kit
04H6903
04H6904
04H8330
(Includes the following TORX screws)
Nuts (2)
M2.5 x 6 mm (9)
M2.5 x 8.4 mm (4)
M2.5 x 10 mm (1)
M1 x 3 mm (4)
M2.5 x 7.5 mm (4)
M2.5 x 8 mm (3)
M2.5 x 5 mm (2)
M2 x 8 mm (2)
M2.5 x 16 mm (1)
TrackPoint III Cover
04H8387
Notes
1. When you replace the AC adapter with a new
one, use the one for the country you are in even
if the system is from a different country.
2. The warranty for the system unit does not apply
to all options.
192 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Options
Memory 70ns, 3.3v, nonparity, self-refresh DIMM
Memory SO-DIMM 4MB
Memory SO-DIMM 8MB
Memory SO-DIMM 16MB
AC Adapter (U.S.)
360MB Hard Disk Drive
540MB Hard Disk Drive
720MB Hard Disk Drive
Dock II Adapter Card
92G7260
92G7262
92G7264
04H6903
04H6829
04H6830
25H4873
04H8353
25H4879
Dock II Adapter Kit Diskette Drive Cable
Tools
Standard Tri-Connector Wrap Plug
PCMCIA (PC Test Card)
Standard Audio Wrap Cable
Standard Screwdriver Kit
TORX T1 Screwdriver
TORX T6 Screwdriver
72X8546
35G4680
66G5180
95F3598
10H4156
10H4157
Power Cords
U.S., Canada
Asia Pacific
Latin America
Europe
04H6905
04H6906
04H6907
04H6908
04H6909
Japan
Warning:
Use the power cord certified for your country.
ThinkPad 701C/701CS (2630) 193
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
194 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x,
755C, 755Cs
Model 355x - 2619
Model 360x - 2620
Model 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs - 9545
Read This First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
What to Do First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
System Board and Processor Card Checkout
(370C, 750Ce, 755C, 755Cs) . . . . . . . . 203
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout . . . 203
TrackPoint II checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Pen and Digitizer Checkout (360P, 360PE, 750P) 205
Audio Card Checkout
Diskette Drive Test
. . . . . . . . . . . . 205
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Power Systems Checkout
Power Management Features
. . . . . . . . . . 207
. . . . . . . . 213
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
FRU Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
No Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
LCD Related Symptoms
Keyboard/TrackPoint II Related Symptoms
. . . . . . . . . . . 223
. . 223
Indicator Related Symptoms
Power Related Symptoms
. . . . . . . . . 224
. . . . . . . . . . 224
Function/Audio Related Symptoms
. . . . . . 224
Peripheral Device Related Symptoms . . . . . 225
Other Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Intermittent Problems
Undetermined Problems
. . . . . . . . . . . . 226
. . . . . . . . . . . 227
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
How to Run the Diagnostics
Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Checking the Installed Devices List . . . . . . 230
Password Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . 230
How to Run the Low Level Format . . . . . . 230
PC Test Card LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Fn Key Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
. . . . . . . . . 229
How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics . . . . 231
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Models 355x, 360x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Model 370C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Model 750x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Models 755C, 755Cs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . 236
Removals Models 355x, 360x
1010 Rear Connector Door
. . . . . . . . . . 237
. . . . . . . . . 237
1015 Foot
1020 Battery Pack
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
195
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1030 Diskette Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
1035 Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
1040 Keyboard Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
1050 IC DRAM Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . 244
1055 Diskette Drive Bezel . . . . . . . . . . 244
1060 Status Indicator
1070 LCD Assembly
. . . . . . . . . . . . 245
. . . . . . . . . . . . 247
1080 Modem Card (355x) . . . . . . . . . . 249
1085 Bezel (360x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
1090 Speaker Shield Assembly . . . . . . . 253
1095 Interposer Card
1100 DC/DC Card
1110 Backup Battery
. . . . . . . . . . . . 253
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
. . . . . . . . . . . . 256
1115 Standby Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
1120 System Board Assembly . . . . . . . . 257
1130 PCMCIA Slot Assembly
Removals Models 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs . . . 261
2010 Rear Connector Door . . . . . . . . . 261
2015 Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
2020 Battery Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
. . . . . . . . 259
2030 Diskette Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
2035 Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
2040 Keyboard Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
2050 IC DRAM Card
2055 DIMM and DIMM Adapter (755C, 755Cs)
2056 Diskette Drive Bezel . . . . . . . . . . 271
. . . . . . . . . . . . 268
269
2060 Status Indicator
2070 LCD Assembly
. . . . . . . . . . . . 272
. . . . . . . . . . . . 274
2080 Speaker Shield Assembly
. . . . . . . 277
2085 Audio Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
. . . . . . . . . . . . 280
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
. . . . . . . . . . . . 282
2090 Interposer Card
2100 DC/DC Card
2110 Backup Battery
2105 Standby Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
2120 System Board Assembly . . . . . . . . 284
2130 PCMCIA Slot Assembly
2140 Processor Card (750Ce, 755C, 755Cs)
. . . . . . . . 286
287
.
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
System - Front View (750, 750Cx, 755Cx, 370C,
360x, 355x)
System Front View - (750P, 360P, 360PE)
System Rear View - All Models . . . . . . . . 291
System Board (Top View) . . . . . . . . . . 292
System Board (Bottom View) . . . . . . . . . 293
Processor Card (370C, 750Ce, 755C, 755Cs) 294
DC/DC Card - Top View . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Interposer Card - All Models (Front View) . . . 295
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
. . 290
.
Parts Listing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Models 350x, 360x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Model 370C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Model 750x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Models 755C and 755Cs . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Common/Option Parts List . . . . . . . . . . 310
196 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Read This First
Service for U. S. and Canada
In the U. S. and Canada, the ThinkPad 370C and
ThinkPad 360PE are serviced only through
EasyServe.
This hardware maintenance manual covers information
about the following IBM ThinkPad models:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
355, 360, 750 (monochrome)
355C, 360C, 360CE, 370C, 750C, 755C (TFT color)
750Ce (TFT color, enhanced)
355Cs, 360Cs, 360CSE, 750Cs, 755Cs (STN color)
360P, 360PE, 750P (pen).
When information affects only a specific model, the model
number is shown in parenthesis in the heading or is
explained in the text. Before you go to the checkout guide,
be sure to read this section.
Ÿ
Be extremely careful during write operations such
as copying, saving, or formatting. Drives in the
computer that you are servicing might have been
rearranged or the drive startup sequence might have
been altered. If you select an incorrect drive, data or
programs can be written over.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Replace FRUs only for the correct model. When
you replace the FRU, make sure the model of the
machine and FRU part number are correct by
referring to the part list.
FRUs should not be replaced because of a single,
un-reproducible failure. Single failures can occur
from a variety of reasons that have nothing to do with
a hardware defect such as: cosmic radiation,
electrostatic discharge, or software errors. FRU
replacement should only be considered when a
recurring problem exists. If this is suspected, clear
the error log and run the test again. Do not replace
any FRUs if log errors do not reappear.
The servicer must include the following in the parts
exchange form or part return form that is attached to the
returned FRU.
1. Name and phone number of servicer.
2. Date of service.
3. Date when part failed.
4. Date of purchase.
5. Failure symptoms, error codes appearing on
display, and beep symptoms.
6. Procedure index and page number in which
failing FRU was detected.
7. Failing FRU name and part number.
8. Machine type, model number, and serial number.
9. Customer's name and address.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 197
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
What to Do First
Before checking problems with the computer, determine
whether or not the damage applies to the warranty by
referring to the following:
Note for Warranty: During the warranty period, the
customer may be responsible for repair costs if the
damage was caused by misuse, accident,
modification, unsuitable physical or operating
environment, or improper maintenance by the
customer.
The following list provides some common items that are
not covered under warranty and some symptoms that
could indicate that the system was subjected to stresses
beyond normal use.
Warranty Coverage Notes
The following is not covered under warranty:
Ÿ
LCD panel cracked from being dropped or
applying too much force.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Scratched (cosmetic) parts.
Cracked or broken plastic parts, broken latches,
broken pins or connectors caused by excessive
force.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Damage caused by liquid spilled onto the system.
Damage caused by improperly inserting a
PCMCIA card or installation of an incompatible
card.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Damage due to foreign material in the FDD or
FDD bay.
Damage to the diskette drive caused by pressing
the diskette drive cover or inserting diskettes with
multiple labels.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Diskette eject button was bent or damaged.
Damage to the CD-ROM drive caused by
excessive force shocked or dropped.
Fuse blown by attaching non-supported device.
Computer or hard disk could not be used
because the password was forgotten.
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the following symptoms are present, they could
indicate the damage was caused by non-warranted
activity:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Missing parts can be a symptom of unauthorized
service or modification.
HDD spindles can become noisy if subjected to
excessive force or is dropped.
I9990303 errors can be caused by exposure to strong
magnetic fields.
198 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
How to Use Error Messages: Use the error
codes displayed on the screen to diagnose failures. If
more than one error code is displayed, begin the diagnosis
with the first error code. The cause of the first error code
can result in false error codes being displayed. If no error
code is displayed, see if the error symptom is listed in the
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 216.
How to Diagnose Multiple FRUs: When the
adapter or device has more than one FRU, the error code
could be caused by either FRU. Before replacing
multi-FRUs, try removing or exchanging each FRU, one by
one in the designated sequence, to see if the symptoms
change.
Passwords: The Passwords are security features that
are used to protect the system and the hard disk data from
unauthorized access. There are three types of passwords
as follows:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Power-on Password (POP)
Hard disk Password (HDP)
Supervisor Password (Privileged Access Password,
PAP)
No overriding is provided. Obtaining permission from the
password owner to unlock the password is a prerequisite
for running diagnostic tests and performing maintenance
service.
See “Password Combinations” on page 230 for more
information about passwords.
How to Disable the Power-On Password:
Important
This information is not available in this HMM online
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.
Reset Pushbutton: The reset pushbutton resets the
system regardless of the microcode status and forces
power to be powered-off. Use this pushbutton to power-off
when power is not completely off or the microcode is in a
hung state. See “System Board (Top View)” on page 292
for the location of the pushbutton.
Port Replicator Problems: If you suspect a
problem with the Port Replicator, see “Port Replicator
Checkout” in the “Common Devices Checkout” section for
more information.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 199
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Checkout
Use the following procedure as a guide for computer
problems.
Note: The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM
products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards, or modified
options can give false errors and invalid system responses.
1. Obtain the failing symptoms in as much detail as
possible.
2. Verify the symptoms by attempting to recreate the
failure by running the diagnostic test or by repeating
the same operation.
Note: To run the diagnostics, refer to “How to Run
the Diagnostics” on page 229.
3. Use the following table with the verified symptom to
determine which page to go to. Search the
symptoms column and find the description that best
matches your symptom; then go to the page shown in
the “Go to” column.
Symptom
Go to
Power failure. (The power
indicator does not go on or
stay on.)
“Power Systems Checkout”
on page 207.
POST does not complete.
No beeps/error code are
indicated.
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 216, and then use the
No Beep Symptoms table.
POST beeps, but no error
codes are displayed.
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 216, and then use the
Beep Symptoms table.
POST detected an error and
displayed numeric error
codes.
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 216, and then use the
Numeric Error Codes table.
The diagnostic test detected
an error and displayed an
FRU code.
“FRU Codes” on page 220.
The configuration is not the
same as the installed
devices.
“Checking the Installed
Devices List” on page 230.
Other symptoms (such as
LCD display problems).
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 216, and then use
other miscellaneous
symptoms tables.
Symptoms cannot be
recreated. (Intermittent
problems.)
Use the customer reported
symptoms and go to
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 216.
TV Tuner Problems
See “TV Tuner” on
page 477.
200 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Memory Checkout
Depending on the model, the memory size that is available
for customer use appears differently. This is not a
hardware problem. See the following table for the
available memory size of each card.
Note: For Models 370C, 755C and 755Cs, one of two
types of memory cards can be used, IC DRAM card or
DIMM card. If DIMM cards are installed, replace IC DRAM
with DIMM in the following.
IC
DRAM
750, 750C, 750Cs,
750P
355x, 360x, 370C,
750Ce, 755C, 755Cs
0 MB
2 MB
4 MB
8 MB
16 MB
3904 KB
5952 KB
8000 KB
12096 KB
20288 KB
3712 KB
5760 KB
7808 KB
11904 KB
20096 KB
DIMM
0 MB
370C, 755C, 755Cs
3712 KB
4 MB
7808 KB
8 MB
11904 KB
16000 KB
28288 KB
20096 KB
24192 KB
36480 KB
12 MB
24 MB
16 MB
20 MB
32 MB
Memory errors might stop system operations, show error
messages on the screen, or hang the system. The
computer detects memory parity errors but does not
correct them.
Use the following procedure to isolate memory problems.
Notes on Memory Errors
Ÿ
Ÿ
For Models 355x, 360x, and 370C, ignore any
references to parity errors.
DIMM Adapter and DIMM card are not supported
for 355x and 360x. Remove them (if installed).
1. Installing a non-parity memory card causes memory
errors. Before you go to the next procedure, check
whether or not the memory card use parity or
non-parity. If the non-parity memory card is installed,
disable the parity check on Easy-Setup configuration
screen.
2. Make sure that the memory card is fully installed into
the connector. Loose connection can cause an error.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 201
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Power-off the computer and remove the IC DRAM
card, or DIMM card from its slot (if installed).
4. Press and hold the F1 key; then power-on the
computer. Hold the F1 key down until Easy-Setup
screen appears.
5. Select Test and press enter.
6. Select Memory and press enter to run the memory
test on base memory. If an error appears, replace
the system board.
7. Power-off the computer and reinstall the IC DRAM
card; then power-on the computer. Verify the
memory size; then test the memory. If an error
appears, replace the IC DRAM card.
If memory problems occur intermittently, use the loop
option to repeat the test. When the test detects an error,
an error log is printed on the printer connected to the
parallel port. See “Error Log” on page 229 for more
information.
If a parity error is logged in CMOS, POST error code 118
appears when the power is turned on. To clear the log
and to test the memory, run the memory diagnostic. If no
error is detected by the test, the log is cleared, and error
code 118 will not appear the next time the POST is run. If
the 118 error code occurs repeatedly, determine and
replace the failing memory FRU. FRUs should not be
replaced because of a single, un-reproducible failure.
Single failures can occur from a variety of reasons that
have nothing to do with a hardware defect such as: cosmic
radiation, electrostatic discharge, or software errors. FRUs
replacement should only be considered when a recurring
problems exits. If this is suspected, clear the error log and
run the test again. Do not replace any FRUs if log errors
do not reappear.
System Programs in Flash Memory: System setup
programs and diagnostic tests are stored in Flash memory.
Flash Memory Update: A flash memory update is
required for the following conditions:
Ÿ
Ÿ
New versions of system programs.
New feature or options are added.
When Updating Flash Memory
Do not power-off the computer, disconnect the Vac
power, or remove the battery during the Flash update.
On certain systems, updating Flash memory can reset
all customer’s configuration settings to the default
values.
To update the Flash memory, perform the following steps:
1. Connect the AC Adapter and install the battery pack.
202 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2. Get the appropriate diskette which contains the
update.
3. Insert the System Program Service Diskette into
drive A and power-on the computer.
4. Select Update system programs from the menu.
System Board and Processor Card
Checkout (370C, 750Ce, 755C, 755Cs)
The processing functions for the Models 370C, 750C,
755Ce, and 755Cs are performed by both the system
board and the processor card. Processor problems can be
caused by either FRU. However, the processor card
generally has a lower probability of failure. When a
numeric code calls the system board or the processor card
as a FRU, or the processor card is called by a diagnostic
test by showing FRU code 11, use the following procedure
to isolate the problem.
1. Run the system board test to verify the symptom.
This test verifies both the system board and the
processor card. If no error is detected, return to
“General Checkout” on page 200.
2. If FRU code 10 appears, replace the system board
but do not replace the processor card. Transfer the
processor card from the old system board to the new
system board.
3. If FRU code 11 appears, reseat the processor card.
4. Rerun the test to verify the fix.
5. If FRU code 11 remains, replace the processor card.
If above procedure does not correct the problem, go to
“Undetermined Problems” on page 227.
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device
Checkout
Remove the external keyboard if the internal keyboard is to
be tested.
If the internal keyboard does not work or an unexpected
character appears, make sure that the three flexible cables
extending from the keyboard are correctly seated in the
connectors on the interposer card.
If the keyboard cable connection is correct, run the
Keyboard Test by doing the following:
1. Go to diagnostic menu screen by pressing Ctrl+A in
Easy-Setup screen.
2. Press Ctrl+K; the figure of the keyboard appears on
the screen.
3. Check that when each key is pressed, the key
position on the keyboard layout on the screen
changes to be a black square.
Note: When a Fn key is pressed, the black square
briefly appears.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 203
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
If the tests detect a keyboard problem, do the following
one at a time to correct the problem. Do not replace a
non-defective FRU.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Reseat the three cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the interposer card.
Replace the system board.
The following auxiliary input devices are supported for this
computer.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Numeric keypad
Mouse (PS/2 compatible)
External keyboard (with keyboard/mouse cable)
If any of the above devices do not work, reseat the cable
connector and repeat the failing operation.
If the problem does not occur again, recheck the
connector.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the device, and
then the system board.
TrackPoint II checkout
If the TrackPoint II will not work, check the configuration in
Easy-Setup by selecting Keyboard from the Config menu.
If the configuration of the TrackPoint II disabled, select
TrackPoint to enable it.
If this does not correct the TrackPoint II problem, continue
with the following.
The TrackPoint II does automatic compensations to adjust
the pointer sensor. During this process, the pointer moves
on the screen automatically for a short time. This
self-acting pointer movement can occur when a slight,
steady pressure is applied to the TrackPoint II pointer
while the computer is powered on or while the system is
running, or re-adjustment is required because the
temperature has exceeded its normal temperature range.
This symptom does not indicate a hardware problem. No
service actions are necessary if the pointer movement
stops in a short period of time.
If a click button problem or pointing stick problem occurs,
do the following:
1. Go to Easy-Setup screen.
2. Select an item with the pointing stick.
3. Press either the left or right click button.
4. Verify that both buttons work correctly.
If either the pointing stick or the click button will not work,
do the following actions one at a time to correct the
problem. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Reseat the three keyboard cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the interposer card.
204 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ÿ
Replace the system board.
Pen and Digitizer Checkout (360P,
360PE, 750P)
To check the stylus pen and digitizer, do the following.
1. Press and hold the F1 key.
2. Power-on the computer to go to Easy-Setup screen.
3. Select Test by using the stylus pen.
4. If the test menu appears, the pen and digitizer are
operating correctly.
If the menu does not appear, do the following.
a. Do the “Digitizer Adjustment.”
b. If the problem remains, replace the stylus pen.
c. If the problem still remains after step 6 in the
adjustment, replace the LCD assembly.
Digitizer Adjustment: Adjust the pen-point
pressure when:
Ÿ
Ÿ
The LCD is replaced with a new one.
The LCD is changed to a pen LCD from a
monochrome model.
Ÿ
The stylus pen or digitizer is not working correctly.
Do the following:
1. Press and hold the F1 key, then power-on the
computer to go to the Easy-Setup menu.
2. Press Ctrl+P. The following Pen icon appears on the
screen.
Pen
3. Open the LCD all the way to 180 degrees. (Do not
convert it into the tablet-style notebook.)
4. Select the pen icon by moving the cursor on the icon
and clicking it.
5. Without applying any pressure on the screen, hold the
stylus pen so it stands on the screen, then press
Enter.
Note: The pressure on the screen should only be
from the weight of the stylus pen.
6. Restart the system.
Audio Card Checkout
Do the following to run the audio tests.
Note: Refer to “Product Overview” on page 232 to see
whether the audio card is standard or not.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the ThinkPad 750Ce hardware maintenance
diskette into diskette drive A and power-on the
computer.
Note: You can use this maintenance diskette for all
Models.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 205
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Select the Audio Diagnostics from the main menu.
4. Select Tests from the menu bar and press Enter.
5. Select All tests from the pull-down menu and press
Enter.
Run options are set to test once and stop on error as
defaults. Other options can be selected by the
pull-down menu of Setting-up.
6. Follow the instructions that appear on the screen to
proceed with the tests.
7. If the tests end and no errors are detected, the “All
tests passed OK” message appears.
8. If an error is detected, the FRU code and error
description message appear. Go to “FRU Codes” on
page 220 and replace the FRU.
9. To exit from the test screen, press Esc.
Diskette Drive Test
Do the following to isolate the problem to a controller,
drive, or diskette. A scratch, write enabled, non-defective
2HD diskette is required.
Warning: Make sure that the diskette does not have
more than one label attached to it. Multiple labels can
cause damage to the drive or can cause the drive to fail.
1. Do the following to select the test device:
a. Select the advanced diagnostic mode and select
Tool;
b. Select the icon FDD-1 or FDD-2 and press the
space key.
A √ mark appears next to the selected icon.
Insert the blank diskette when instructed.
2. Run the diskette drive test.
3. If the controller test detects an error, FRU code 10
appears. Replace the system board.
4. If the controller test runs without errors, the drive
read/write tests start automatically.
5. If the drive test detects an error, FRU code 50 for
FDD-1 or 51 for FDD-2 appears. If the diskette itself
is known to be good, replace the drive.
6. If the drive is attached through a Port Replicator as
FDD-1 or FDD-2 and the test detects errors, move
the drive to the computer's diskette drive connector
directly, and test it again as FDD-1.
If no errors occur at the FDD-1 position, the drive is
not defective. Go to “Port Replicator Checkout” in
“Common Devices Checkout” section to isolate the
replicator problem.
7. If the drive is attached through an Expansion Unit, go
to the service manual of the Expansion Unit to isolate
the problem.
206 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
8. If the drive is attached through a Diskette Drive
Attachment Unit, replace the unit.
Power Systems Checkout
To verify the symptom of the problem, power-on the
computer using each of the power sources available as
follows.
1. Remove the battery pack, diskette drive, and hard
disk drive.
2. Connect the AC Adapter and check that power is
supplied.
3. Install the diskette drive, or hard disk drive one at a
time and check that power is supplied from each
power source.
4. Disconnect the AC Adapter, remove the hard disk and
diskette drive, and install the charged battery pack;
then check that power is supplied by battery pack.
If you suspect a power problem, see the appropriate power
supply check listed below.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
“Checking the AC Adapter.”
“Checking Operational Charging” on page 208.
“Checking the Battery Pack” on page 208.
“Checking the Car-Battery Adapter” on page 210.
“Checking the Quick Charger” on page 211.
“Checking the Backup Battery” on page 211.
“Checking the Standby Battery” on page 212.
“Port Replicator Power Overload” on page 215.
Checking the AC Adapter: You are here
because the computer fails only when the AC Adapter is
used.
Ÿ
If the power problem occurs only when the port
replicator is used, replace the replicator.
If the power-on indicator does not turn on, check the
power cord of the AC Adapter for correct continuity
and installation.
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the operational charge does not work, go to
“Checking Operational Charging” on page 208.
Note: There are two types of adapters. The procedure
for checking both types is the same.
1. Unplug the AC Adapter cable from the computer and
measure the output voltage at the plug of the AC
Adapter cable. See the following figure.
2
1
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 207
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Pin
1
Voltage (V dc)
+19.0 to +21.0
Ground
2
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the voltage is correct, replace the system
board. If the problem is not corrected, go to
“Undetermined Problems” on page 227.
If the voltage is not correct, go to the next step.
2. Unplug the AC Adapter cable from the ac power
outlet and wait five minutes or longer to allow the
over voltage protection circuit to be fully discharged
and initialized.
3. Plug the AC Adapter cable into the ac power outlet.
4. Measure the output voltage of the AC Adapter.
5. If the voltage is still not correct, replace the AC
Adapter.
Note: An audible noise from the AC Adapter does not
always indicate a defective adapter.
Checking Operational Charging: To check
operational charging, use a discharged battery pack or a
battery pack that shows a yellow or orange battery status
indicator when it installed in the computer.
Perform operational charging. If the battery status
indicator turns orange and the battery charging indicator
turns green within two minutes, replace the AC Adapter.
Checking the Battery Pack: Battery charging will
not start until the Fuel-Gauge shows that less than 90% of
the total power remains; with this condition the battery
pack will charge to 100% of its capacity. This protects the
battery pack from being over-charged or having a
shortened life.
Notes:
a. Models 355x and 360x battery pack does not
contain a microprocessor. In the following,
ignore any reference to the storage switch.
b. Before you perform the following procedure,
check the following:
Ÿ
The correct battery pack is used for the
model.
Ÿ
The storage switch set to on (|).
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the battery pack and measure the voltage
between battery terminals 1 (+) and 4 (−). See the
following figure.
Note: The following figure shows the battery for the
Model 370C, 750x, 755C, and 755Cs. The
battery for Models 355x and 360x, do not
have the storage switch, but the battery
terminals are the same.
208 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4
(
)
3
Storage Switch
1
(
)
(
)
Terminal
Voltage (V dc) / Signal
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
+8.0 to +16.0
Send
Thermal
Ground (−)
R1
Select
R2
Note: Signal lines, not used in these steps, are used
for communication between the system and
the battery. The storage switch is used to
control the power to the internal
microprocessor of the battery. The storage
switch should be set to off (0) only when the
battery is going to be kept in storage for more
than two months.
3. If the voltage is less than +8.0 V dc, the battery pack
has been discharged or is defective. Recharge the
battery. If the recharging does not work, go to Step 5
to check the charging circuit.
If the voltage is still less than +8.0 V dc after the
recharging, replace the battery.
4. If the voltage is more than +8.0 V dc, measure the
resistance between battery terminals 3 and 4. The
resistance must be 4 to 30 kilohms.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the battery
pack.
If the resistance is correct, replace the DC/DC card.
5. To check the charging circuit, do the following. Plug
in the AC Adapter with the battery pack removed,
then power-on the computer.
6. Measure the charging voltage between DC/DC
terminals 1 (+) and 4 (−).
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 209
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7. If the voltage is less then +9.0 V dc, replace the
DC/DC card. If the voltage is more than +9.0 V dc,
the charging circuit is working correctly, replace the
battery pack.
Checking the Car-Battery Adapter: There are
two types of adapters but the checkout procedure is the
same for both of them.
1. Unplug the Car-Battery Adapter cable from the
computer.
2. Plug the Car-Battery Adapter into the cigarette lighter
socket.
Note: If the adapter is already plugged in, reseat it.
3. Measure the output voltage of the Car-Battery
Adapter cable. See the following figure.
2
1
Pin
1
Voltage (V dc)
+19.0 to +21.0
Ground
2
Ÿ
If the voltage is correct and the power-on
indicator on the Car-Battery Adapter is on all the
time, the Car-Battery is working correctly.
Replace the system board.
If the problem is not resolved when the system
board is replaced, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 227.
Ÿ
If the voltage is outside the normal voltage
range, do one of the following:
–
Try the above test procedures in a different
car, if one is available.
–
Replace the Car-Battery Adapter if the
computer works correctly with the AC
Adapter.
Notes:
1. If the output voltage from the cigarette lighter socket
of the car is less than 10.5 V dc, the power-on
indicator on the Car-Battery Adapter blinks and a
continuous noise can be heard. The condition of the
car battery should be checked by appropriate service
personal.
2. The Car-Battery Adapter does not support operational
charging.
210 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Checking the Quick Charger: There are two
types of chargers, but checkout procedures are the same
for both of them.
1. Ensure that the battery pack is operating correctly.
(See “Checking the Battery Pack” on page 208.)
2. Connect the power cord to the quick charger and the
other end to an ac power outlet. Ensure that the
power-on indicator is on.
Ÿ
If the power-on indicator does not turn on, check
the power cord for correct continuity and
installation.
Ÿ
If the problem is not corrected, replace the quick
charger or the power cord.
3. Install the battery pack into the quick charger.
Ÿ
If the charging indicator does not start blinking,
replace the quick charger.
Checking the Backup Battery
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Open the keyboard, and remove the battery pack and
the diskette drive.
3. Remove the backup battery from the system board.
4. Measure the voltage of the backup battery. See the
following figure.
Red
Black
Wire
Red
Voltage (V dc)
+2.5 to +3.7
Ground
Black
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the voltage is correct, replace the system board.
If the voltage is not correct, the backup battery has
been discharged. Replace the backup battery.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 211
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ÿ
If the backup battery discharges quickly after
replacement, replace the system board.
Checking the Standby Battery
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Open the keyboard, and remove the battery pack and
the diskette drive.
3. Remove the standby battery.
4. Measure the voltage of the standby battery.
Ÿ
If the voltage between red and black is 3.5 V dc
or greater, the voltage is correct. Go to Step 10
on page 213 to verify standby battery operation.
If the voltage is less than 3.5 V dc, go to the
next step.
Ÿ
5. Plug the AC Adapter into the computer and power-on
the computer.
6. Measure the output voltage at the connector on the
system board.
Black
Red
Pin
Voltage (V dc)
+
−
+4.0
Ground
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the voltage is less than +4.0 V dc, replace the
DC/DC card. If the voltage is still low, replace
the system board.
If the voltage is more than +4.0 V dc, power-off
the computer, replace the standby battery, and
go to the next step.
7. Ensure that the AC Adapter is plugged into the
computer; then power-on the computer.
212 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
8. Charging of the standby battery starts. A depleted
battery needs approximately 30 minutes to be
recharged to the operational voltage of +3.5 V dc.
9. Unplug the AC Adapter.
10. Verify the standby battery function by removing and
installing the battery pack during suspend mode.
Note: Removing and installing the battery pack
during suspend mode should be done within one
minute. The resume operation must start. If the
resume operation does not work, switching of power
from the battery pack to standby battery will not be
correct. Replace the DC/DC card.
If replacing the DC/DC card does not resolve the
problem, replace the system board.
Power Management Features
Three power management modes are provided by the
computer to save power consumption and prolong battery
power.
Standby Mode: When in standby mode the following
occurs:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The LCD backlight turns off.
The hard disk motor stops.
The CPU clock is set to the lowest speed.
Events that cause entering of standby mode:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Standby requested by the Fn key. (Fn+F3)
No activity under auto-standby enabled by the
feature utility.
Events that cause exiting or resuming of standby mode:
(Resume) Any key operation.
Ÿ
Suspend Mode: When in suspend mode, the
following, in addition to the four actions of standby mode,
occur:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The LCD power is powered-off.
The hard disk is powered-off.
The CPU is stopped.
In the ThinkPad Features Program, the computer can be
set to “Will not suspend even if LCD is closed.”.
When the computer is powered with ac power and is used
with one of the following IBM PC cards, the computer
enters standby mode; the PC card and application program
remain active.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
3270 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
5250 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
Token-Ring 16/4 Credit Card Adapter
Credit Card Adapter for Ethernet
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 213
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
In the following condition, the computer cannot enter the
suspend mode.
Ÿ
Ÿ
While the communication link is running.
When a serial mouse or other pointing device is
selected in the Config menu of Easy-Setup.
Events that cause entering of suspend mode:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Suspend mode is requested by the Fn key (Fn+F4).
The LCD is closed.
The keyboard is opened.
The specified time has elapsed from the last
operation with the keyboard, mouse, hard disk drive,
parallel connector, diskette drive, or the AC Adapter is
plugged in. The time is specified by Suspend Timer
in the ThinkPad Features program.
Ÿ
Ÿ
The battery condition is low. The battery power
indicator blinks (orange).
The PS2 OFF command is set in the ThinkPad
Features program.
Events that cause exiting or resuming of suspend mode:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
(Resume) The LCD is opened.
(Resume) The keyboard is closed.
(Resume) Real time clock alarm signaled.
(Resume) Ring indicator (RI) signaled by serial or
PCMCIA device.
Ÿ
Ÿ
(Resume) The Fn key is pressed.
(Exit) Timer conditions are satisfied to enter
hibernation mode.
Hibernation Mode: When in hibernation mode, the
following occurs:
Ÿ
The system status, RAM, VRAM, and setup data are
stored on the hard disk.
Ÿ
The system is powered-off.
The computer cannot enter hibernation mode when:
Ÿ
A serial mouse or other pointing device is selected in
the Config menu.
Ÿ
The computer is powered with ac power and one of
the following IBM PC cards is used.
–
–
–
–
–
–
PCMCIA Data/FAX Modem
High Speed PCMCIA Data/FAX Modem
3270 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
5250 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
Token-Ring 16/4 Credit Card Adapter
Credit Card Adapter for Ethernet
214 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Events that cause entering of hibernation mode:
Ÿ
The hibernation mode is requested by the Fn key
(Fn+F12).
Ÿ
Ÿ
Timer conditions are satisfied in suspend mode.
Critical low battery condition.
Event that causes exiting of hibernation mode.
The power-on switch is operated.
Ÿ
When power is turned on, the hibernation history of the
boot record on the hard disk is recognized and system
status is restored from the hard disk to resume operation.
Port Replicator Power Overload: If power shut
downs occur intermittently when using PCMCIA-2 devices
via a port replicator, suspect an over-current problem.
Some PCMCIA devices use more power; if the maximum
usage of each device occurs simultaneously, the total
current will exceed the limit, thereby causing a power shut
down. Isolate this problem by removing one of the
devices, and use the computer under the same condition
to see whether a power shut down occurs. Do this
procedure for all devices, then determine the cause. Use
of the larger AC Adapter (50W, optional) is recommended,
if one is not yet in use.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 215
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists the symptoms and errors
and the possible causes. The most likely cause is listed
first.
Note: Perform the FRU replacement or actions in the
sequence shown in the “FRU/Action” columns. If a FRU
did not solve the problem, put the original part back in the
computer.
This index can also be used to help you decide which
FRUs to have available when servicing a computer.
Numeric error codes show the errors detected in POST or
system operation. In the following error codes, X can be
any number.
If no codes are available, use narrative symptoms.
If the symptom is not listed, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 227.
Notes:
Ÿ
Ÿ
For IBM devices not supported by the diagnostic
codes in this manual, see the manual for that
device.
If the LCD is replaced with a new one, see
“Digitizer Adjustment” on page 205 to adjust the
pen-point pressure.
216 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
10X
110
1. System Board
1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” on
page 201.
2. IC DRAM Card or
DIMM Card
3. System Board
111
1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” on
page 201.
2. Expansion Unit/Port
Replicator
3. System Board
118
1. Run memory
diagnostics to clear
the error log.
(Memory parity error was
logged in CMOS.)
(Go to “Memory Checkout”
on page 201.)
158
1. Set a HDP.
(HDP was not set even
though the supervisor
password is set.)
159
1. Set a correct HDP.
(HDP is not set the same as
the supervisor password.)
161
1. Go to “Checking the
Backup Battery” on
page 211.
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board
163
1. Set Time and Date.
(Time and Date was not
set.)
2. System Board
173
1. Select OK in the error
screen; then set time
and date
(Configuration data were
lost.)
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board
174
1. Check Device
Configuration.
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly
(Perform “Checking the
Installed Devices List” on
page 230 before changing
any FRUs.)
4. Hard Disk Drive
Assembly
175, 177, 178
1. System Board
183
1. Have the user
examine the
password.
(Incorrect password entered
at the supervisor password
prompt.)
184
1. Reset the POP in
(POP check sum error.)
Easy-Setup.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 217
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
185
1. Reset the startup
sequence in
(The startup sequence is
not valid. Suspect that
power was off when the
startup sequence was being
updated.)
Easy-Setup.
186
188
1. System Board
1. Set the system
identification using
the ThinkPad 750Ce
hardware
maintenance diskette.
Note: You can use
this maintenance
diskette for all Models.
190
1. Go to “Checking the
Battery Pack” on
page 208.
(Depleted battery pack was
installed when the power
was on.)
191XX
1. System Board
2. Processor card (370C,
750Ce, 755C, and
755Cs)
195
1. Check if the
configuration was
changed.
(The configuration read from
the hibernation area does
not match the actual
configuration.)
For example, check if
the disk drive is from
another computer.
196
1. Run the hard disk
drive test.
2. Hard Disk Drive
(Read error occurred in the
hibernation area of the
HDD.)
197
1. Have the user disable
then enable
(The computer memory size
is not equal to the
hibernation area size on the
HDD.)
hibernation mode.
199XX
1XX
1. System Board
1. System Board
2XX
1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” on
page 201.
2. IC DRAM Card, DIMM,
or DIMM Adapter
3. System Board
218 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
301, 303, 304, 305, 3XX
1. Go to
“Keyboard/Auxiliary
Input Device
Checkout” on
page 203.
2. Keyboard
3. Interposer Card
4. External Numeric
Keypad
5. External Keyboard
6. Keyboard/Mouse Cable
7. System Board
601, 6XX
1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 206.
2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
3. Diskette
4. System Board
602
1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 206.
2. Diskette
(Diskette read error.)
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly
604
1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 206.
2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
(Non-acceptable ID was
read from the diskette
drive.)
3. System Board
11XX
12XX
1. Serial Device (First)
2. Communication Cable
3. System Board
1. Serial Device
(Second)
2. Communication Cable
3. System Board
17XX
1. Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board
24XX
4101
1. System Board
1. Reseat the LCD
connector (Pen, see
“2070 LCD
Assembly” on
page 274).
2. LCD Assembly
3. System Board
808X
1. PCMCIA Slot
Assembly
2. PCMCIA Device
3. System Board
860X
1. External Mouse
2. External Keyboard
3. System Board
(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint II is disabled.)
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 219
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
861X
1. Reseat the keyboard
Track Point II cable at
the interposer card.
355x, 360x
(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint II is enabled.)
See “1040
Keyboard Unit” on
page 241.
370C, 750x, 755C,
755Cs
See “2040
Keyboard Unit” on
page 265.
2. Keyboard
3. External Mouse
4. System Board
I9990301
I9990302
I9990305
1. Reseat the boot
device.
2. Check the startup
sequence for the
correct boot device.
3. Check that operating
system has no failure,
or is installed correctly.
I9990303
1. System Board
Other codes not listed
above
1. Go to “Undetermined
Problems” on
page 227.
FRU Codes
If an error is detected by the diagnostic tests, a four-digit
FRU code is displayed. The FRU code indicates two
suspected FRUs. Replace the FRU that is indicated by
the two leftmost digits first, then replace the FRU indicated
by the two rightmost digits. No FRU is assigned to code
00. If only one FRU is suspected, the other FRU code is
filled with zeros. See the referenced page before replacing
the FRU.
FRU Code
FRU/Action
10
11
System Board
Processor Card (370C, 750Ce, 755C, and
755Cs)
15
20
Audio Card
Memory
(See “Memory Checkout” on page 201.)
30
32
33
40
Reserved
External Keyboard
External Mouse
LCD Assembly
(See “Digitizer Adjustment” on page 205 and
important note for “LCD Related Symptoms”
on page 223.)
220 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FRU Code
FRU/Action
45
50
External CRT
1. Reseat the Drive (FDD-1)
2. Diskette Drive (FDD-1)
51
60
61
1. Reseat the Drive (FDD-2)
2. Diskette Drive (FDD-2)
1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive (HDD-1)
2. Hard Disk Drive (HDD-1)
1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive (HDD-2)
2. Hard Disk Drive (HDD-2)
70
80
PCMCIA-2 (Replicator)
Cellular Modem (370C, 750Ce, 755C, and
755Cs)
81
90
Internal Modem Card
Reserved
Note: The device ID and error codes are used to indicate
the detail portion of the FRU which caused the error. If
replacing a FRU does not correct a problem, see the
Device ID or error code from the previous failure. If they
have changed, the cause might be because the new FRU
is defective or that the FRU was incorrectly installed.
If the problem remains after replacement of the FRUs, go
to “Undetermined Problems” on page 227.
Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Continuous beeps.
System Board
One beep and a blank,
unreadable, or flashing
LCD.
1. Reseat all LCD
connectors.
2. LCD Assembly
3. System Board
4. DC/DC Card
One beep, and the message
“Unable to access boot
source.”
1. Boot device
2. System Board
One long, two short beeps
and a blank or unreadable
LCD.
1. System Board
2. LCD Assembly
One long beep followed by
four short beeps each time
the power switch is
Connect the AC Adapter
or install a fully-charged
battery.
operated.
(System cannot power-on
due to low battery voltage.)
One beep every second.
(System is shutting down
due to low battery voltage.)
Connect the AC Adapter
or install a fully-charged
battery (allows system to
complete shutdown
before changing the
battery).
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 221
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Two short beeps with error
codes.
POST error. See
“Numeric Error Codes” on
page 217.
Two short beeps with blank
screen.
System Board
No Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
No beep, power-on indicator
not on, and a blank LCD
during POST.
1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 207.
2. System Board
3. DC/DC Card
4. Power sources
No beep, power-on indicator
on, and a blank LCD during
POST.
1. System Board
2. DC/DC Card
3. Processor Card (370C,
750Ce, 755C, 755Cs)
No beep, power-on indicator
on, and a blinking cursor
only during POST.
1. System Board
2. Processor Card (370C,
750Ce, 755C, and
755Cs)
3. DC/DC Card
No beep during POST but
system runs correctly.
1. Turn the volume up
and check the
speaker
2. Speaker
3. Audio Card
4. DC/DC Card
222 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
LCD Related Symptoms
The TFT LCD of the notebook computers contain over
921000 thin film transistors (TFTs). A small number of
missing, discolored or lighted dots (on all the time) is
characteristic of TFT LCD technology. Excessive pixel
problems can cause viewing concerns. The LCD should
be replaced if the number of missing or discolored, or
lighted dots in any colored background is 21 or more.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
No beep, power-on indicator
on, and a blank LCD during
POST.
1. System Board
2. DC/DC Card
3. Processor Card (370C,
750Ce, 755C, and
755Cs)
Ÿ
LCD backlight not
working, or
1. Reseat the LCD
connectors.
2. LCD Assembly
3. Interposer Card
4. DC/DC Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
LCD too dark, or
LCD brightness cannot
be adjusted, or
Ÿ
LCD contrast cannot
be adjusted.
Ÿ
Ÿ
LCD screen
unreadable, or
Characters missing
pels, or
1. See the preceding
important note.
2. Reseat the all LCD
connectors
Ÿ
Ÿ
Screen abnormal, or
Wrong color displayed.
3. LCD Assembly
4. System Board
5. Interposer Card
LCD has extra horizontal or
vertical lines displayed.
1. LCD Assembly
Keyboard/TrackPoint II Related
Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Keyboard (one or more
keys) does not work.
1. Reseat the three
keyboard cables.
2. Keyboard
3. Interposer Card
4. System Board
TrackPoint II does not work.
1. Go to “TrackPoint II
checkout” on
page 204.
2. Keyboard
3. Interposer Card
4. System Board
Pointer moves automatically
or does not work correctly.
1. See “TrackPoint II
checkout” on
page 204.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 223
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Indicator Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Indicator incorrectly remains
off or on, but system runs
correctly.
1. Reseat the status
indicator cable.
2. Status Indicator
3. Interposer Card
4. System Board
Battery power status
indicator blinks from green,
yellow, to orange.
1. Check that a correct
battery is installed.
2. Set the battery storage
switch to ON.
3. Battery Pack
4. DC/DC Card
5. System Board
Power Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Power shut down during
operation.
1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 207.
2. Battery Pack
3. Remove the battery
pack and let it cool for
two hours.
4. DC/DC Card
5. Power sources
The system will not
power-off.
1. Press the Reset
pushbutton.
(See “Reset Pushbutton” on
page 199.)
2. System Board
Function/Audio Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
The system will not suspend
or resume by opening or
closing the keyboard.
1. Go to “Suspend
Mode” on page 213
and check that the
computer can enter
suspend mode.
2. Go to Easy-Setup
screen and press
Fn+4. If the computer
enters suspend mode,
suspect that the
application program is
defective.
3. DC/DC Card
4. Interposer Card
5. System Board
224 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
The system will not suspend
or resume by opening or
closing the LCD.
1. Go to “Suspend
Mode” on page 213
and that check that
the computer can
enter suspend mode.
2. Go to Easy-Setup
screen and press
Fn+4. If the computer
enter suspend mode,
suspect that the
application program is
defective.
3. Interposer Card
4. DC/DC Card
5. System Board
Battery Fuel-Gauge does
not go higher than 90%.
1. Go to “Checking the
Battery Pack” on
page 208 and see the
note.
Audio problems.
1. Run the Audio Test.
2. Audio Card
Memory count (size)
appears differently from
actual size.
1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” on
page 201.
System configuration does
not match the installed
devices.
1. Go to “Checking the
Installed Devices
List” on page 230.
System hangs intermittently.
1. Go to “Intermittent
Problems” on
page 226.
Peripheral Device Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
External display does not
work correctly.
1. See “External Display
Self-Test” in
“Common Devices
Checkout” section.
Printer problems.
1. Run Printer Self-test.
2. System Board
3. Parallel Port Device
4. Cable
Serial or parallel port device
problems.
1. Device
2. Device Cable
3. System Board
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 225
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Other Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Stylus pen or digitizer does
not work correctly.
1. Go to “Pen and
Digitizer Checkout
(360P, 360PE, 750P)”
on page 205.
Errors occur only when Port
Replicator is used.
1. See “Port Replicator
Checkout” in
“Common Devices
Checkout” section.
PCMCIA slot pin is
damaged.
1. PCMCIA Slots
Assembly
Note: If you cannot find a symptom or error in this list
and the problem remains, see “Undetermined Problems”
on page 227.
Intermittent Problems
Intermittent system hang problems can be caused by a
variety of reasons that have nothing to do with a hardware
defect such as: cosmic radiation, electrostatic discharge, or
software errors. FRUs replacement should only be
considered when a recurring problems exits.
When analyzing the intermittent problem, do the following:
1. Run the advanced diagnostic test for the system
board in loop mode at least 10 times.
2. If no error is detected, do not replace any FRUs.
3. If any error is detected, replace the FRU shown by
the FRU code. Rerun the test to verify that no more
errors exist.
226 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Undetermined Problems
You are here because the diagnostic tests did not identify
which adapter or device failed, installed devices are
incorrect, a short circuit is suspected, or the system is
inoperative. Follow the procedures below to isolate the
failing FRU (do not isolate non-defective FRUs).
Verify that all attached devices are supported by the
computers.
Verify that the power supply being used at the time of the
failure is operating correctly. (See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 207.)
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Check the cables, wires, and connectors for short
circuits and open circuits. Visually check them for
damage. If any problems are found, replace the
FRU.
3. Remove or disconnect all of the following devices.
a. Non-IBM devices
b. Devices attached to the expansion bus
connector
c. Printer, mouse, and other external devices
d. Battery pack
e. Hard disk drive
f. Diskette drive or the device attached to the
diskette drive connector
g. IC DRAM card or DIMM card
h. PC cards
Note: Remember that removing the hard disk
drive, an IC DRAM card, or any adapter or
device, might cause configuration errors. Ignore
error code 174.
4. Power-on the computer.
5. Determine if the problem has changed.
6. If the problem does not occur again, reconnect the
removed devices one at a time until you find the
failing FRU.
7. If the problem remains, replace the following FRUs
one at a time. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
DC/DC card
Audio card
Interposer card
LCD assembly
System board
Processor card (370C, 750Ce, 755C, and
755Cs)
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 227
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Related Service Procedures
This section provides information about the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
“Status Indicators”
“How to Run the Diagnostics” on page 229
“Error Log” on page 229
“Checking the Installed Devices List” on page 230
“Password Combinations” on page 230
“How to Run the Low Level Format” on page 230
“PC Test Card LED” on page 231
“Fn Key Combinations” on page 231
“How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics” on page 231
Status Indicators
The system status indicators show the current computer
status in different colors (green, yellow, and orange).
Symbol
Color
Meaning
Blinking green
Speaker sounds
(Does not sound
for Models 355,
355Cs, 360,
360Cs, and
370C.)
Green
Battery fully
charged
Yellow
Battery usable
Battery low
Orange
Blinking orange
Battery almost
depleted
Blinking green,
yellow, and
orange
Battery storage
switch is set off
Green
Battery charging
PC card in-use
Orange
Orange
Orange
Green
Diskette drive
in-use
Hard disk drive
in-use
Keys in Num
Lock mode
Green
Green
Keys in Caps
Lock mode
Keys in Scroll
Lock mode
228 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symbol
Color
Meaning
Green
Computer in
suspend mode
Blinking green
Green
Computer
resuming normal
mode
Computer
powered on
How to Run the Diagnostics
Use either the TrackPoint II or the cursor move keys to
interact with the tests. The Enter key works the same as
selecting the OK icon to reply OK.
1. Press and hold the F1 key; then power-on the
computer. Hold the F1 key down until Easy-setup
screen appears.
2. Select Test and press Enter.
3. Select a device and press Enter to run the test.
4. The test progress screen appears.
5. OK appears when the test ends without any errors.
6. Start the Advanced Diagnostic test by pressing
Ctrl+A on the basic diagnostic menu screen.
7. Select Tool to install the tools.
8. Select a device, press the space key, and install the
tool. Multiple devices can be selected by repeating
this step.
A √ mark appears for the selected device.
9. Select OK and press Enter if the selection is OK.
10. Select a device and press Enter to start the tests.
11. Select Test All to test all devices.
12. Select Loop Test to loop tests.
A loop option menu appears in which a device loop or
all loop can be selected. Select a device and press
the space key to select a device. Repeat this step to
select multiple devices. Press Enter to start the
diagnostic loop. If no device is selected, all device
tests are looped.
13. To exit the loop, keep pressing Ctrl+Pause until the
test exits. A beep sounds (750Ce, 755C, 755Cs) to
notify that the exit interrupt is sensed by the test
program.
Error Log
Diagnostic errors are printed on the printer that is attached
to the parallel port when the error is detected. The error is
also logged in the system memory.
Do the following procedure to display the errors.
1. End the test, if it is running.
2. Press Ctrl+A to select the advanced diagnostic mode.
3. Press Ctrl+E.
4. The error log appears.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 229
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5. To exit the screen, select the cancel icon or press
Esc.
The error log is not saved when system power is
powered-off.
Checking the Installed Devices List
If a device is installed but the icon appears in a gray shade
rather than a dark shade on the basic diagnostics screen,
the device is defective. Reseat the device connectors. If
the symptom remains, replace the device or the system
board. If needed, adjust the contrast control to clearly
distinguish the shades of the icon.
If a device that is not installed appears in a dark shade, for
example, FDD-2 appears in a dark shade when NO
second FDD is installed, do the following.
1. Replace the first device, such as a FDD-1, HDD-1, or
PCMCIA-1.
2. If the problem remains, replace the system board.
PCMCIA-1, Parallel, and Serial icons are always displayed
in dark shade, because the icons represent subsystems of
the system board and not attachment of the devices.
The HDD-1, FDD-1, or PCMCIA-1 represents the first
drive in the system configuration, respectively. Similarly,
the HDD-2, FDD-2, or PCMCIA-2 represents the second
drive, usually attached through a port replicator or an
expansion unit.
Password Combinations
The password relationship is:
Ÿ
When POP is the same as HDP
The POP prompt appears, but the HDP prompt does
not appear.
Ÿ
Ÿ
When POP is not the same as HDP
Both POP and HDP prompts appear.
PAP and HDP
When PAP is used, the HDP is enabled automatically,
but no HDP prompt appears. The HDP is set the
same as PAP.
How to Run the Low Level Format
Do the following to format the hard disk. Warning: Make
sure the drive address to be formatted is correct. This
procedure will erase all information on the disk.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the ThinkPad 750Ce hardware maintenance
diskette into diskette drive A and power-on the
computer.
230 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Note: You can use this maintenance diskette for all
Models.
3. Select Format the hard disk from the main menu.
4. Select the drive from the menu.
5. Follow the instructions on the screen.
PC Test Card LED
The green LED on the PC test card turns on when the
PCMCIA test is running. If the LED does not turn on,
check that the card is installed correctly by reseating the
card. If it still does not turn on after it is reseated, try
using another slot for the test. If the LED still does not
turn on and the test fails, replace the FRU shown in the
diagnostic error code.
Fn Key Combinations
The following table shows the Fn key and function key
combinations and their corresponding functions.
The Fn key works independently from the operating
system. The operating system obtains the status through
the system management interface to control the system.
Fn +
F1
Description
Reserved
F2
Fuel-gauge display ON/OFF
Standby mode invocation
Suspend mode invocation
Audio volume Down
Audio volume UP
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
LCD/CRT display switching
LCD normal/reverse switching
Reserved
F8
F9
F10
F11
Reserved
Power management mode switching
(Toggles High power, Intelligent, Economy)
F12
Hibernation invocation
How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics
Do the following to run the keyboard test.
1. Go to the advanced diagnostic screen menu by
pressing Ctrl+A in Easy-Setup menu.
2. Go to the keyboard diagnostic test menu by pressing
Ctrl+K.
3. Check that when each key is pressed, the key
position on the keyboard layout on the screen
changes to be a black square.
Note: When a Fn key is pressed, the black square
briefly appears.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 231
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Overview
The following table shows a brief overview of the system
features.
Models 355x, 360x
Feature
Description
Processor
Ÿ
355x, 360, 360C, 360Cs, 360P
–
SL Enhanced 486SX 33 MHz,
solder mounted on the system
board
Ÿ
360CE, 360CSE, 360PE
–
SL Enhanced 486DX2 50/25
MHz, on the system board
Bus
Architecture
Ÿ
Ÿ
AT Bus
VESA local bus for video subsystem
Memory
4MB (on the system board)
(Standard)
Memory
(Option)
2, 4, 8, 16MB, Basic IC DRAM card (max.
16 MB)
CMOS RAM
VGA Video
128 Bytes
Ÿ
355, 360
9.5-inch (diagonally), 64 gray
level, STN LCD monochrome
–
Ÿ
355Cs, 360Cs, 360CSE, 360P,
360PE
–
9.5-inch (diagonally), 256/4096
color, DSTN LCD color
Ÿ
355C, 360C, 360CE
–
8.4-inch (diagonally), 256/256K
color, TFT LCD color
Diskette Drive
(Removable)
0.720, 1.2, 1.44MB (3-mode), 3.5-inch
Hard Disk
Drive
(Removable)
Ÿ
Ÿ
355x
–
–
360x
–
–
125MB, 2.5-inch
250MB, 2.5-inch
170MB, 2.5-inch
340MB, 2.5-inch
Audio Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Standard (360PE)
Option (other Model 360x)
Internal
Modem Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Standard (355x)
Option (360x)
PCMCIA
Ÿ
360x
–
One Type-III
or Two Type-II
Ÿ
355x
–
One Type-III
or Type II
232 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Model 370C
Feature
Description
Processor
IntelDX4 75MHz on the system board
Bus
Architecture
Ÿ
Ÿ
AT Bus
VESA Local Bus for video subsystem
Memory
4MB (on the system board)
(Standard)
Memory
(Option)
Ÿ
2, 4, 8, 16MB, Basic IC DRAM card
(max. 16 MB)
Ÿ
Ÿ
4, 8, 16MB, DIMM card (max. 32 MB)
DIMM card adapter
CMOS RAM
VGA Video
128 Bytes
Ÿ
10.4-inch (diagonally), 256/256K
colors TFT LCD color
Diskette Drive
(Removable)
Ÿ
0.720, 1.2, 1.44MB (3-mode),
3.5-inch
Hard Disk
Drive
(Removable)
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
340MB, 2.5-inch
540MB, 2.5-inch
810MB, 2.5-inch
Audio Card
Standard in Japan and European
countries.
PCMCIA
One Type-III or two Type II
Model 750x
Feature
Description
Processor
Ÿ
750x
–
486SL 33MHz, solder-mounted
on the system board
Ÿ
750Ce
SL Enhanced 486DX2 50MHz
on the processor card
–
Bus
Architecture
Ÿ
Ÿ
AT Bus
VESA Local Bus for video subsystem
(750Ce)
Memory
4MB (on the system board)
(Standard)
Memory
(Maximum)
2, 4, 8, 16MB, IC DRAM card (max.
20 MB
CMOS RAM
Ÿ
Ÿ
750x
–
256 Bytes
750Ce
128 Bytes
–
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 233
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Feature
Description
VGA Video
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
750
–
9.5-inch (diagonally), 64 gray
level, STN LCD monochrome
750C, 755Ce
10.4-inch (diagonally), 256 color,
TFT LCD color
750Cs
–
–
9.5-inch (diagonally), 256 color,
STN LCD color
750P
–
9.5-inch (diagonally), 64 gray
level, STN LCD monochrome
Diskette Drive
(Removable)
0.720, 1.2, 1.44, 2.88MB (4-mode),
3.5-inch
Hard Disk
Drive
Ÿ
Ÿ
170MB, 2.5-inch
340MB, 2.5-inch
(Removable)
Audio Card
PCMCIA
Standard
One Type-III or Two Type-II
234 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Models 755C, 755Cs
Feature
Description
Processor
Ÿ
Ÿ
SL Enhanced 486DX2 50MHz, on the
system board
486DX4 75MHz, on the processor
card
Bus
Architecture
Ÿ
Ÿ
AT Bus
VESA Local Bus for video subsystem
Memory
4MB (on the system board)
(Standard)
Memory
(Option)
Ÿ
2, 4, 8, 16MB, IC DRAM card (max.
16 MB)
Ÿ
Ÿ
4, 16MB, DIMM card (max. 32 MB)
DIMM card adapter
CMOS RAM
VGA Video
128 Bytes
Ÿ
755C
–
10.4-inch (diagonally), 256/256K
color, TFT LCD color
–
10.4-inch (diagonally), 256/226K
color, TFT LCD color
Ÿ
755Cs
9.5-inch (diagonally), 256/4096
color, DSTN LCD color
–
Diskette Drive
(Removable)
Ÿ
Ÿ
0.720, 1.2, 1.44MB (3-mode),
3.5-inch
0.720, 1.2, 1.44, 2.88MB (4-mode),
3.5-inch
Hard Disk
Drive
(Removable)
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
170MB, 2.5-inch
340MB, 2.5-inch
540MB, 2.5-inch
Audio Card
Microphone and headphone jacks with
built-in microphone
PCMCIA
One Type-III or two Type II
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 235
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FRU Removals and Replacements
This section contains information about removals and
replacements.
Ÿ
The system board is sensitive to, and can be
damaged by, electrostatic discharge. Establish
personal grounding by touching a ground point with
one hand before touching these units.
An electrostatic discharge (ESD) strap must be used
to establish personal grounding.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Do not damage any part. Only certified trained
personnel should service the computer.
The arrows in the “Removals and Replacements”
section show the direction of movement to remove a
FRU, or to turn a screw to release the FRU. The
arrows are marked in numeric order, in square
callouts, to show the correct sequence of removal.
When other FRUs must be removed before removing
the failing FRU, they are listed at the top of the page.
To replace a FRU, reverse the removal procedure
and follow any notes that pertain to replacement.
See “Locations” for internal cable connections and
arrangement information.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
When replacing a FRU, use the correct screw size as
shown in the procedures.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, and then disconnect any
interconnecting cables.
Safety Notice 3: Translation on page 9
The battery pack contains small amounts of nickel.
Do not disassemble it, throw it into fire or water, or
short-circuit it. Dispose of the battery pack as
required by local ordinances or regulations.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or other
small parts, are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computer
and listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.
236 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Removals Models 355x, 360x
1010 Rear Connector Door
Remove the center latch .1/; then remove the rear
connector door by flexing it .2/.
1015 Foot
To replace the foot:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Align the foot in the open position with one pivot in its
hinge in the base cover
Press the other pivot point into position with your
thumb or finger
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 237
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1020 Battery Pack
Notes:
1. Be careful that the computer does not fall backward
when the battery pack is removed.
2. Check that the keyboard latch springs are in place.
238 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1030 Diskette Drive
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Warning:
1. Check that the backup and standby batteries are
seated correctly to prevent damage to the diskette
drive.
2. Do not put any pressure on the diskette drive
cover. Remove the diskette drive exactly as shown
in the figure.
3. Make sure that a diskette is not installed in the
drive. Removing the drive with a diskette installed
causes bending or damaging the eject button.
After replacing the diskette drive, latch the removal strap
into the correct position.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 239
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1035 Hard Disk Drive
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Warning:
1. Do not apply any extra force to the hard disk
drive when removing it. Remove the hard disk drive
exactly as shown in the figure.
2. Do not drop or apply any shock to the hard disk
drive. The hard disk drive is sensitive to physical
shock. Incorrect handling can damage it or cause
permanent loss of data. Before removing the hard
disk drive, have the user make a backup copy of all
information on the hard disk. Never remove the hard
disk drive while the system is operating or is in
suspend mode.
After replacing the hard disk drive, latch the removal strap
into the correct position.
240 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1040 Keyboard Unit
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
.1/ When removing the screw covers, use a small
screwdriver as shown.
.2/ Warning: When using a screwdriver to remove
cover or latches, be careful not to:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Scratch the surface of the computer.
Break the latches.
.3/ Open the keyboard.
.4/ Remove the leaf-spring plate.
.5/ When unlatching the upper cover latches to remove
the upper cover, use a small screwdriver as shown.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 241
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Track Point II Cable
.6/ Remove the upper cover.
Note: To remove the upper cover, do not latch the
keyboard. Lower the keyboard and remove
the upper cover.
.7/ Disconnect the cables to remove the keyboard unit
as shown.
Warning: Do not pull the keyboard cables.
The keyboard cables can be damaged if the
keyboard is disconnected without releasing the three
latches .7/.
.8/ Remove the keyboard.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
Location (Quantity)
Length
.2/
Upper cover (2)
8 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
242 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Notes for when replacing:
1. When replacing the keyboard, check that the three
cables are clean, and inserted straight and fully into
the connectors. Slide both ends of each latch at the
same time to make sure that each cable is correctly
inserted.
Warning: While pressing the cables into place, be
careful not to break the flexible cables.
Go to “Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout” on
page 203 and test all keys before returning the
computer to the customer.
2. When replacing the upper cover, insert the two
latches located on the rear side of the cover into the
guide of the LCD foot; then push the right, left, and
front sides to snap them into place. Be careful not
to damage the suspend/resume switch when
putting on the cover.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 243
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1050 IC DRAM Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Warning: The IC DRAM card is sensitive to physical
shock. Incorrect handling of the card can damage it. The
eject tape (P/N 53G9318) must be used to remove the
card.
1055 Diskette Drive Bezel
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive(1030)
Insert a coin between the diskette drive bezel and the
computer as shown .1/ and push the bezel from the
bottom of the computer .2/ to remove it.
244 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1060 Status Indicator
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Keyboard Unit (1040)
Warning: Do not pull the status indicator cable. The
cable can be damaged if the indicator is disconnected (in
step .2/) without releasing the latch.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 245
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The status indicator has three latches on its rear side and
one on its front side. For step .3/, do the following:
1. Release the rear latches by pushing each one with
your thumb, as shown in the figure. (The broken
circles in the figure show the locations of the three
latches.)
2. Release the front latch.
3. Lift the indicator.
(Rear View)
Note: When replacing the indicator, insert the flexible
cable straight into the connector until the head of the cable
stops. Slide both ends of the latches at the same time to
make sure that the cable is correctly inserted.
1
2
2
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
Location (Quantity)
Length
.1/
Indicator bracket (2)
4 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
246 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1070 LCD Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Keyboard Unit (1040)
Status Indicator (1060)
LC D C o n n e c t o r
355, 360
355Cs, 360Cs
360P
355C, 360C
.1/ When replacing the LCD ground-terminal screw, do
not pull or push the LCD cables.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 247
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
.2/ When removing the LCD cables, pull the connector
straight up. Incorrect handling can damage the
connector.
Note: For the color model, make sure the indicator
does not hook the most right LCD connector
when replacing the status indicator.
.3/ Remove the screw.
.4/ Remove the right hinge cover.
.5/ When removing the left hinge cover, use a small
screwdriver as shown to release the latch from the
rear base cover. Pull the hinge cover slightly upward
to keep it unlatched.
.6/ From the front side, remove the latch with a small
screwdriver as shown to remove the cover. Be
careful not to scratch the surface of the computer
when you use a screwdriver to remove the
latches.
.7/ Remove the four screws.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
.1/
Location (Quantity)
LCD ground-terminal (1)
LCD hinge cover, right (1)
LCD hinge (4)
Length
4 mm
4 mm
4 mm
.3/
.7/
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
Safety Notice 5: Translation on page 11
If the LCD breaks and the fluid from inside the LCD
gets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately
wash the affected areas with water for at least 15
minutes. Seek medical care if any symptoms from the
fluid are present after washing.
Caring for the LCD
Ÿ
When cleaning of the LCD becomes necessary,
gently wipe the LCD with a dry, soft cloth. Do
not use alcohol or detergent to clean the LCD.
To avoid damage to the LCD, do not scratch or
apply any force to its surface.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Do not put anything on the surface of the LCD.
248 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1080 Modem Card (355x)
1085 Bezel (360x)
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1035)
Keyboard Unit (1040)
Status Indicator (1060)
Notes:
1. For Model 360x, use steps .9/ through .12/ to
remove the bezel.
2. When the audio card is installed in Model 360x,
modem card means audio card in the following step.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 249
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
For the modem card:
or
For the audio card:
Notes:
1. Gently lift the audio card in step .7/ to avoid
damaging the speaker cable.
2. Do not pull the speaker cable.8/ before the audio
card is removed.7/.
250 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 251
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
.1a/
.1b/
.5/
Location (Quantity)
Speaker shield (2)
Length
4 mm
6 mm
4 mm
Diskette drive connector (2)
Lower Shield (2)
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
Note: When you reinstall the upper shield, make sure the
LCD ground-terminal is located correctly as shown
in the circle.
252 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1090 Speaker Shield Assembly
1095 Interposer Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1035)
Keyboard Unit (1040)
Status Indicator (1060)
LCD Assembly (1070)
Modem Card (1080)
Warning: Carefully remove any metal particles that might
have flaked off. Be careful not to damage it with a
screwdrivers, screws, or other objects.
.2/ When replacing the speaker shield, insert it under
the projection at the left, rear corner of the computer
base.
Note: The shaded part in the figure is attached to
the speaker shield assembly with light
adhesive. This is a separate FRU from the
speaker shield assembly.
.3/ When raising the speaker shield assembly, make
sure that the shield assembly does not hook the
three flexible cables of the keyboard.
For Model 360, gently raise the speaker shield
assembly to avoid damaging the speaker cable. (For
Models 355 and 355Cs, skip step .3/; the speaker
cable has already been removed.)
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 253
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
.1a/
.1b/
.1c/
.1d/
Location (Quantity)
Speaker shield (1)
Length
4 mm
Hard disk drive connector (2)
System board (1)
6 mm
16 mm
16 mm
System board, spacer (1)
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
Notes:
1. Verify that the spacer .1d/ is in the correct position.
2. .2/ is a shield for radio frequency interference.
254 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1100 DC/DC Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1035)
Keyboard Unit (1040)
Status Indicator (1060)
LCD Assembly (1070)
Speaker Shield Assembly (1090)
Modem Card (1080)
Interposer Card (1095)
Notes:
1. When replacing the DC/DC card, put the spacer.5/
on the screw hole.
2. DC-in holder .A/ and spacer .5/ are supplied as
miscellaneous parts.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
Location (Quantity)
Length
.3/
Power jack (1)
8 mm
(flat head)
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 255
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1110 Backup Battery
1115 Standby Battery
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
.4/ Backup Battery
.3/ Standby Battery
Note: When replacing the batteries, make sure both
are seated correctly. Check that the insulator cover
.1/ is in the correct position by sliding it end to end.
Step
.1/
Location (Quantity)
Length
cover (1)
4 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
Safety Notice 2: Translation on page 8
The standby battery contains a small amount of nickel
and cadmium. Do not disassemble it, recharge it,
throw it into fire or water, or short-circuit it. Dispose of
the battery as required by local ordinances or
regulations.
Safety Notice 4: Translation on page 10
The backup battery is a lithium battery and can cause
a fire, explosion, or severe burn. Do not recharge it,
remove its polarized connector, disassemble it, heat it
above 100°C (212°F), incinerate it, or expose its cell
contents to water. Dispose of the battery as required
by local ordinances or regulations. Use of an incorrect
battery can result in ignition or explosion of the
battery. Replacement batteries can be ordered from
IBM or IBM Authorized Dealers.
256 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1120 System Board Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1035)
Keyboard Unit (1040)
Status Indicator (1060)
LCD Assembly (1070)
Modem Card (1080)
Speaker Shield Assembly (1090)
Interposer Card (1095)
DC/DC Card (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Standby Battery (1115)
Important
The EEPROM on the system board contains the vital
product data (VPD), that is, system unit serial number,
system board serial number, and other computer
unique data. When the system board is replaced, the
system unit serial number must also be restored. Use
the Set system identification utility on the
maintenance diskette to restore the number.
Do not power-off the computer when restoring the
VPD.
The serial number label is attached to the bottom
cover.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 257
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Notes:
1. Before removing and replacing the system board,
make sure that the PCMCIA cards are removed and
the eject levers are not sticking out.
2. When replacing the system board assembly, align the
power-key slide hub with the power-switch actuator by
moving the power-key in the direction of the arrow.
See the large circle in the figure. Before tightening
any screws, check that the power-switch operates
correctly.
3. Do not pull the PCMCIA slot assembly while removing
the system board.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
.1/
Location (Quantity)
Hinge bracket (4)
Length
4 mm
.2/
Base cover, lower shield (1)
4 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
258 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1130 PCMCIA Slot Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1035)
Keyboard Unit (1040)
Status Indicator (1060)
LCD Assembly (1070)
Modem Card (1080)
Speaker Shield Assembly (1090)
Interposer Card (1095)
DC/DC Card (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Standby Battery (1115)
System Board Assembly (1120)
Warning: The system board can be damaged if the lower
shield touches the system board components. Carefully
follow the next instruction.
In step .4/, gradually raise the system board from the
lower shield until all the components of the system board
just clear the tabs of the lower shield. Be careful not to
raise it too far. While keeping the clearance to a minimum,
separate the system board from the lower shield by
moving the system board straight forward as shown by
step .2/.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 259
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Notes:
1. When handling the PCMCIA slot assembly, be
careful not to disassemble any part of it. The slot
assembly is not solidly fixed when it is removed from
the system board or the FRU.
2. The screw stand-off located each corner of the
PCMCIA slot, is easy to remove. Make sure that the
screw stand-off is positioned when replacing the slot.
Do not replace the slot without the screw stand.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
.1/
Location (Quantity)
PCMCIA slot, upper (2)
PCMCIA slot, lower (2)
Length
12 mm
14 mm
.2/
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
260 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Removals Models 370C, 750x, 755C,
755Cs
2010 Rear Connector Door
Remove the center latch .1/; then remove the rear
connector door by flexing it .2/.
2015 Foot
To replace the foot:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Align the foot in the open position with one pivot in its
hinge in the base cover
Press the other pivot point into position with your
thumb or finger
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 261
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2020 Battery Pack
Notes:
1. Be careful that the computer does not fall backward
when the battery pack is removed.
2. When replacing the battery pack, check that the
storage switch of the new battery is set to the on (|)
position. Do not operate the storage switch of a
battery that has been used and is going to be
re-used.
3. Check that the keyboard latch springs are in place.
262 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2030 Diskette Drive
Ÿ
Battery Pack (2020)
Warning:
1. Check that the backup battery and standby
battery are seated correctly to prevent damage to
the diskette drive when replacing the diskette drive.
2. Do not put any pressure on the diskette drive
cover. Remove the diskette drive exactly as shown
in the figure.
3. Make sure that a diskette is not installed in the
drive. Removing the drive with a diskette installed
causes bending or damaging the eject button.
After replacing the diskette drive, latch the removal strap
into the correct position.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 263
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2035 Hard Disk Drive
Ÿ
Battery Pack (2020)
Warning:
1. Do not apply any extra force to the hard disk
drive when removing it. Remove the hard disk drive
exactly as shown in the figure.
2. Do not drop or apply any shock to the hard disk
drive. The hard disk drive is sensitive to physical
shock. Incorrect handling can cause damage it, and
cause permanent loss of data on the hard disk.
Before removing the hard disk drive, have the user
make a backup copy of all the information on the hard
disk. Never remove the hard disk drive while the
system is operating or is in suspend mode.
After replacing the hard disk drive, latch the removal strap
into the correct position.
264 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2040 Keyboard Unit
Ÿ
Battery Pack (2020)
.1/ When removing the screw covers, use a small
screwdriver as shown.
.2/ Warning: When using a screwdriver to remove
cover or latches, be careful not to:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Scratch the surface of the computer.
Break the latches.
.3/ Open the keyboard.
.4/ Remove the leaf-spring plate.
.5/ When unlatching the upper cover latches to remove
the upper cover, use a small screwdriver as shown.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 265
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Track Point II Cable
.6/ Remove the upper cover.
Note: To remove the upper cover, do not latch the
keyboard. Lower the keyboard and remove the
upper cover.
.7/ Disconnect the cables to remove the keyboard unit
as shown.
Warning: Do not pull the keyboard cables.
The keyboard cables can be damaged if the
keyboard is disconnected without releasing the three
latches.
.8/ Remove the keyboard.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
Location (Quantity)
Length
.2/
Upper cover (2)
8 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
266 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Notes for when replacing:
1. When replacing the keyboard, check that the three
cables are clean, and inserted straight and fully into
the connectors. Slide both ends of each latch at the
same time to make sure that each cable is correctly
inserted. Go to “Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device
Checkout” on page 203 and test all keys before
returning the computer to the customer.
2. When replacing the upper cover, insert the two
latches located rear side of the cover into the guide of
the foot of the LCD; push the right, left, and front
sides to snap into place. Be careful not to damage
the suspend/resume switch when putting on the
cover.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 267
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2050 IC DRAM Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)
For Models 370C, 755C and 755Cs, one of two types of
memory card can be used, IC DRAM card or DIMM card.
Warning: The IC DRAM card is sensitive to physical
shock. Incorrect handling of the card can damage it. The
eject tape (P/N 53G9318) must be used to remove the
card.
Note: For Models 370C, 755C and 755Cs, one of the
following combinations occupies the slot depending on the
configuration.
Ÿ
Ÿ
IC DRAM card + IC DRAM card base
DIMMs on DIMM adapter
268 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2055 DIMM and DIMM Adapter (755C,
755Cs)
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)
Press both locks at the same time and remove the DIMM.
While holding the strap .1/, pull the DIMM adapter toward
the front .2/ to remove it.
1
2
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 269
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Notes:
1. If the IC DRAM cards or the DIMM are not installed
and the base plate is installed instead of these card,
remove the plate as follows:
a. Pinch the projection .1/ on the left side of the
plate; then pull the plate slightly toward the front
.2/.
b. Raise the rear portion of the plate .3/ and
remove it.
2
1
2
1
2. When inserting the DIMM into either connector on the
DIMM adapter:
a. Locate the triangle .2/ on the right side of the
socket.
b. With the notched end of the DIMM .1/ toward
the triangle, insert the DIMM into the socket.
c. Pivot the DIMM until it snaps into place.
If you have another DIMM to install, insert it in
the other socket the same way.
2
1
270 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2056 Diskette Drive Bezel
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive(2030)
Insert a coin between the diskette drive bezel and the
computer as shown .1/ and push the bezel from the
bottom of the computer .2/ to remove it.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 271
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2060 Status Indicator
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (2020)
Keyboard Unit (2040)
Warning: Do not pull the status indicator cable. The
cable will be damaged if the status indicator is
disconnected without releasing the latch in step .2/.
The status indicator has three latches on its rear and two
in its front. in step .3/, do as follows:
1. Release the rear latches with pushing each one with
your thumb, as shown in the artwork. (The broken
circles in the figure show the locations of the three
latches.)
2. Release the front latches.
3. Lift the indicator.
272 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
(Rear View)
Note: When replacing the indicator, insert the flexible
cable straight into the connector until the head of the cable
stops. Slide both ends of the latches at the same time to
make sure that the cable is correctly inserted.
1
2
2
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
Location (Quantity)
Length
.1/
Indicator bracket (2)
4 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 273
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2070 LCD Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (2020)
Keyboard Unit (2040)
Status Indicator (2060)
LCDConnector
370C, 750C, 750Cs
755C, 755Cs
750
Screw holds
two flexible
cables.
755C
750P
This figure shows the LCD that
does not have a contrast control.
(P/N 84G4337)
274 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Important
Ÿ
Ÿ
Two types of LCDs are available for the Model
755C: one with a contrast control and one
without. Make sure that you replace the LCD
with the correct type.
The LCD for the Model 370C does not have a
contrast control.
.1/ When replacing the LCD ground-terminal screw, do
not pull or push the LCD cables.
.2/ When removing the LCD cables, pull the connector
straight up. Incorrect handling can damage the
connector.
Note: For the color models, make sure the indicator
does not catch the right LCD connector when
replacing the status indicator.
.3/ Remove the screw.
.4/ Remove the right hinge cover.
.5/ When removing the left hinge cover, use a small
screwdriver as shown to release the latch from the
rear base cover. Pull the hinge cover slightly upward
to keep it unlatched.
.6/ From the front side, remove the latch with a small
screwdriver as shown to remove the cover. Be
careful not to scratch the surface of the computer
when you use a screwdriver to remove the
latches.
.7/ Remove the four screws.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
.1/
Location (Quantity)
LCD ground-terminal (1)
LCD hinge cover, right (1)
LCD hinge (4)
Length
4 mm
4 mm
4 mm
.3/
.7/
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
Safety Notice 5: Translation on page 11
If the LCD breaks and the fluid from inside the LCD
gets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately
wash the affected areas with water for at least 15
minutes. Seek medical care if any symptoms from the
fluid are present after washing.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 275
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Caring for the LCD
Ÿ
When cleaning of the LCD becomes necessary,
gently wipe the LCD with a dry, soft cloth. Do
not use alcohol or detergent to clean the LCD.
To avoid damaging the LCD, do not scratch or
apply any force to its surface.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Do not put anything on the surface of the LCD.
276 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2080 Speaker Shield Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)
Hard Disk Drive (2035)
Keyboard Unit (2040)
Status Indicator (2060)
LCD Assembly (2070)
Models 750x, 755C, and 755Cs
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 277
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Model 370C
Important:
1. Carefully remove any metal particles that might have
flaked off.
2. The shaded part in the figure is attached to the
speaker shield assembly with light adhesive. This
FRU is a separate FRU from the speaker shield
assembly.
.1/
.2/
Remove the screws.
Gently raise the speaker shield assembly to avoid
damaging the speaker cable and make sure that
the shield assembly does not hook the three flexible
cables of the keyboard.
.3/
Disconnect the speaker connector.
278 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
When Disconnecting the Connector
Ÿ
Ÿ
Do not pull the speaker cable before the audio
card is removed.
Be careful not to damage the speaker with
screwdrivers, screws, or other objects. A scratch
will damage the speaker.
Ÿ
When replacing the speaker shield, insert it under
the projection at the left, rear corner of the
computer base.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
.1a/
.1b/
.1c/
.1d/
.1e/
Location (Quantity)
Length
4 mm
Speaker shield (4)
Hard disk drive connector (2)
System board (1)
6 mm
16 mm
16 mm
6 mm
System board, spacer (1)
Diskette drive connector (2)
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
Notes:
1. .1d/ shows the correct position of the spacer.
2. .2/ is a shield for radio frequency interference.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 279
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2085 Audio Card
Note: Refer to “Product Overview” on page 232 to see
whether the audio card is standard or not.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)
Hard Disk Drive (2035)
Keyboard Unit (2040)
Status Indicator (2060)
LCD Assembly (2070)
Speaker Shield Assembly(2080)
1
2090 Interposer Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)
Hard Disk Drive (2035)
Keyboard Unit (2040)
Status Indicator (2060)
LCD Assembly (2070)
Speaker Shield Assembly (2080)
Audio Card (2085)
280 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2100 DC/DC Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)
Hard Disk Drive (2035)
Keyboard Unit (2040)
Status Indicator (2060)
LCD Assembly (2070)
Speaker Shield Assembly (2080)
Audio Card (2085)
Interposer Card (2090)
Notes:
1. When replacing the DC/DC card, put the spacer.5/
on the screw hole.
2. DC-in holder .A/ and spacer .5/ are supplied as
miscellaneous parts.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
Location (Quantity)
Length
.3/
Power jack (1)
8 mm
(flat head)
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 281
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2110 Backup Battery
2105 Standby Battery
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)
Model 750x
.2/ Standby Battery
.3/ Backup Battery
Models 370C, 755C, and 755Cs
.3/ Standby Battery
.4/ Backup Battery
282 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Note: When replacing the batteries, make sure the
batteries are seated correctly. Make sure the
insulator cover .1/ is in the correct position by sliding
it end to end.
Step
Location (Quantity)
Length
.1/
cover (1)
4 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
Safety Notice 2: Translation on page 8
The standby battery contains a small amount of nickel
and cadmium. Do not disassemble it, recharge it,
throw it into fire or water, or short-circuit it. Dispose of
the battery as required by local ordinances or
regulations.
Safety Notice 4: Translation on page 10
The backup battery is a lithium battery and can cause
a fire, explosion, or severe burn. Do not recharge it,
remove its polarized connector, disassemble it, heat it
above 100°C (212°F), incinerate it, or expose its cell
contents to water. Dispose of the battery as required
by local ordinances or regulations. Use of an incorrect
battery can result in ignition or explosion of the
battery. Replacement batteries can be ordered from
IBM or IBM Authorized Dealers.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 283
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2120 System Board Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)
Hard Disk Drive (2035)
Keyboard Unit (2040)
Status Indicator (2060)
LCD Assembly (2070)
Speaker Shield Assembly (2080)
Audio Card (2085)
Interposer Card (2090)
DC/DC Card (2100)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery (2105)
Important
The EEPROM on the system board contains the vital
product data (VPD), that is, system unit serial number,
system board serial number, and other computer
unique data. When the system board is replaced, the
system unit serial number must also be restored. Use
the Set system identification utility on the
maintenance diskette to restore the number.
Do not power-off the computer when restoring the
VPD.
The serial number label is attached to the bottom
cover.
284 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Notes:
1. For Model 755C, there are two types the system
boards. Make sure the correct system board by
checking the part number in the part list. After
replacing the system board, run the display test from
the Easy-Setup and use the Pause button to check
the color graduations that are displayed after the
Video Page screen. If the color blocks in one column
are all the same color, replace the system board.
2. Before removing and replacing the system board,
make sure that the PCMCIA cards are removed and
the eject levers are not sticking out.
3. When replacing the system board assembly, align the
power-key slide hub with the power-switch actuator by
moving the power-key in the direction of the arrow.
See the large circle in the figure. Before tightening
any screws, check that the power-switch operates
correctly.
4. Do not pull the PCMCIA slot assembly while removing
the system board.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
.1/
Location (Quantity)
Hinge bracket (4)
Length
4 mm
.2/
Base cover, lower shield (1)
4 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 285
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2130 PCMCIA Slot Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)
Hard Disk Drive (2035)
Keyboard Unit (2040)
Status Indicator (2060)
LCD Assembly (2070)
Speaker Shield Assembly (2080)
Audio Card (2085)
Interposer Card (2090)
DC/DC Card (2100)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery (2105)
System Board Assembly (2120)
Notes:
1. When handling the PCMCIA slot assembly, be careful
not to disassemble any part of it. The slot assembly
is not solidly fixed when it is removed from the
system board or the FRU.
In step .4/, gently pull up the bottom of the center
area of the connector board edge with your fingers.
2. The screw stand located each corner of the PCMCIA
slot, is easy to remove. Make sure that the screw
stand is located when replace the slot. Do not
replace the slot without the screw stand.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
.1/
Location (Quantity)
PCMCIA slot, upper (2)
PCMCIA slot, lower (2)
Length
12 mm
14 mm
.2/
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
286 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2140 Processor Card (750Ce, 755C,
755Cs)
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (2020)
Diskette Drive (2030)
Hard Disk Drive (2035)
Keyboard Unit (2040)
Status Indicator (2060)
LCD Assembly (2070)
Speaker Shield Assembly (2080)
Audio Card (2085)
Interposer Card (2090)
DC/DC Card (2100)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery (2105)
System Board Assembly (2120)
PCMCIA Slot Assembly (2130)
Warning: The system board can be damaged if the lower
shield touches the system board components. Carefully
follow the next instruction.
In step .3/, gradually raise the system board from the
lower shield until all components of the system board just
clear the tabs of the lower shield. Be careful not to raise it
too far. While keeping the clearance to a minimum,
separate the system board from the lower shield by
moving the system board straight forward as shown by
step .3/.
Note: In step .1/, each screw has a flat washer and a
lock washer. When reinstalling the screws, make sure that
the lock washer is placed next to the head of the screw.
Incorrect washer placement can cause metal to flake.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 287
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Turn the system board upside down. Remove the screws
.4/ and .5/. Models 370C, 755C and 755Cs have only
the screw on the right side in step 5.
Notes:
1. In step .1/, use 5.0 mm and 5.5 mm hex head
screwdrivers. To remove the processor card, gently
lift the area shown by .3/ straight up. Do not pull the
other areas.
2. In step .6/, pull both edges of the bracket at the
same time. Do not pull the center of the bracket.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
.1/
.1/
.4/
.5/
Location (Quantity)
Length
Hex head
Hex head
6 mm
Expansion bus, lower shield (2)
I/O connector, lower shield (6)
Processor card (1)
Processor card connector
750x - (2), 370C, 755C, 755Cs
- (1)
4 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
288 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Locations
System - Front View (750, 750Cx,
755Cx, 370C, 360x, 355x)
.1/ LCD
.2/ Contrast Control
Note: The Model 360 does not have a contrast
control. The Model 755C has one of two
types of LCD: one with a contrast control
and one without.
.3/ Brightness Control
.4/ Status Indicator
See “Status Indicators” on page 228.
.5/ External Input Device Connector
.6/ PCMCIA Slot
.7/ PCMCIA Release Lever
.8/ Keyboard
.9/ LCD and Keyboard Latch
.1ð/ TrackPoint II
.11/ Click Button
.12/ Diskette-Eject Button
.13/ Diskette Drive
.14/ Fn Key
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 289
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System Front View - (750P, 360P,
360PE)
.1/ Convertible LCD
.2/ Contrast Control
.3/ Brightness Control
.4/ Status Indicator
.5/ External Input Device Connector
.6/ PCMCIA Slot
.7/ PCMCIA Release Lever
.8/ Keyboard
.9/ LCD and Keyboard Latch
.1ð/ Hard Disk Drive Compartment
.11/ Battery Compartment
.12/ Click Buttons
.13/ Diskette-Eject Button
.14/ Diskette Drive
.15/ Fn Key
.16/ TrackPoint II
.17/ Stylus Pen
290 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System Rear View - All Models
.1/ Diskette Drive Cover
.2/ Power Switch
.3/ Microphone/Line-In Jack
.4/ Headphone Jack
Note: Not all models have jacks .3/ and .4/.
.5/ Power Jack
.6/ Serial Connector
.7/ Parallel Connector
.8/ External Display Connector
.9/ Reset Pushbutton
.1ð/ System Expansion Connector
Note: Model 355x does not have this connector.
A multimedia portable expansion unit, port
replicator, or port replicator with PCMCIA can be
connected to this interface to support the following
features.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
16-bit AT-bus interface
Serial port
Parallel port
Keyboard and mouse
HDD connection
LED control signals
Visual signals
Audio signals
FDD signals
PCMCIA signals
Power controls
Power line
.11/ Connector Door
.12/ Rear Door
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 291
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System Board (Top View)
.1/ Power Switch
.2/ Modem Card Connector (355x, 360x)
.3/ Serial Connector
.4/ Audio Card Connector
.5/ Speaker Connector (370C only)
.6/ Parallel Connector
.7/ Interposer Card Connector
.8/ External Display Connector
.9/ Reset Pushbutton
.1ð/ System Expansion Connector
Note: Model 355x does not have this connector.
.11/ External Input Device Connector
.12/ Hard Disk Drive Connector
.13/ PCMCIA Slot
.14/ DC/DC Card Connector
.15/ IC DRAM Card Connector
.16/ Diskette Drive Connector
292 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System Board (Bottom View)
.1/ Power-On Password Connector
.2/ Backup Battery Connector
.3/ Standby Battery Connector
.4/ IC DRAM Card Connector
.5/ Processor Card Connector (750Ce, 755C,
755Cs)
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 293
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Processor Card (370C, 750Ce, 755C,
755Cs)
.1/ System Board Connector
DC/DC Card - Top View
.1/ External Power Jack
.2/ Battery Pack Terminal
Models 355x, 360x
Models 370C, 750x, 755x
294 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interposer Card - All Models (Front
View)
.1/ LCD Connector, Color
.2/ LCD Connector, Pen
.3/ LCD Connector, Monochrome and Color
.4/ LCD Power Connector, Color
.5/ Status Indicator Connector
.6/ Keyboard TrackPoint II Connector
.7/ Keyboard Signal Connector
.8/ Keyboard Signal Connector
.9/ LCD Open Detect Switch
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 295
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Parts Listing
Models 350x, 360x
35
1
2
3
5
2
3
34
33
32
4
5
6
6a
31
30
6b
29a
29
6c
7
8
28
27
9
10
11
26
25
12
24
23a
13
14
23
22
21a
21
20
15
16
19
18
17a
17
296 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System Unit (355x, 360x)
Index
1
LCD Assembly (355, 360)
84G2265
84G5719
84G2264
84G5721
85G9678
84G2303
84G5703
84G2258
84G5704
66G5057
84G2299
84G5722
84G2298
84G2297
84G5718
84G2251
85G2408
85G2407
84G5720
85G9646
66G5046
84G5860
84G5639
84G2255
84G5705
66G3754
LCD Assembly (355C, 360C, 360CE)
LCD Assembly (355Cs, 360Cs, 360CSE)
LCD Assembly (360P)
LCD Assembly (360PE)
Hinge Cover (355, 360)
Hinge Cover (355C, 360C, 360CE)
Hinge Cover (355Cs, 360Cs, 360CSE)
Hinge Cover (360P, 360PE)
2
3
4
Hinge Bracket, Right, Left
Status Indicator Assembly (355)
Status Indicator Assembly (355C)
Status Indicator Assembly (355Cs)
Status Indicator Assembly (360)
Status Indicator Assembly (360C)
Status Indicator Assembly (360Cs)
Status Indicator Assembly (360CE)
Status Indicator Assembly (360CSE)
Status Indicator Assembly (360P)
Status Indicator Assembly (360PE)
Screw Cover
5
6
Small Shield (355x, 360, 360C, 360Cs, 360P)
Small Shield (360CE, 360CSE, 360PE)
6a Speaker Shield Assembly
6b Insulator
7
8
Speaker (Includes speaker holder)
Interposer Card (355x, 360, 360C, 360Cs, 360P) 85G0959
Interposer Card (360PE)
Interposer Card (360CE, 360CSE)
DC/DC Card
PCMCIA Slot Assembly (1-slots, 355x)
PCMCIA Slot Assembly (2-slots, 360x)
System Board (355x)
System Board (360, 360C, 360Cs, 360P)
System Board (360CE, 360CSE, 360PE)
HDD Removal Strap
Hard Disk Drive (Includes strap, index 12)
125MB
170MB
250MB
340MB
540MB
810MB
Lower Shield (355x)
Lower Shield (360x)
Rear Connector Cover (355x)
Rear Connector Cover (360x)
PCMCIA Cover
(Includes bezels and security plate)
PCMCIA Device
85G9672
85G2403
84G2253
84G2273
66G5121
84G2300
84G2252
85G2409
66G5122
9
10
11
12
13
84G2271
66G5066
84G2272
66G5068
84G4319
85G0961
84G2301
84G2256
84G2304
84G2259
84G2262
14
15
16
17
17a Name Labels
18 Base Cover Assemblies include coil spring,
66G9228
insulator, foot, power switch knob, holder,
latch buttons
Base Cover Assembly (355)
Base Cover Assembly (355C)
Base Cover Assembly (355Cs)
84G2276
84G5717
84G2275
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 297
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
Base Cover Assembly (360)
For Benelux
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (360C)
For Benelux
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (360Cs)
For Benelux
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (360CE, 360CSE)
For Benelux
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (360P)
For Benelux
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (360PE)
For Benelux
For Japan
Bezel, Diskette Drive
Cover, Option Bay
Bracket, Audio Card (option)
Bracket, Internal Modem
(Built-in for 355x, option for 360x)
84G2274
84G5707
84G5708
84G5711
84G5712
84G5708
84G2250
84G5709
84G5708
85G2404
85G2405
85G2406
84G5714
84G5715
84G5708
85G9676
85G9681
85G2406
84G2260
84G2261
84G2306
84G2291
19
20
21
21a Bezel, Audio Card (option)
Bezel, Blank
84G2307
84G2295
84G2296
Bezel, Internal Modem
(Built-in for 355x, option for 360x)
22
Standby Battery
For Belgium, Dutch
For Switzerland
Backup Battery
66G3755
66G3761
66G3758
84G2263
84G2294
23
24
25
26
27
Attachment holder
IC DRAM Card (See options)
Battery Pack (Nickel Metal Hydride)
Diskette Drive (3-mode)
(Includes strap, reference 28)
Diskette Drive Removal Strap
Base Plate
Bracket Shield
Internal Modem Card (See options)
Audio Card (option)
Fax/Audio Spacer (360x)
Keyboard Lock
TrackPoint II Cap
See Keyboard List
Leaf Spring Plate
Upper Cover (355Cs, 360Cs, 360CSE)
Upper Cover (Other models)
Stylus Pen (360P, 360PE)
EMI Spring Plate
PCMCIA Security Plate
AC Adapter (100 - 240 V ac, 40W, 3-pin)
For Japan (2-pin)
AC Adapter (100 - 125 V ac, 30W, 3-pin)
(This adapter is for U.S. only.)
AC Adapter (35 W, 3-pin)
For Japan (2-pin)
AC Adapter (30 W, U.S only)
DC Plug
84G2144
84G2269
28
29
30
31
66G5123
84G2293
84G5861
66G5037
84G5862
66G0031
66G6444
32
33
34
35
36
37
66G0041
84G2257
84G2302
66G6695
85G0948
85G8625
49G2196
49G2197
84G2277
38
85G4952
85G6669
84G2277
85G6664
84G4326
Foot (right or left)
298 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Keyboard
Arabic
Belgium
Canadian French
Danish
Dutch
Finnish, Swedish
French
German (Black)
Greek
Hebrew
84G5909
84G5907
84G5915
84G5906
84G5904
84G5903
84G5900
84G5898
84G5913
84G5910
84G5902
84G5916
84G5914
84G5908
84G5911
84G5905
84G5901
84G5899
84G5912
84G5897
84G5896
84G8348
Italian
Japanese
Latin American
Norwegian
Portuguese
Spanish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English
Russian
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 299
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Model 370C
1
2
3
5
2
36
35
3
4
34
5
6
33
32
31
30
29
6a
7
28
27
8
9
10
11
26
11a
12
25
24
23a
23
13
14
22
21
20
15
16
19
18
17a
17
300 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System Unit (370C)
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
6a
7
8
LCD Assembly
Hinge Cover
29H7543
66G5047
66G5057
29H6688
66G5046
84G4290
84G4357
66G3754
66G9242
84G4329
66G5121
29H6690
Hinge Bracket, Right, Left
Status Indicator Assembly
Screw Cover
Speaker Shield Assembly
Insulator
Speaker (Includes speaker holder)
Interposer Card
DC/DC Card
9
10
11
PCMCIA Slot Assembly
System Board
(Does not includes PCMCIA slot
assembly, index 10, lower shield,
index 14, or processor card, index 11a)
11a Processor Card (25/75 MHz)
84G4288
66G5122
(Includes hex screws, nut, and screw cover)
12
13
HDD Removal Strap
Hard Disk Drive (includes strap, index 12)
340MB
66G5068
84G4319
85G0961
84G4291
66G5050
66G5053
540MB
810MB
14
15
16
Lower Shield
Rear Connector Cover
PCMCIA Cover
(Includes bezels and security plate)
PCMCIA Device
17
17a Name Label
66G9228
18
Base Cover Assembly includes coil spring,
insulator, foot, power switch knob, holder,
latch buttons
Base Cover Assembly
For Benelux
For Japan
Bezel, Diskette Drive
Cover, Option Bay
Blank Audio Bezel
Audio Bezel
29H7544
29H7547
29H7545
66G5051
66G5052
29H7546
84G4292
19
20
21
Supported in Japan and European countries
Standby Battery
For Belgium, Dutch
For Switzerland
22
66G3755
66G3761
66G3758
84G2263
84G2294
23
Backup Battery
23a Attachment Holder
24
25
26
IC DRAM Card (See options)
Battery Pack (Nickel Metal Hydride)
Diskette Drive (3-mode)
(Includes strap, reference 27)
Diskette Drive Removal Strap
Base Plate
Hinge Cover Bracket
Bracket Shield
Fax/Audio Spacer
Audio Card
29H6687
84G2269
27
28
29
30
31
66G5123
84G2293
29H8762
84G5861
84G5862
66G5037
Supported in Japan and European countries
Keyboard Lock
TrackPoint III Cap
Keyboard Assembly (See keyboard list)
Leaf Spring Plate
32
33
34
35
66G0031
84G6536
66G0041
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 301
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
36
Upper Cover
84G2257
85G8625
85G0948
85G6664
PCMCIA Security Plate
EMI Spring Plate
DC Plug
Keyboard
Arabic
Belgian
Canadian French
Danish
Dutch
Finnish
French
German (Black)
Greek
66G0163
66G0161
66G0169
66G0160
66G0158
66G0157
66G0154
66G6402
66G0167
66G0164
66G0156
66G0171
66G0168
66G0162
66G0165
66G0159
66G0157
66G0155
66G0153
66G0166
66G0151
66G0150
85G7443
Hebrew
Italian
Japanese
Latin American
Norwegian
Portuguese
Spanish
Swedish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English
Russian
302 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Model 750x
3 2
1
2
3
5
2
3 1
3 0
3
4
2 9
5
2 8 a
2 8
2 7
6
7
8
2 6
2 5
9
1 0
1 1
1 1 a
1 2
2 4
2 3
1 3
1 4
2 2
2 1
2 0
1 5
1 6
1 9
1 8
1 7 a
1 7
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 303
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System Unit (750x)
Index
4
1
LCD Assembly (750)
66G3710
66G3711
66G5058
66G5083
66G5059
66G5084
66G6210
66G6211
66G5048
66G5077
66G5047
66G5076
66G5049
66G5078
66G5057
66G5034
66G5072
66G5033
66G5071
66G5035
66G5073
66G6321
66G6324
66G9222
66G9223
66G5046
66G5075
66G5041
66G3754
66G5044
4
For Germany (Gray)
4
LCD Assembly (750C, 750Ce)
4
For Germany (Gray)
4
LCD Assembly (750P)
4
For Germany (Gray)
LCD Assembly (750Cs)
For Germany (Gray)
Hinge Cover (750)
For Germany (Gray)
Hinge Cover (750C, 750Cs, 750Ce)
For Germany (Gray)
2
Hinge Cover (750P)
For Germany (Gray)
3
4
Hinge Bracket, Right, Left
Status Indicator Assembly (750)
For Germany (Gray)
Status Indicator Assembly (750C)
For Germany (Gray)
Status Indicator Assembly (750P)
For Germany (Gray)
Status Indicator Assembly (750Cs)
For Germany (Gray)
Status Indicator Assembly (750Ce)
For Germany (Gray)
5
Screw Cover
For Germany (Gray)
6
7
8
Speaker Shield Assembly
Speaker (Includes speaker holder)
Interposer Card (750, 750C, 750Cs,
750P)
Interposer Card (750Ce)
DC/DC Card (750, 750C, 750Cs, 750P)
DC/DC Card (750Ce)
DC/DC Card (750Ce, 25/75 MHz)
PCMCIA Slot Assembly
System Board Assembly
66G9242
66G5038
66G9226
66G9267
66G5121
66G5036
9
10
11
4
(750, 750C, 750P)
(Includes PCMCIA slot assembly,
index 10, and lower shield,
index 14)
4
System Board Assembly (750Cs)
For Germany
66G6209
66G6211
(Includes PCMCIA slot assembly,
index 10, and lower shield,
index 14)
4
System Board (750Ce)
66G9224
(Does not include PCMCIA slot
assembly, index 10, lower shield,
index 14, or processor card, index 11a)
11a Processor Card (750Ce)
Processor Card (750Ce, 25/75 MHz)
(Includes hex head screws, nut,
and screw cover)
66G9225
84G4288
12
HDD Removal Strap
66G5122
4
See “Digitizer Adjustment” on page 205.
304 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
13
Hard Disk Drive (Includes strap, index 12)
170MB
66G5066
66G5085
66G5068
66G5087
66G5043
66G9227
66G5050
66G5079
66G5053
For Germany (Gray)
340MB
For Germany (Gray)
Lower Shield (750, 750C, 750Cs, 750P)
Lower Shield (750Ce)
Rear Connector Cover
For Germany (Gray)
PCMCIA Cover
14
15
16
(Includes bezels and security plate)
For Germany (Gray)
PCMCIA Device
66G5082
17
17a Name Label (750, 750C, 750Cs, 750P)
For Germany (Gray)
66G7865
66G7866
66G9228
66G9229
Name Label (750Ce)
For Germany (Gray)
18
Base Cover Assemblies include coil spring,
insulator, foot, power switch knob, holder,
and latch buttons
Base Cover Assembly (750)
For Netherlands, Belgium
For Germany (Gray)
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (750C)
For Netherlands, Belgium
For Germany (Gray)
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (750Ce)
For Netherlands, Belgium
For Germany (Gray)
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (750Cs)
For Netherlands, Belgium
For Germany (Gray)
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (750P)
For Netherlands, Belgium
For Germany (Gray)
For Japan
Bezel, Diskette Drive
For Germany (Gray)
Cover, Option Bay
For Germany (Gray)
Standby Battery
For Netherlands, Belgium
For Switzerland
66G5125
66G5131
66G5128
66G4590
66G5126
66G5132
66G5129
66G4590
66G9217
66G9219
66G9218
66G9220
66G4591
66G4593
66G4592
66G4590
66G5127
66G5133
66G5130
66G4590
66G5051
66G5080
66G5052
66G5081
66G3755
66G3761
66G3758
66G3764
19
20
21
22
23
24
Backup Battery
IC DRAM Card (See options)
Battery Pack (Nickel Metal Hydride)
For Netherlands, Belgium
For Switzerland
For Denmark, Sweden, Finland,
Norway
66G2820
66G2822
66G2821
66G5063
25
Diskette Drive
66G5060
(Includes strap, reference 26)
Diskette Drive Removal Strap
Audio Card
26
27
28
66G5123
66G5037
66G0031
66G6444
Keyboard Lock
28a TrackPoint II Cap
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 305
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
29
See Keyboard List
30
31
Leaf Spring Plate
Upper Cover (750)
66G0041
66G5045
66G5074
66G5094
66G5095
66G6771
66G6772
66G6695
66G6696
For Germany (Gray)
Upper Cover (750C, 750Cs, 750Ce)
For Germany (Gray)
Upper Cover (750P)
For Germany (Gray)
5
32
Stylus Pen (750P)
For Germany (Gray)
5
Keyboard
Arabic
Belgian
Canadian French
Danish
Dutch
Finnish
French
German (Black)
German (Gray)
Greek
Hebrew
Icelandic
66G0163
66G0161
66G0169
66G0160
66G0158
66G0157
66G0154
66G6402
66G0152
66G0167
66G0164
66G0170
66G0156
66G0171
66G0168
66G0162
66G0165
66G0159
66G0157
66G0155
66G0153
66G0166
66G0151
66G0150
Italian
Japanese
Latin American
Norwegian
Portuguese
Spanish
Swedish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English
5
See “Digitizer Adjustment” on page 205.
306 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Models 755C and 755Cs
1
2
3
5
2
34
33
3
4
32
5
6
31
30
29
6a
7
28
27
8
9
10
11
26
11a
12
25
24
23a
23
13
14
22
21a
21
20
15
16
19
18
17a
17
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 307
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System Unit (755C, 755Cs)
Index
1
LCD Assembly (755C)
For Japan
LCD Assembly (755C)
(This LCD does not have a contrast
control.)
66G5058
84G4316
84G4337
84G4317
LCD Assembly (755Cs)
Hinge Cover
Hinge Bracket, Right, Left
Status Indicator Assembly (755C)
Status Indicator Assembly (755Cs)
Screw Cover
Speaker Shield Assembly
Insulator
Speaker (Includes speaker holder)
Interposer Card
2
3
4
66G5047
66G5057
84G4293
84G4355
66G5046
84G4290
84G5705
66G3754
66G9242
84G4329
66G5121
5
6
6a
7
8
9
10
11
DC/DC Card
PCMCIA Slot Assembly
System Boards
(The following do not include PCMCIA slot
assembly, index 10, lower shield,
index 14, or processor card, index 11a)
System Board
(For LCD with a contrast control)
System Board
84G4287
84G5632
(For LCD without a contrast control)
11a Processor Card (25/50 MHz)
Processor Card (25/75 MHz)
(Includes hex head screws, nut,
and screw cover)
59G4056
84G4288
12
13
HDD Removal Strap
Hard Disk Drive (Includes strap, index 12)
170MB
340MB
540MB
810MB
Lower Shield
Rear Connector Cover
PCMCIA Cover
66G5122
66G5066
66G5068
84G4319
85G0961
84G4291
66G5050
66G5053
14
15
16
(Includes bezels and security plate)
PCMCIA Device
17
17a Name Label
66G9228
18
Base Cover Assemblies include coil spring,
insulator, foot, power switch knob, holder,
latch buttons
Base Cover Assembly
For Benelux
For Japan
Bezel, Diskette Drive
Cover, Option Bay
Bezel, Audio Card
(Includes bracket, index 21a)
Standby Battery
84G4281
84G4282
84G4283
66G5051
66G5052
84G4292
19
20
21
22
23
66G3755
66G3761
66G3758
84G2263
For Belgium, Dutch
For Switzerland
Backup Battery
6
See “Digitizer Adjustment” on page 205.
308 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
23a Attachment Holder
84G2294
24
25
IC DRAM Card (See Options)
Battery Pack (Nickel Metal Hydride)
For Belgium, Dutch
66G2820
66G2822
66G2821
66G5063
66G5060
For Switzerland
For Danish, Sweden, Finland, Norway
Diskette Drive (4-mode)
(Includes strap, index 27)
Diskette Drive (3-mode)
(Includes strap, index 27)
Diskette Drive Removal Strap
Base Plate
Audio Card
Keyboard Lock
TrackPoint II Cap
Keyboard Assembly (See keyboard list)
Leaf Spring Plate
26
84G2269
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
66G5123
84G2293
84G4289
66G0031
66G6444
66G0041
84G4318
Upper Cover
Keyboard
Arabic
Belgian
Canadian French
Danish
Dutch
Finnish
French
German (Black)
Greek
66G0163
66G0161
66G0169
66G0160
66G0158
66G0157
66G0154
66G6402
66G0167
66G0164
66G0156
66G0171
66G0168
66G0162
66G0165
66G0159
66G0157
66G0155
66G0153
66G0166
66G0151
66G0150
Hebrew
Italian
Japanese
Latin American
Norwegian
Portuguese
Spanish
Swedish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 309
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Common/Option Parts List
Miscellaneous Parts
AC Adapter (35 W, 3-pin)
For Japan (2-pin)
AC Adapter (40 W, 3-pin)
For Japan (2-pin)
AC Adapter (40 W, 3-pin, U.S. only)
(not for 370C)
85G1952
85G6669
49G2196
49G2197
84G4320
Foot (right or left)
84G4326
Miscellaneous Parts Kit
(Includes DC-in holder, spacer, warning label)
For Models 750x
For Models 355x, 360x, 370C, 755C, 755Cs
PC Card Locking Bar
66G5039
84G2254
85G8625
66G5124
Screw Kit
(Includes:
10-2.5 x 4 mm; 10-2.5 x 6 mm
10-2.5 x 8 mm, Flat head
10-2.5 x 8 mm; 10-2.5 x 16 mm
10-hex stud I/O; 10-hex stud bus
2-washer for hex stud bus)
IC DRAM CARD Eject Tape
53G9318
Options
Notes:
1. When you replace the AC adapter or the Quick
Charger with a new one, use the one for the country
you are in even if the system is from different country.
2. The warranty for the system unit is not applied to all
options.
Audio Cable
66G5180
49G1148
Car Battery Adapter
(48G9203 label sealed)
Car Battery Adapter
(66G9984 label sealed)
Diskette Drive Attachment Unit
IC DRAM CARD 2MB
IC DRAM CARD 4MB
IC DRAM CARD 8MB
IC DRAM CARD 16MB
Microphone
PS/2 Miniature Mouse
Port Replicator
Port Replicator with PCMCIA
Quick Charger (3-pin)
For Japan (2-pin)
84G4359
66G5069
07G1414
07G1415
07G1416
66G0094
66G7871
95F5723
66G3575
66G3574
66G2815
66G2816
310 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Model Unique Options
Models 355x, 360x, 370C
Basic IC DRAM CARD (no parity)
8MB
84G5725
84G5724
84G5726
84G5917
4MB
16MB
Internal Modem Card
(U.S./Canada/Latin America)
Telephone Cable
(U.S./Canada/Latin America)
Telephone Wall Plug
84G8254
85G2367
Model 370C
Audio Card
66G5037
Basic IC DRAM CARD (no parity)
8MB
4MB
16MB
84G5725
84G5724
84G5726
66G5060
Diskette Drive (4-mode)
Supported in U.S. only.
Models 750x
AC Adapter (35 W, 3-pin)
For Japan (2-pin)
AC Adapter (40 W, 3-pin, U.S. only)
AC Adapter (40 W, 3-pin)
For Japan (2-pin)
85G1952
85G6669
84G4320
49G2196
49G2197
Models 755C, 755Cs
DIMM 4MB
84G4323
84G6545
84G4324
84G4322
66G5060
DIMM 8MB
DIMM 16MB
DIMM Adapter Card
Diskette Drive (4-mode)
Supported in U.S. only.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 311
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Numeric Keypad
Belgian
Canadian French
Danish
Dutch
French
German
Greek
Hebrew
Icelandic
95F5741
95F5466
95F5467
95F5467
95F6313
95F6314
95F5467
95F5741
95F5467
95F6316
79F6401
95F5467
95F6315
95F5468
95F5711
95F5715
95F5467
95F5741
95F5741
Italian
Japanese
Norwegian
Spanish
Swedish/Finnish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English
Accessories
Keyboard/Mouse Cable
54G0444
Tools
Tri-Connector Wrap Plug
PC Test Card
Screwdriver Kit
ThinkPad 750Ce
72X8546
35G4703
95F3598
82G3891
Hardware Maintenance Diskette
(This diskette is common for
all models of ThinkPad.)
312 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Power Cords
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
8
9
10
Warning: Use the power cord certified for your country.
30/40W
35W
1
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
Japan, 2-pin
Japan, 3-pin
Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K.
France, Germany, Spain
Italy
Australia, New Zealand
Denmark
13F9959
6454377
65F0031
14F0033
13F9979
14F0069
13F9940
13F9997
14F0087
14F0015
25H2207
85G6665
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
25H2215
25H2209
25H2223
25H2205
25H2211
25H2225
25H2213
Israel
Bangladesh, Pakistan,
Sri Lanka, South Africa
Switzerland
9
10
14F0051
1838574
25H2221
25H2219
Thailand
Notes:
Ÿ
Models 370C, 755C, and 755Cs do not support the 30W AC
adapter.
Ÿ
The 30/40W cord is 6 foot long; the 35W cord is 6 inches.
ThinkPad 355x, 360x, 370C, 750x, 755C, 755Cs 313
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
314 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
System Board and Processor Card Checkout
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout . . . 320
TrackPoint III Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Game Port Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Diskette Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
.
319
Power Systems Checkout
Power Management Features
. . . . . . . . . . 322
. . . . . . . . 328
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
FRU Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
No Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
LCD Related Symptoms
Model 755CDV Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . 337
Keyboard/TrackPoint III Related Symptoms . . 339
. . . . . . . . . . . 336
Indicator Related Symptoms
Power Related Symptoms
. . . . . . . . . 339
. . . . . . . . . . 339
Function/Audio Related Symptoms
. . . . . . 340
Peripheral Device Related Symptoms . . . . . 341
Other Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Infrared Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . 342
Intermittent Problems
Undetermined Problems
. . . . . . . . . . . . 342
. . . . . . . . . . . 343
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
How to Run the Diagnostics
Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Reset Pushbutton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Checking the Installed Devices List . . . . . . 346
Password Combinations (POP, HDP, PAP) . . 347
How to Run the Low Level Format . . . . . . 347
PC Test Card LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Fn Key Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
. . . . . . . . . 345
How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics . . . . 348
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . 350
2010 Rear Connector Door
2015 Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
2020 Battery Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
. . . . . . . . . 351
2030 CD-ROM/Diskette Drive . . . . . . . . . 353
2040 Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
2050 IC DRAM Card or DIMM Adapter . . . . 355
2060 Keyboard Spacer
2080 Keyboard Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
2090 Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
2100 Standby Battery and Front IR . . . . . . 363
2110 Backup Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
. . . . . . . . . . . 358
2115 Logic Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
2120 Shield Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
315
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2125 Video Card or Rear IR . . . . . . . . . 368
2130 DC/DC Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
2140 DSP Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
2150 Interposer Card . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
2160 System Board Assembly . . . . . . . . 372
2170 PCMCIA Slot Assembly . . . . . . . . 373
2180 Processor Card
2190 LCD Assembly
. . . . . . . . . . . . 375
. . . . . . . . . . . . 377
2195 LCD Rear Cover (755CDV only)
. . . . 378
2200 Lower Shield Assembly . . . . . . . . 379
2210 Memory Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Front View
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Parts Listing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Common/Option Parts List . . . . . . . . . . 386
316 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Checkout
Use the following procedure as a guide for computer
problems. The diagnostic tests are intended to test only
IBM products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards, or
modified options can give false errors and invalid system
responses.
1. Obtain the failing symptoms in as much detail as
possible.
2. Verify the symptoms by attempting to recreate the
failure by running the diagnostic test or by repeating
the same operation.
Note: To run the diagnostics, refer to “How to Run
the Diagnostics” on page 345.
3. Use the following table with the verified symptom to
determine which page to go to. Search the
symptoms column and find the description that best
matches your symptom; then go to the page shown in
the “Go to” column.
Symptom
Go to
Power failure. (The power
indicator does not go on or
stay on.)
“Power Systems Checkout”
on page 322.
POST does not complete.
No beeps or error codes are
indicated.
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 331, and then use the
No Beep Symptoms table.
POST beeps, but no error
codes are displayed.
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 331, and then use the
Beep Symptoms table.
POST detected an error and
displayed numeric error
codes.
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 331, and then use the
Numeric Error Codes table.
The diagnostic test detected
an error and displayed an
FRU code.
“FRU Codes” on page 334.
The configuration is not the
same as the installed
devices.
“Checking the Installed
Devices List” on page 346.
Other symptoms (such as
LCD display problems).
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 331, and then use the
other symptom table. table.
Symptoms cannot be
recreated. (Intermittent
problems.)
Use the customer reported
symptoms and go to
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 331.
Memory Checkout
One of two types of memory cards can be used, IC DRAM
card or DIMM card. See the following table for the total
memory size available when they are installed.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 317
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IC DRAM
0MB
Displayed Value
7808KB
2MB
9856KB
4MB
11904KB
8MB
16000KB
16MB
24192KB
DIMM
0MB
Displayed Value
7808KB
4MB
11904KB
16000KB
20096KB
24192KB
28288KB
32384KB
40576KB
8MB
12MB
16MB
20MB
24MB
32MB
Memory errors might stop system operations, show error
messages on the screen, or hang the system. The
computer detects memory parity errors but does not
correct them.
Use the following procedure to isolate memory problems.
1. Check whether or not the memory card use parity or
non-parity.
Note: Installing a non-parity memory card causes
parity errors when parity checking is enabled.
If the non-parity memory card is installed,
disable the parity check through the
Easy-Setup configuration screen.
2. Make sure that the memory card is fully seated in the
connector. A loose connection can cause an error.
3. Power-off the computer and remove the IC DRAM
card, or DIMM card from its slot (if installed).
4. Press and hold the F1 key; then power-on the
computer. Hold the F1 key down until the
Easy-Setup screen appears.
5. Select Test and press enter.
6. Select Memory and press enter to run the memory
test on base memory. If an error appears, replace
the memory card.
7. Power-off the computer and reinstall the IC DRAM
card or DIMM card; then power-on the computer.
Verify the memory size; then test the memory. If an
error appears, replace the IC DRAM card or the
DIMM card.
If memory problems occur intermittently, use the loop
option to repeat the test. When the test detects an error,
318 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
an error log is printed on the printer connected to the
parallel port. See “Error Log” on page 346 for more
information.
System Programs in Flash Memory: System setup
programs and diagnostic tests are stored in flash memory.
Flash Memory Update: A flash memory update is
required for the following conditions:
Ÿ
Ÿ
New versions of system programs.
New feature or options are added.
When Updating Flash Memory
Do not power-off the computer, disconnect the Vac
power, or remove the battery during the Flash update.
The system board will have to be replaced if the
update is interrupted.
Updating Flash memory also resets all of the
customer’s configuration settings to the default values.
To update the Flash memory, perform the following steps:
1. Get the appropriate diskette which contains the
update.
2. Insert the System Program Service Diskette into
drive A and power-on the computer.
3. Select Update system programs from the menu.
System Board and Processor Card
Checkout
The processing functions are performed by both the
system board and the processor card. Processor
problems can be caused by either FRU. However, the
processor card generally has a lower probability of failure.
When a numeric code calls the system board or the
processor card as a FRU, or the processor card is called
by a diagnostic test by showing FRU code 11, use the
following procedure to isolate the problem.
1. Run the system board test to verify the symptom.
This test verifies both the system board and the
processor card. If no error is detected, return to
“General Checkout” on page 317.
2. If FRU code 10 appears, replace the system board
but do not replace the processor card. Transfer the
processor card from the old system board to the new
system board.
3. If FRU code 11 appears, reseat the processor card.
4. Rerun the test to verify the fix.
5. If FRU code 11 remains, replace the processor card.
If above procedure does not correct the problem, go to
“Undetermined Problems” on page 343.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 319
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device
Checkout
Remove the external keyboard if the internal keyboard is to
be tested.
If the internal keyboard does not work or an unexpected
character appears, make sure that the three flexible cables
extending from the keyboard are correctly seated in the
connectors on the interposer card.
If the keyboard cable connection is correct, run the
Keyboard Test by doing the following:
1. Go to diagnostic menu screen by pressing Ctrl+A in
the Easy-Setup screen.
2. Press Ctrl+K; a layout of the keyboard appears on
the screen.
3. Check that when each key is pressed, the key
position on the keyboard layout on the screen
changes to a black square.
Note: When a Fn key is pressed, a black square
briefly appears.
If the tests detect a keyboard problem, do the following
one at a time to correct the problem. Do not replace a
non-defective FRU.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Reseat the three cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the Video Card Assembly.
Replace the system board.
The following auxiliary input devices are supported for this
computer.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Numeric keypad
Mouse (PS/2 compatible)
External keyboard (with keyboard/mouse cable)
If any of the above devices do not work, reseat the cable
connector and repeat the failing operation.
If the problem does not occur again, recheck the
connector.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the device, and
then the system board.
TrackPoint III Checkout
If the TrackPoint III will not work, check the configuration in
the Easy-Setup by selecting Keyboard from the Config
menu. If the configuration of the TrackPoint III is disabled,
select Enable to enable it.
If this does not correct the TrackPoint III problem, continue
with the following.
The TrackPoint III does automatic compensations to adjust
the pointer sensor. During this process, the pointer moves
320 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
on the screen automatically for a short time. This
self-acting pointer movement can occur when a slight,
steady pressure is applied to the TrackPoint III pointer
while the computer is powered on or while the system is
running, or re-adjustment is required because the
temperature has exceeded its normal temperature range.
This symptom does not indicate a hardware problem. No
service actions are necessary if the pointer movement
stops in a short period of time.
If a click button problem or pointing stick problem occurs,
do the following:
1. Go to the Easy-Setup screen.
2. Select an item with the pointing stick.
3. Press either the left or right click button.
4. Verify that both buttons work correctly.
If either the pointing stick or the click button will not work,
do the following actions one at a time to correct the
problem. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Reseat the three keyboard cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the interposer card.
Replace the system board.
Game Port Checkout
Do the following if a joystick problem occurs.
1. Connect the Joystick to the Game Port.
2. Go to the Easy-Setup screen.
3. Select an item with the Joystick.
4. Press any button of the Joystick.
5. Verify all buttons work correctly.
If either the Joystick or button does not work, replace the
system board.
Diskette Drive Test
Do the following to isolate the problem to a controller,
drive, or diskette. A scratch, write enabled, non-defective
2HD diskette is required.
Warning: Make sure that the diskette does not have
more than one label attached to it. Multiple labels can
cause damage to the drive or can cause the drive to fail.
Do the following to select the test device:
1. Select the advanced diagnostic mode and select
Tool; then select the icon FDD-1 or FDD-2 and press
the space key. A √ mark appears next to the
selected icon. Insert the blank diskette when
instructed.
2. Run the diskette drive test.
3. If the controller test detects an error, FRU code 10
appears. Replace the system board.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 321
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4. If the controller test runs without errors, the drive
read/write tests start automatically.
5. If the drive test detects an error, FRU code 50 for
FDD-1 or 51 for FDD-2 appears. If the diskette itself
is known to be good, replace the drive.
6. If the drive is attached through a Port Replicator as
FDD-1 or FDD-2 and the test detects errors, move
the drive to the computer's diskette drive connector
directly, and test it again as FDD-1.
If no errors occur at the FDD-1 position, the drive is
not defective. Go to “Port Replicator Checkout” in
“Common Devices Checkout” section to isolate the
replicator problem.
7. If the drive is attached through an Expansion Unit, go
to the service manual of the Expansion Unit to isolate
the problem.
8. If the drive is attached through a Diskette Drive
Attachment Unit, replace the unit.
Power Systems Checkout
To verify the symptom of the problem, power-on the
computer using each of the power sources as follows.
1. Remove the battery pack, diskette drive, and hard
disk drive.
2. Connect the AC Adapter and check that power is
supplied.
3. Install the diskette drive, or hard disk drive one at a
time and check that power is supplied from each
power source.
4. Disconnect the AC Adapter, remove the hard disk and
diskette drive, and install the charged battery pack;
then check that power is supplied by battery pack.
If you suspect a power problem, see the appropriate power
supply check listed below.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
“Checking the AC Adapter.”
“Checking Operational Charging” on page 323.
“Checking the Battery Pack” on page 324.
“Checking the Car-Battery Adapter” on page 326.
“Checking the Backup Battery” on page 326.
“Checking the Standby Battery” on page 327.
“Port Replicator Power Overload” on page 330.
Checking the AC Adapter: You are here
because the computer fails only when the AC Adapter is
used.
Ÿ
If the power problem occurs only when the port
replicator is used, replace the replicator.
If the power-on indicator does not turn on, check the
power cord of the AC Adapter for correct continuity
and installation.
Ÿ
322 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ÿ
If the operational charge does not work, go to
“Checking Operational Charging” on page 323.
Note: There are several types of adapters. The
procedure for checking both types is the same.
1. Unplug the AC Adapter cable from the computer and
measure the output voltage at the plug of the AC
Adapter cable. See the following figure.
2
1
AC Adapter (40W)
Pin
Voltage (V dc)
+18.0 to +21.0
Ground
1
2
AC Adapter (35W)
Pin
1
Voltage (V dc)
+16.0 +1.0/−0.5
Ground
2
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the voltage is correct, replace the system
board. If the problem is not corrected, go to
“Undetermined Problems” on page 343.
If the voltage is not correct, go to the next step.
2. Unplug the AC Adapter cable from the ac power
outlet and wait five minutes or longer to allow the
over voltage protection circuit to be fully discharged
and initialized.
3. Plug the AC Adapter cable into the ac power outlet.
4. Measure the output voltage of the AC Adapter.
5. If the voltage is still not correct, replace the AC
Adapter.
Note: An audible noise from the AC Adapter does not
always indicate a defective adapter.
Checking Operational Charging: To check
operational charging, use a discharged battery pack or a
battery pack that shows a yellow or orange battery status
indicator when it installed in the computer.
Perform operational charging. If the battery status
indicator turns orange and the battery charging indicator
turns green within two minutes, replace the AC Adapter.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 323
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Checking the Battery Pack: Battery charging will
not start until the Fuel-Gauge shows that less than 90% of
the total power remains; with this condition the battery
pack will charge to 100% of its capacity. This protects the
battery pack from being over-charged or having a
shortened life.
Before you do the following steps, check the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
The correct battery pack is used for the model.
The storage switch set to on (|).
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the battery pack and measure the voltage
between battery terminals 1 (+) and 4 (−). See the
following figure.
Ni-MH Battery Pack
Sto ra g e Switc h
(T)
Terminal
Voltage (V dc) / Signal
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
+8.0 to +16.0
Send
Thermal
Ground (−)
NC
NC
NC
Li-ion Battery Pack
Note: Li-ion battery is optional for Model 755CDV.
324 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
(T)
Terminal
Voltage (V dc) / Signal
+8.0 to +13.0
Send
1
2
3
4
5
Thermal
Ground (−)
R1
Note: Signal lines, not used in these steps, are used
for communication between the system and the
battery. The storage switch is used to control the
power to the internal microprocessor of the battery.
The storage switch should be set to off (0) only when
the battery is going to be kept in storage for more
than two months.
3. If the voltage is less than +8.0 V dc, the battery pack
has been discharged or is defective. Recharge the
battery. If the recharging does not work, go to Step 5
to check the charging circuit.
If the voltage is still less than +8.0 V dc after the
recharging, replace the battery.
4. If the voltage is more than +8.0 V dc, measure the
resistance between battery terminals 3 and 4. The
resistance must be 4 to 30 K ohm.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the battery
pack.
If the resistance is correct, replace the DC/DC card.
5. To check the charging circuit, do the following. Plug
in the AC Adapter with the battery pack removed,
then power-on the computer.
6. Measure the charging voltage between DC/DC
terminals 1 (+) and 4 (−).
7. If the voltage is less then +9.0 V dc, replace the
DC/DC card. If the voltage is more than +9.0 V dc,
the charging circuit is working correctly, replace the
battery pack.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 325
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Checking the Car-Battery Adapter
Note: There are several types of adapters but the
checkout procedure is the same for both of them.
1. Unplug the Car-Battery Adapter cable from the
computer.
2. Plug the Car-Battery Adapter into the cigarette lighter
socket.
Note: If the adapter is already plugged in, reseat it.
3. Measure the output voltage of the Car-Battery
Adapter cable. See the following figure.
3
2
1
Pin
1
Voltage (V dc)
+19.0 to +21.0
2, 3
Ground
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the voltage is correct and the power-on
indicator on the Car-Battery Adapter is on all the
time, the Car-Battery is working correctly.
Replace the system board.
If the problem is not resolved when the system
board is replaced, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 343.
If the voltage is outside the normal voltage
range, do one of the following:
–
Try the above test procedures in a different
car, if one is available.
–
Replace the Car-Battery Adapter if the
computer works correctly with the AC
Adapter.
Note: If the output voltage from the cigarette lighter
socket of the car is less than 10.5 V dc, a
continuous noise can be heard. The condition of
the car battery should be checked by appropriate
service personal.
Checking the Backup Battery
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Open the keyboard, and remove the battery pack.
3. Remove the backup battery from the shield assembly.
4. Measure the voltage of the backup battery. See the
following figure.
326 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Wire
Red
Voltage (V dc)
+2.5 to +3.7
Ground
Black
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the voltage is correct, replace the system board.
If the voltage is not correct, the backup battery has
been discharged. Replace the backup battery.
If the backup battery discharges quickly after
replacement, replace the system board.
Ÿ
Checking the Standby Battery
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Open the keyboard, and remove the battery pack and
the diskette drive.
3. Remove the standby battery. (Refer to “2100 Standby
Battery and Front IR” on page 363 to remove the
battery.)
4. Measure the voltage of the standby battery.
Ÿ
If the voltage between red and black is 3.5 V dc
or greater, the voltage is correct. Go to Step 10
on page 328 to verify standby battery operation.
If the voltage is less than 3.5 V dc, go to the
next step.
Ÿ
5. Plug the AC Adapter into the computer and power-on
the computer.
6. Measure the output voltage at the connector on the
system board.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 327
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Pin
+
Voltage (V dc)
+4.0
−
Ground
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the voltage is less than +4.0 V dc, replace the
DC/DC card. If the voltage is still low, replace
the system board.
If the voltage is more than +4.0 V dc, power-off
the computer, replace the standby battery, and
go to the next step.
7. Ensure that the AC Adapter is plugged into the
computer; then power-on the computer.
8. Charging of the standby battery starts. A depleted
battery needs approximately 30 minutes to be
recharged to the operational voltage of +3.5 V dc.
9. Unplug the AC Adapter.
10. Verify the standby battery function by removing and
installing the battery pack during suspend mode.
Note: Removing and installing the battery pack
during suspend mode should be done within one
minute. The resume operation must start. If the
resume operation does not work, switching of power
from the battery pack to standby battery will not be
correct. Replace the DC/DC card.
If replacing the DC/DC card does not resolve the
problem, replace the system board.
Power Management Features
Three power management modes are provided by the
computer to save power consumption and prolong battery
power.
328 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Standby Mode: When in standby mode the following
occurs:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The LCD backlight turns off.
The hard disk motor stops.
The CPU clock is set to the lowest speed.
Events that cause entering of standby mode:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Standby requested by the Fn key. (Fn+F3)
No activity under auto-standby enabled by the
feature utility.
Events that cause exiting or resuming of standby mode:
(Resume) Any key operation.
Ÿ
Suspend Mode: When the computer enters the
suspend mode, the following occurs:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The LCD backlight turns off.
The LCD power is powered-off.
The hard disk is powered-off.
The CPU clock is set to the lowest speed.
The CPU is stopped.
Ÿ
In the ThinkPad Features Program, the computer can
be set to “Will not suspend even if LCD is closed.”.
When the computer is powered with ac power and is
used with one of the following IBM PC cards, the
computer will only enter the standby mode. The PC
card and application program remain active.
Ÿ
–
–
–
–
3270 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
5250 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
Token-Ring 16/4 Credit Card Adapter
Credit Card Adapter for Ethernet
The following conditions prevent the computer from
entering the suspend mode.
Ÿ
Ÿ
While the communication link is running.
When a serial mouse or external pointing device has
been selected in the Config menu of the Easy-Setup.
Events that cause the computer to enter the suspend
mode:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Suspend mode is requested by the Fn key (Fn+F4).
The LCD is closed.
The keyboard is opened.
The specified time has elapsed from the last
operation with the keyboard, mouse, hard disk drive,
parallel connector, diskette drive, or the AC Adapter is
plugged in. The time is specified by Suspend Timer
in the ThinkPad Features program.
Ÿ
Ÿ
The battery condition is low. The battery power
indicator blinks (orange).
The PS2 OFF command is set in the ThinkPad
Features program.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 329
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Events that cause exiting or resuming of the suspend
mode:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
(Resume) The LCD is opened.
(Resume) The keyboard is closed.
(Resume) Real time clock alarm signaled.
(Resume) Ring indicator (RI) signaled by serial or
PCMCIA device.
Ÿ
Ÿ
(Resume) The Fn key is pressed.
(Exit) Timer conditions are satisfied to enter
hibernation mode.
Hibernation Mode: When in hibernation mode, the
following occurs:
Ÿ
The system status, RAM, VRAM, and setup data are
stored on the hard disk.
Ÿ
The system is powered-off.
Events that prevent the computer from entering the
hibernation mode.
Ÿ
A serial mouse or external pointing device has been
selected in the Config menu of the Easy-Setup.
The computer is powered with ac power and one of
the following IBM PC cards is used.
Ÿ
–
–
–
–
–
–
PCMCIA Data/FAX Modem
High Speed PCMCIA Data/FAX Modem
3270 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
5250 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
Token-Ring 16/4 Credit Card Adapter
Credit Card Adapter for Ethernet
Events that cause the computer to enter the hibernation
mode.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Pressing the Fn key (Fn+F12).
Timer conditions are satisfied in suspend mode.
Critical low battery condition.
Event that causes the computer to exit the hibernation
mode.
Ÿ
The power-on switch is operated.
When power is turned on, the hibernation history of the
boot record on the hard disk is recognized and system
status is restored from the hard disk to resume operation.
Port Replicator Power Overload: If intermittent
power shut-downs occur while using PCMCIA-2 devices
through a port replicator, suspect an over-current problem.
Some PCMCIA devices use too much power, and if the
maximum usage of each device occurs simultaneously, the
total current could exceed the replicator limit, thereby
causing a power shut down. Remove each device one at
a time and repeat the sequence until problem fails to
return. Ten determine the cause.
330 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists the symptoms and errors
and the possible causes. The most likely cause is listed
first.
Perform the FRU replacement or actions in the sequence
shown in the “FRU/Action” columns. If a FRU did not
solve the problem, put the original part back in the
computer. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.
This index can also be used to help you decide which
FRUs to have available when servicing a computer.
Numeric error codes show the errors detected in POST or
system operation. In the following error codes, X can be
any number.
If no codes are available, use narrative symptoms.
If the symptom is not listed, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 343.
Note: For IBM devices not supported by diagnostic codes
of the ThinkPad computers, see the manual for that
device.
Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
10X
110
1. System Board
1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” on
page 317.
2. IC DRAM Card or
DIMM Card
3. System Board
111
1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” on
page 317.
2. Expansion Unit/Port
Replicator
3. System Board
158
1. Set a HDP.
(HDP was not set even
though the supervisor
password is set.)
159
1. Set a correct HDP.
(HDP is not set the same as
the supervisor password.)
161
1. Go to “Checking the
Backup Battery” on
page 326.
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 331
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
163
1. Set Time and Date.
(Time and Date was not
set.)
2. System Board
173
1. Select OK in the error
screen; then set time
and date.
(Configuration data were
lost.)
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board
174
1. Check Device
Configuration.
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly
(Perform “Checking the
Installed Devices List” on
page 346 before changing
any FRUs.)
4. Hard Disk Drive
Assembly
175, 177, 178
1. System Board
183
1. Have the user
examine the
password.
(Incorrect password entered
at the supervisor password
prompt.)
184
1. Reset the POP in
(POP check sum error.)
Easy-Setup.
185
1. Reset the startup
sequence in
(The startup sequence is
not valid. Suspect that
power was off when the
startup sequence was being
updated.)
Easy-Setup.
186
188
1. System Board
1. Set the system
identification using
the ThinkPad 750Ce
hardware
maintenance diskette.
190
1. Go to “Checking the
Battery Pack” on
page 324.
(Depleted battery pack was
installed when the power
was on.)
191XX
1. System Board
2. Processor card
195
1. Check if the
configuration was
changed.
(The configuration read from
the hibernation area does
not match the actual
configuration.)
For example, check if
the disk drive is from
another computer.
196
1. Run the hard disk
drive test.
2. Hard Disk Drive
(Read error occurred in the
hibernation area of the
HDD.)
199XX
1XX
1. System Board
1. System Board
332 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
2XX
FRU/Action
1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” on
page 317.
2. IC DRAM Card, DIMM,
or DIMM Adapter
3. System Board
301, 303, 304, 305, 3XX
1. Go to
“Keyboard/Auxiliary
Input Device
Checkout” on
page 320.
2. Keyboard
3. Video Card
4. External Numeric
Keypad
5. External Keyboard
6. Keyboard/Mouse Cable
7. System Board
601, 6XX
1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 321.
2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
3. Diskette
4. System Board
602
1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 321.
2. Diskette
(Diskette read error.)
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly
604
1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 321.
2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
(Non-acceptable ID was
read from the diskette
drive.)
3. System Board
11XX
12XX
1. Serial Device (First)
2. Communication Cable
3. System Board
1. Serial Device
(Second)
2. Communication Cable
3. System Board
17XX
24XX
808X
1. Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board
1. System Board
2. Video Card
1. PCMCIA Slot
Assembly
2. PCMCIA Device
3. System Board
860X
1. External Mouse
2. External Keyboard
3. System Board
(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint III is disabled.)
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 333
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
861X
1. Reseat the keyboard
Track Point III cable
at the interposer
card.
(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint III is enabled.)
See “2080 Keyboard
Unit” on page 359.
2. Keyboard
3. External Mouse
4. Video Card
5. System Board
I9990301
I9990302
I9990305
1. Reseat the boot
device.
2. Check the startup
sequence for the
correct boot device.
3. Check that operating
system has no failure,
or is installed correctly.
I9990303
1. System Board
Other codes not listed
above
1. Go to “Undetermined
Problems” on
page 343.
FRU Codes
If an error is detected by the diagnostic tests, a four-digit
FRU code is displayed. The FRU code indicates two
suspected FRUs. Replace the FRU that is indicated by
the two leftmost digits first, then replace the FRU indicated
by the two rightmost digits. No FRU is assigned to code
00. If only one FRU is suspected, the other FRU code is
filled with zeros. See the referenced page before replacing
the FRU.
FRU Code
FRU/Action
System Board
Processor Card
DSP Card
10
11
16
17
18
20
Front IR unit
Rear IR unit
Memory
(See “Memory Checkout” on page 317.)
30
32
33
40
41
45
50
Reserved
External Keyboard
External Mouse
LCD Assembly
Video Card
External CRT
1. Reseat the Drive (FDD-1)
2. Diskette Drive (FDD-1)
334 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FRU Code
FRU/Action
51
1. Reseat the Drive (FDD-2)
2. Diskette Drive (FDD-2)
60
61
1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive (HDD-1)
2. Hard Disk Drive (HDD-1)
1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive (HDD-2)
2. Hard Disk Drive (HDD-2)
70
71
80
90
PCMCIA-2 (Replicator)
PCMCIA (under CD-ROM drive)
Cellular Modem
CD-ROM Drive
Note: The device ID and error codes are used to indicate
the detail portion of the FRU which caused the error. If
replacing a FRU does not correct a problem, see the
Device ID or error code from the previous failure. If they
have changed, the cause might be because the new FRU
is defective or that the FRU was incorrectly installed.
If the problem remains after replacement of the FRUs, go
to “Undetermined Problems” on page 343.
Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Continuous beeps.
System Board
One beep and a blank,
unreadable, or flashing
LCD.
1. Reseat all LCD
connectors.
2. LCD Assembly
3. Video Card
4. System Board
5. DC/DC Card
One beep, and the message
“Unable to access boot
source.”
1. Boot device
2. System Board
One long, two short beeps
and a blank or unreadable
LCD.
1. System Board
2. Video Card
3. LCD Assembly
One long beep followed by
four short beeps each time
the power switch is
Connect the AC Adapter
or install a fully-charged
battery.
operated.
(System cannot power-on
due to low battery voltage.)
One beep every second.
(System is shutting down
due to low battery voltage.)
Connect the AC Adapter
or install a fully-charged
battery (allows system to
complete shutdown
before changing the
battery).
Two short beeps with error
codes.
POST error. See
“Numeric Error Codes” on
page 331.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 335
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Two short beeps with blank
screen.
System Board
No Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
No beep, power-on indicator
not on, and a blank LCD
during POST.
1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 322.
2. System Board
3. DC/DC Card
4. Power sources
No beep, power-on indicator
on, and a blank LCD during
POST.
1. System Board
2. DC/DC Card
3. Processor Card
No beep, power-on indicator
on, and a blinking cursor
only during POST.
1. System Board
2. Processor Card
3. DC/DC Card
No beep during POST but
system runs correctly.
1. Turn the volume up
and check the
speaker
2. Speaker
3. DSP Card
4. DC/DC Card
LCD Related Symptoms
The TFT LCD for the notebook computer contains over
921000 thin film transistors (TFTs). A small number of
missing, discolored or lighted dots (on all the time) is
characteristic of TFT LCD technology, but excessive pixel
problems can cause viewing concerns.
Before Replacing the LCD
The LCD should not be replaced unless the number of
dots satisfies the following condition:
Ÿ
The number of missing or discolored, or lighted
dots in any colored background is 21 or more.
Note: For Model 755CDV, see also “Model 755CDV
Symptoms” on page 337 for LCD related
symptoms.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
No beep, power-on indicator
on, and a blank LCD during
POST.
1. System Board
2. DC/DC Card
3. Video Card
4. Processor Card
336 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Ÿ
LCD backlight not
working, or
1. Reseat the LCD
connectors.
2. LCD Assembly
3. Interposer Card
4. DC/DC Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
LCD too dark, or
LCD brightness cannot
be adjusted, or
Ÿ
LCD contrast cannot
be adjusted.
Ÿ
Ÿ
LCD screen
unreadable, or
Characters missing
pels, or
Screen abnormal, or
Wrong color displayed.
1. See the preceding
note on replacing
LCDs.
2. Reseat all LCD
connectors.
3. LCD Assembly
4. System Board
5. Video Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
6. Interposer Card
LCD has extra horizontal or
vertical lines displayed.
LCD Assembly
Model 755CDV Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
The screen is
black when the
LCD cover is
installed.
1. Verify that the LCD cover is
firmly installed on the LCD.
2. Diagnose the LCD assembly by
following “LCD Related
Symptoms” on page 336.
The LCD is wavy
when the
computer is
placed on the
overhead
Some overhead projectors interfere
with the LCD of the computer. Use
another overhead projector.
projector.
The LCD stays
on even when
the LCD cover is
removed.
Make sure that the switch on the
rear of the LCD is not stuck. If it is
stuck, release it with the tip of a
ball-point pen.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 337
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Ÿ
Ÿ
Abnormal
screen
Uneven
color on the
screen
1. Check that the white film on the
LCD cover is clean. Gently
wipe the film with a dry, soft
cloth, such as a lens cleaner.
2. LCD Cover
Ÿ
Spot on the
screen
3. Diagnose the LCD assembly by
following “LCD Related
Symptoms” on page 336.
Note: The customer may be
responsible for repair costs if the LCD
cover was damaged due to misuse,
excessive force, scratch, or liquid
spilled by the customer.
The computer
has an
intermittent
problem when
you use it on the
overhead
Problem such as high environmental
temperature might be the cause.
Use the stand supplied with the
computer.
projector.
The remote
control does not
work.
1. Check that two AAA alkaline
batteries are installed in the
remote control.
2. Check that two AAA alkaline
batteries in the remote control are
at their normal energy (voltage)
level.
3. Enable the IR port of the computer
with the ThinkPad Features
program. (Disable the serial port
at this time.)
4. Refer to the trouble shooting
section in the Help menu of the
Mind Path Presentation F/X
program. Set up this program
following the guide.
5. If the preceding items are correct,
the radiation from the light of the
overhead projector might be
interfering the IR port of the
computer. Disable the rear IR
port of the computer, and use the
remote control with the front IR
port.
6. Use the remote control with
another computer, which IR port
works normally. If the remote
control does not work, the remote
control is not working properly.
If there is still a problem, refer to
“Infrared Related Symptoms” on
page 342.
338 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Keyboard/TrackPoint III Related
Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Keyboard (one or more
keys) does not work.
1. Reseat the three
keyboard cables.
2. Keyboard
3. Video Card
4. System Board
TrackPoint III does not
work.
1. Go to “TrackPoint III
Checkout” on
page 320.
2. Keyboard
3. Video Card
4. System Board
Pointer moves automatically
or does not work correctly.
1. See “TrackPoint III
Checkout” on
page 320.
Indicator Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Indicator incorrectly remains
off or on, but system runs
correctly.
1. Reseat the status
indicator cable.
2. Status Indicator
3. Interposer Card
4. System Board
Battery power status
indicator blinks from green,
yellow, to orange.
1. Check that a correct
battery is installed.
2. Set the battery storage
switch to ON.
3. Battery Pack
4. DC/DC Card
5. System Board
Power Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Power shut down during
operation.
1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 322.
2. Battery Pack
3. Remove the battery
pack and let it cool for
two hours.
4. DC/DC Card
5. Power sources
The system will not
power-off.
1. Press the Reset
pushbutton.
(See “Reset Pushbutton” on
page 346.)
2. System Board
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 339
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Function/Audio Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
The system will not suspend
or resume by opening or
closing the keyboard.
1. Go to “Suspend
Mode” on page 329
and check that the
computer can enter
suspend mode.
2. DC/DC Card
3. Video Card
4. System Board
The system will not suspend
or resume by opening or
closing the LCD.
1. Go to “Suspend
Mode” on page 329
and that check that
the computer can
enter suspend mode.
2. Top Cover
3. DC/DC Card
4. System Board
Battery Fuel-Gauge does
not go higher than 90%.
Go to “Checking the
Battery Pack” on
page 324 and see the
note.
Memory count (size)
appears differently from
actual size.
Go to “Memory Checkout”
on page 317.
System configuration does
not match the installed
devices.
Go to “Checking the
Installed Devices List” on
page 346.
System hangs intermittently.
Go to “Intermittent
Problems” on page 342.
340 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Peripheral Device Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
External display does not
work correctly.
1. See “External Display
Self-Test” in
“Common Devices
Checkout” section.
Printer problems.
1. Run Printer Self-test.
2. Parallel Port Device
3. Cable
4. System Board
Serial or parallel port device
problems.
1. Device
2. Device Cable
3. System Board
Other Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Errors occur only when Port
Replicator is used.
See “Port Replicator
Checkout” in “Common
Devices Checkout”
section.
PCMCIA slot pin is
damaged.
PCMCIA Slots Assembly
Note: If you cannot find a symptom or error in this list
and the problem remains, see “Undetermined Problems”
on page 343.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 341
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Infrared Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Unable to communicate
using the Infrared (IR) Port
1. Make sure the setup
for the IR is correct.
2. Make sure there are
no fluorescent lights
near the computer.
The computer may
receive electrical noise
from the fluorescent
light.
3. Run the advanced
diagnostic test. If an
error occurs and a
FRU code is displayed,
replace the parts
shown by the FRU
code.
4. For Model 755CDV, if
the remote control is
enabled, the
communication with
the IR port is disabled.
Run the Mind Path
Presentation F/X
program and set the
infrared to OFF; then
observe the symptom.
Intermittent Problems
Intermittent system hang problems can be caused by a
variety of reasons that have nothing to do with a hardware
defect such as: cosmic radiation, electrostatic discharge, or
software errors. FRUs replacement should only be
considered when a recurring problems exits.
When analyzing the intermittent problem, do the following:
1. Run the advanced diagnostic test for the system
board in loop mode at least 10 times.
2. If no error is detected, do not replace any FRUs.
3. If any error is detected, replace the FRU shown by
the FRU code. Rerun the test to verify that no more
errors exist.
342 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Undetermined Problems
You are here because the diagnostic tests did not identify
which adapter or device failed, installed devices are
incorrect, a short circuit is suspected, or the system is
inoperative. Follow the procedures below to isolate the
failing FRU (do not isolate non-defective FRUs).
Verify that all attached devices are supported by the
computers.
Verify that the power supply being used at the time of the
failure is operating correctly. (See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 322.)
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Check the cables, wires, and connectors for short
circuits and open circuits. Visually check them for
damage. If any problems are found, replace the
FRU.
3. Remove or disconnect all of the following devices.
a. Non-IBM devices
b. Devices attached to the expansion bus
connector
c. Printer, mouse, and other external devices
d. Battery pack
e. Hard disk drive
f. Diskette drive or the device attached to the
diskette drive connector
g. IC DRAM card or DIMM card
h. PC Cards
Note: Remember that removing the hard disk
drive, an IC DRAM card, or any adapter or
device, might cause configuration errors. Ignore
error code 174.
4. Power-on the computer.
5. Determine if the problem has changed.
6. If the problem does not occur again, reconnect the
removed devices one at a time until you find the
failing FRU.
7. If the problem remains, replace the following FRUs
one at a time. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
DC/DC card
Interposer card
LCD assembly
System board
Processor card
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 343
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Related Service Procedures
This section provides information about the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
“Status Indicators”
“How to Run the Diagnostics” on page 345
“Error Log” on page 346
“Reset Pushbutton” on page 346
“Checking the Installed Devices List” on page 346
“Password Combinations (POP, HDP, PAP)” on
page 347
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
“How to Run the Low Level Format” on page 347
“PC Test Card LED” on page 347
“Fn Key Combinations” on page 348
“How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics” on page 348
Status Indicators
The system status indicators show the current computer
status in different colors (green, yellow, and orange).
Symbol
Color
Meaning
Blinking green
Speaker sounds
Green
Battery fully
charged
Yellow
Battery usable
Orange
Battery low, or
if
is green,
the operational
charge cannot
be performed.
Blinking orange
Battery almost
depleted
Blinking green,
yellow, and
orange
Battery storage
switch is set off
if
is blinking
Orange, or
twice every 3
seconds, the
battery is
Green, or Yellow
discharging.
Green
Battery charging
Orange
PC card in-use
Orange
Orange
Green
Diskette drive
in-use
Hard disk drive
in-use
Keys in Num
Lock mode
344 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symbol
Color
Meaning
Green
Keys in Caps
Lock mode
Green
Keys in Scroll
Lock mode
Green
Computer in
suspend mode
Blinking green
Computer
resuming normal
mode
Green
Computer
powered on
How to Run the Diagnostics
Use either the TrackPoint III or the cursor move keys to
interact with the tests. The Enter key works the same as
selecting the OK icon to reply OK.
1. Press and hold the F1 key; then power-on the
computer. Hold the F1 key down until Easy-setup
screen appears.
2. Select Test and press Enter.
3. Select a device and press Enter to run the test.
To test the Infrared Port, click the "SystemBoard"
icon.
4. The test progress screen appears.
5. OK appears when the test ends without any errors.
6. Start the Advanced Diagnostic test by pressing
Ctrl+A on the basic diagnostic menu screen.
7. Select Tool to install the tools.
8. Select a device, press the space key, and install the
tool. Multiple devices can be selected by repeating
this step.
A √ mark appears for the selected device.
9. Select OK and press Enter if the selection is OK.
10. Select a device and press Enter to start the tests.
11. Select Test All to test all devices.
12. Select Loop Test to loop tests.
A loop option menu appears in which a device loop or
all loop can be selected. Select a device and press
the space key to select a device. Repeat this step to
select multiple devices. Press Enter to start the
diagnostic loop. If no device is selected, all device
tests are looped.
13. To exit the loop, keep pressing Ctrl+Pause until the
test exits. A beep sounds to notify that the exit
interrupt is sensed by the test program.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 345
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Error Log
Diagnostic errors are printed on the printer that is attached
to the parallel port when the error is detected. The error is
also logged in the system memory.
Do the following to display the errors.
1. End the test, if it is running.
2. Press Ctrl+A to select the advanced diagnostic mode.
3. Press Ctrl+E.
4. The error log appears.
5. To exit the screen, select the cancel icon or press
Esc.
The error log is not saved when system power is
powered-off.
Reset Pushbutton
The reset pushbutton resets the system and forces the
power to be powered-off . Use this pushbutton when the
power is not completely off or the system is hung. See
“Rear View” on page 382 for the location of the
pushbutton.
Checking the Installed Devices List
If a device is installed but the icon appears in a gray shade
rather than a dark shade on the basic diagnostics screen,
the device is defective. Reseat the device connectors. If
the symptom remains, replace the device or the system
board. If needed, adjust the contrast control to clearly
distinguish the shades of the icon.
If a device that is not installed appears in a dark shade, for
example, FDD-2 appears in a dark shade when NO
second FDD is installed, do the following.
1. Replace the first device, such as a FDD-1, HDD-1, or
PCMCIA-1.
2. If the problem remains, replace the system board.
PCMCIA-1, Parallel, and Serial icons are always displayed
in dark shade, because the icons represent subsystems of
the system board and not attachment of the devices.
The HDD-1, FDD-1, or PCMCIA-1 represents the first
drive in the system configuration, respectively. Similarly,
the HDD-2, FDD-2, or PCMCIA-2 represents the second
drive, usually attached through a port replicator or an
expansion unit.
346 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Password Combinations (POP, HDP,
PAP)
The password relationship is:
Ÿ
When POP is the same as HDP
The POP prompt appears, but the HDP prompt does
not appear.
Ÿ
Ÿ
When POP is not the same as HDP
Both POP and HDP prompts appear.
PAP and HDP
When PAP is used, the HDP is enabled automatically,
but no HDP prompt appears. The HDP is set the
same as PAP.
How to Run the Low Level Format
Do the following to format the hard disk.
Warning: Make sure the drive address to be formatted is
correct. This procedure will erase all information on the
disk.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the ThinkPad 755Ce hardware maintenance
diskette into diskette drive A and power-on the
computer.
Note: You can use this maintenance diskette for all
models.
3. Select Format the hard disk from the main menu.
4. Select the drive from the menu.
5. Follow the instructions on the screen.
PC Test Card LED
The green LED on the PC test card turns on when the
PCMCIA test is running. If the LED does not turn on,
check that the card is installed correctly by reseating the
card. If it still does not turn on after it is reseated, try
using another slot for the test. If the LED still does not
turn on and the test fails, replace the FRU shown in the
diagnostic error code.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 347
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fn Key Combinations
The following table shows the Fn key and function key
combinations and their corresponding functions.
The Fn key works independently from the operating
system. The operating system obtains the status through
the system management interface to control the system.
Fn +
F1
Description
Reserved
F2
Fuel-gauge display ON/OFF
Standby mode invocation
Suspend mode invocation
Reserved
F3
F4
F5
F6
Reserved
F7
LCD/CRT display switching
Reserved
F8
F9
Reserved
F10
F11
Reserved
Power management mode
switching
(Toggles High power,
Intelligent, Economy)
F12
Hibernation invocation
How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics
Do the following to run the keyboard test.
1. Go to the advanced diagnostic screen menu by
pressing Ctrl+A in Easy-Setup menu.
2. Go to the keyboard diagnostic test menu by pressing
Ctrl+K.
3. Check that when each key is pressed, the key
position on the keyboard layout on the screen
changes to a black square.
Note: When a Fn key is pressed, a black square
briefly appears.
348 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product Overview
The following table shows an overview of the system
features.
Feature
Description
Processor
Intel 486DX4 100/33 MHz
Bus Architecture
Ÿ
Ÿ
AT Bus
VESA Local Bus for video
subsystem
Memory
8MB (on the system board)
(Standard)
Memory (Option)
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
2, 4, 8, 16MB, Basic IC DRAM
card (max. 16 MB)
4, 8, 16MB, DIMM card (max. 40
MB)
DIMM card adapter
CMOS RAM
VGA Video
128 Bytes
10.4-inch, 64K color, TFT LCD color
Diskette Drive
(Removable)
Ÿ
0.720, 1.2, 1.44, 2.88MB
(4-mode), 3.5-inch
Ÿ
0.720, 1.44, (2-mode), 3.5-inch
Hard Disk Drive
(Removable)
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
340MB, 2.5-inch
540MB, 2.5-inch
810MB, 2.5-inch
Super Video
Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Video accelerator
Video capture/overlay
Video composite In/Out
CD-ROM
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
5-inch
Double speed
IDE interface
DSP Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Microphone jack
Headphone jack
Modem port
IR
Two infra-red ports
PCMCIA
One Type-III or two Type-II
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 349
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FRU Removals and Replacements
This section contains information about removals and
replacements.
Ÿ
An electrostatic discharge (ESD) strap must be used
to establish personal grounding.
The system board is sensitive to, and can be
damaged by, electrostatic discharge. Establish
personal grounding by touching a ground point with
one hand before touching these units.
Ÿ
The arrows in the “Removals and Replacements”
section show the direction of movement to remove a
FRU, or to turn a screw to release the FRU. The
arrows are marked in numeric order, in square
callouts, to show the correct sequence of removal.
When other FRUs must be removed before removing
the failing FRU, they are listed at the top of the page.
To replace a FRU, reverse the removal procedure
and follow any notes that pertain to replacement.
See “Locations” for internal cable connections and
arrangement information.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
When replacing a FRU, use the correct screw size as
shown in the procedures.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, and then disconnect any
interconnecting cables.
Safety Notice 3: Translation on page 9
The battery pack contains small amounts of nickel.
Do not disassemble it, throw it into fire or water, or
short-circuit it. Dispose of the battery pack as
required by local ordinances or regulations.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or other
small parts, are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computer
and listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical short circuits.
350 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2010 Rear Connector Door
Remove the center latch .1/; then remove the rear
connector door by flexing it .2/.
2015 Foot
To replace the foot:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Align the foot in the open position with one pivot in its
hinge in the base cover
Press the other pivot point into position with your
thumb or finger
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 351
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2020 Battery Pack
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Notes:
1. Be careful that the computer does not fall backward
when the battery pack is removed.
2. When replacing the battery pack, check that the
storage switch of the new battery is set to the on (|)
position. Do not operate the storage switch of a
battery that has been used and is going to be
re-used.
3. Check that the keyboard latch springs are in place.
352 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2030 CD-ROM/Diskette Drive
Note: Remove the CD-ROM/Diskette drive exactly as
shown in the figure. Do not apply any extra force to the
CD-ROM/Diskette drive when removing it.
Warning: When replacing the CD-ROM/diskette drive,
check that the standby battery is seated correctly to
prevent damage to the drive.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 353
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2040 Hard Disk Drive
Ÿ
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Warning: Do not drop or apply any shock to the hard
disk drive. The hard disk drive is sensitive to physical
shock. Incorrect handling can cause damage it, and cause
permanent loss of data on the hard disk. Before removing
the hard disk drive, have the user make a backup copy of
all the information on the hard disk. Never remove the
hard disk drive while the system is operating or is in
suspend mode.
Note: Remove the hard disk drive exactly as shown in
the figure. Do not apply any extra force to the hard disk
drive when removing it.
Warning: After replacing the hard disk drive, latch the
removal strap into the correct position.
354 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2050 IC DRAM Card or DIMM Adapter
Ÿ
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Note: One of the following combinations occupies the slot
depending on the configuration.
Ÿ
Ÿ
IC DRAM card + IC DRAM card base
DIMMs on DIMM adapter
If the IC DRAM Card is installed:
Warning: The IC DRAM card is sensitive to physical
shock. Incorrect handling of the card can damage it. The
eject tape (P/N 53G9318) must be used to remove the
card.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 355
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
If the DIMM Adapter is installed:
Press both locks at the same time and remove the DIMM.
While holding the strap .A/, pull the DIMM adapter toward
the front to remove it.
356 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Notes:
1. If the IC DRAM cards or the DIMM are not installed
and the base plate is installed instead of these cards,
remove the plate as follows:
a. Pinch the projection .A/ on the left side of the
plate; then pull the plate slightly toward the front.
b. Raise the rear portion of the plate and remove it.
2. When inserting the DIMM into either connector on the
DIMM adapter:
a. Locate the triangle .A/ on the right side of the
socket.
b. With the notched end of the DIMM .B/ toward
the triangle, insert the DIMM into the socket.
c. Pivot the DIMM until it snaps into place.
If you have another DIMM to install, insert it in
the other socket the same way.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 357
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2060 Keyboard Spacer
358 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2080 Keyboard Unit
Ÿ
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Loosen the three screws .2/ and .3/, and push .4/ to
release the five top cover latches at the rear side of the
system unit.
When removing the screw covers .1/, use a small
screwdriver.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 359
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The keyboard unit is connected to the system board with
flexible cables. Remove the upper cover; then disconnect
the cables to remove the keyboard unit as shown.
To remove the top cover, do not latch the keyboard.
Lower the keyboard and remove the top cover.
Warning: Do not pull the keyboard cables.
The keyboard cables will be damaged if the keyboard
is disconnected without releasing the three latches
.7/.
EMI Spring Plate
Notes:
1. When replacing the keyboard, check that the three
cables are clean, and inserted straight and fully into
the connectors. Slide both ends of each latch at the
same time to make sure that each cable is correctly
inserted. Go to “Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device
Checkout” on page 320 and test all keys before
returning the computer to the customer.
2. When replacing the top cover, insert the four latches
at the rear side of the cover into the foot guide of the
the LCD; push the right, left, and front sides to snap it
into place.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
360 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Step
.2/
Location (Quantity)
Top cover (1)
Length
14 mm
4 mm
.3/
Top cover (2)
.6/
Top cover (1)
4 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 361
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2090 Status Indicator
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Warning: Do not pull the status indicator cable. The
cable will be damaged if the status indicator is
disconnected without releasing the latch in step .2/.
Note: When replacing the indicator, insert the flexible
cable straight into the connector until the head of the cable
stops. Slide both ends of the latches at the same time to
make sure that the cable is correctly inserted.
1
2
2
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
Location (Quantity)
Length
.1/
LED Stand off (2)
14 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
362 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2100 Standby Battery and Front IR
Ÿ
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Where: .A/ is the IR Cable. .B/ is the Standby Battery
Cable. .C/ is the IR Lens.
Note: When replacing the battery, make sure the battery
are seated correctly. Make sure the IR lens .2/ is in the
correct position by sliding it end to end.
Step
Location (Quantity)
Length
.1/
cover (1)
4 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
Safety Notice 2: Translation on page 8
The standby battery contains a small amount of nickel
and cadmium. Do not disassemble it, recharge it,
throw it into fire or water, or short-circuit it. Dispose of
the battery as required by local ordinances or
regulations.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 363
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2110 Backup Battery
Ÿ
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Safety Notice 4: Translation on page 10
The backup battery is a lithium battery and can cause
a fire, explosion, or severe burn. Do not recharge it,
remove its polarized connector, disassemble it, heat it
above 100°C (212°F), incinerate it, or expose its cell
contents to water. Dispose of the battery as required
by local ordinances or regulations. Use of an incorrect
battery can result in ignition or explosion of the
battery. Replacement batteries can be ordered from
IBM or IBM Authorized Dealers.
364 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2115 Logic Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Backup Battery (2110)
The screw .1/ is located at the rear bottom side.
See next page.
Note: When replacing the logic assembly, align the
power-key slide hub with the power-switch actuator
by moving the power-key in the direction of the
arrow. See the large circle in the figure. Before
tightening any screws, check that the power-switch
operates correctly.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 365
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Step
.1/
Location (Quantity)
Logic assembly (1)
Logic assembly (4)
Length
4 mm
.4/
8 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
366 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2120 Shield Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Backup Battery (2110)
Logic Assembly (2115)
Step
.1/
Location (Quantity)
Shield assembly (3)
Shield assembly (3)
Shield assembly (1)
Length
4 mm
.2/
.3/
14 mm
8 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 367
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2125 Video Card or Rear IR
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Logic Assembly (2115)
Shield Assembly (2120)
The connector is located under .A/.
Do .4/ and .5/ after step .3/ to remove the rear IR.
4
5
B
368 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2130 DC/DC Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Logic Assembly (2115)
Shield Assembly (2120)
Video Card or Rear IR (2125)
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 369
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2140 DSP Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Logic Assembly (2115)
Shield Assembly (2120)
Video Card or Rear IR (2125)
DC-DC Card (2130)
Remove the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Mini-Jack Holder
Modem Guide
Modem Lever
Microphone Cable
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
.1/
Location (Quantity)
DSP card (1)
Length
8 mm
.2/
DSP card (1)
14 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
370 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2150 Interposer Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Logic Assembly (2115)
Shield Assembly (2120)
Video Card or Rear IR (2125)
DC-DC Card (2130)
DSP Card (2140)
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 371
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2160 System Board Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Logic Assembly (2115)
Shield Assembly (2120)
Video Card or Rear IR (2125)
DC/DC Card (2130)
DSP Card (2140)
Interposer Card (2150)
Processor Card (2180)
Notes:
1. Before removing and replacing the system board,
make sure that the PCMCIA cards are removed and
the eject levers are not sticking out.
2. When replacing the system board assembly, align the
power-key slide hub with the power-switch actuator by
moving the power-key in the direction of the arrow.
See the large circle in the figure. Before tightening
any screws, check that the power-switch operates
correctly.
3. Do not pull the PCMCIA slot assembly while removing
the system board.
372 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2170 PCMCIA Slot Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Logic Assembly (2115)
Shield Assembly (2120)
Video Card or Rear IR (2125)
DC/DC Card (2130)
DSP Card (2140)
Interposer Card (2150)
Processor Card (2180)
Notes:
1. When handling the PCMCIA slot assembly, be careful
not to disassemble any part of it. The slot assembly
is not solidly fixed when it is removed from the
system board or the FRU.
In step .3/, gently pull up the bottom of the center
area of the connector board edge with your fingers.
2. The screw stand at each corner of the PCMCIA slot is
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 373
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
easy to remove. Make sure that the screw stand is
correctly positioned when the slot is replaced. Do not
replace the slot without the screw stand.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
.1/
Location (Quantity)
PCMCIA slot, upper (2)
PCMCIA slot, lower (2)
Length
4 mm
.2/
14 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
374 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2180 Processor Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Logic Assembly (2115)
Turn the system board upside down. Then remove any
metal tape holding the card.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 375
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To remove the processor card, gently lift the area shown
by .A/ straight up. Do not pull the other areas.
Note: If the processor card is not installed correctly, the
computer may not turn on. Reinstall the card in this case.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
Location (Quantity)
Length
.1/
Processor card assembly
14 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
376 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2190 LCD Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Note: When removing the LCD cables .1/, pull the
connector straight up. Incorrect handling can
damage the connector.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
Location (Quantity)
Length
.3/
LCD hinge (4)
4 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
Safety Notice 5: Translation on page 11
If the LCD breaks and the fluid from inside the LCD
gets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately
wash the affected areas with water for at least 15
minutes. Seek medical care if any symptoms from the
fluid are present after washing.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 377
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To Clean the LCD
Gently wipe the LCD with a dry, soft cloth. Do not use
alcohol or detergent to clean the LCD.
To avoid damaging the LCD, do not scratch or apply
any force to its surface.
2195 LCD Rear Cover (755CDV only)
Slightly push out and release the latches .1/.
1
1
Note: Do not touch the film .2/ on the rear cover while
the cover is removed from the LCD.
2
378 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2200 Lower Shield Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Logic Assembly (2115)
Shield Assembly (2120)
Video Card or Rear IR (2125)
DC/DC Card (2130)
DSP Card (2140)
Interposer Card (2150)
Processor Card (2180)
System Board Assembly (2160)
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 379
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2210 Memory Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
CD-ROM Drive (2030)
Battery Pack (2020)
Hard Disk Drive (2040)
Keyboard Unit (2080)
Status Indicator (2090)
Backup Battery (2110)
Standby Battery and Front IR (2100)
Logic Assembly (2115)
Shield Assembly (2120)
Video Card or Rear IR (2125)
DC/DC Card (2130)
DSP Card (2140)
Interposer Card (2150)
Processor Card (2180)
System Board Assembly (2160)
Lower Shield Assembly (2200)
Note: If the computer does not complete POST after
changing the memory card, reseat the card and try again.
380 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Locations
Front View
.1/ LCD
.2/ Built-in Microphone
.3/ Brightness Control
.4/ Status Indicator
See “Status Indicators” on page 344.
.5/ External Input Device Connector
.6/ Video-In Port
.7/ Video-Out Port
.8/ PCMCIA Slot
.9/ Keyboard
.1ð/ LCD and Keyboard Latch
.11/ Click Button
.12/ CD-ROM Drive
.13/ Front Infrared Port
.14/ Fn Key
.15/ TrackPoint III
.16/ Volume Knob
.17/ Built-in Speaker
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 381
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Rear View
.1/ Telephony Jack
.2/ Microphone/Line-In Jack
.3/ Headphone Jack
.4/ Power Switch
.5/ Power Jack
.6/ Serial Connector
.7/ Parallel Connector
.8/ External-Display Connector
.9/ Reset Switch
.1ð/ Game Port
.11/ System Expansion Connector
A multimedia portable expansion unit, port
replicator, or port replicator with PCMCIA can be
connected to this interface to support the following
features.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
16-bit AT-bus interface
Serial port
Parallel port
Keyboard and mouse
HDD connection
LED control signals
Visual signals
Audio signals
FDD signals
PCMCIA signals
Power controls
Power line
.12/ Rear Infrared Port
382 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Parts Listing
1
2
3
4
1a
2
3
4
45
5
44
43
6
7
8
9
42
41
10
40
11
12
39
38
13
14
37
36
35
34
33
15
16
17
18
32
31
30
19
29
20
28
27
21
22
23
24
26
25
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 383
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System Unit (755CD/755CDV)
Index Component
1
LCD Assembly (TFT)
LCD Assembly front (755CDV)
LCD Assembly rear cover (755CDV)
Hinge Bracket, Right, Left
Screw, Rubber Lid
Hinge, Lid, Right/Left
Top Cover (755CD)
Top Cover (755CDV)
Stand-off, Indicator
85G1489
85G1633
85G1630
85G1894
85G1509
85G1930
85G1884
85G7476
85G1929
85G1924
85G1501
85G1931
85G1932
85G1887
85G1885
85G1936
85G1926
85G1934
85G1886
85G1497
85G1062
85G1510
66G5122
84G4319
85G0961
85G1888
85G1925
85G1881
85G1883
85G1107
85G1108
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Status Indicator
Backup Battery
9
Speaker Assembly, Left
Speaker Assembly, Right
Shield Case, Upper
Video Card Assembly
IR Assembly, Rear
Junction FPC, IR Rear
S-Video Card
Interposer Card
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Lower Shield
PCMCIA Slot Assembly
Battery Pack (Ni-MH)
HDD Removal Strap
540MB Hard Disk Drive
810MB Hard Disk Drive
Rear Connector Cover
IR Lens, Rear
Base Cover Assembly (755CD)
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (755CDV)
For Japan
21
22
23
24
25
PCMCIA Device (See options)
PCMCIA Cover
85G1511
(Includes bezels and security plate)
Name Label
Cover, Option Bay
AV Door
IR Lens, front
IR Assembly, front
Processor Card (33/100 MHz)
Standby Battery
Base Plate
Memory Card
System Board (755CD, 755CDV)
Power Switch Button
AV Panel
Battery Terminal (755CD)
Battery Terminal (755CDV)
IC DRAM Card (See options)
DSP Card Assembly
DC/DC Card (755CD with Intel 486)
DC/DC Card (755CD with Pentium,
755CDV)
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
66G9228
85G1892
84G6551
84G6548
84G6549
85G1495
85G1039
84G6563
84G6561
85G1141
85G1928
85G1927
84G6556
85G8568
39
40
41
85G8505
85G1500
85G8551
42
43
44
45
CD-ROM Drive
Keyboard Security Plate
TrackPoint III Cap
Keyboard Assembly (See Keyboards)
Attachment Holder
85G1914
85G1895
84G6536
Connection Cable, Microphone
85G8495
384 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index Component
Internal Microphone Cable
84G6559
85G1504
85G1505
85G6564
85G2367
85G1529
84G1303
84G1304
84G2531
84G2532
84G6474
85G1937
85G1915
85G1896
85G1897
85G1919
66G5060
84G2269
66G5123
85G1889
84G4326
85G4952
85G6669
85G6664
85G7466
85G6664
85G1066
85G7466
85G1104
85G1635
Modem Connector Assembly, U.S.
Modem Connector Assembly, EMEA
Modem Connector Assembly, blank
Wall Plug
Head Phone
PCMCIA Cartridge
PCMCIA RF Cartridge
Interface Cable, System - Keyboard
Interface Cable, keyboard - Keypad
Cable, Mini-DIN to Mini-DIN
Keyboard Spacer
Shield Case, Rear
Conversion Cable - Game Port
Conversion Cable - Video
Rear FASCIA Panel
Diskette Drive (4-mode)
Diskette Drive (3-mode)
Diskette Drive Removal Strap
Bezel, Diskette Drive
Foot (right, left)
AC Adapter (35W, 3 pin)
For Japan (2 pin)
DC Plug (4 pin, 2 pin)
Extension DC Cable (755CDV)
DC Plug (4 pin, 2 pin)
EMI Spring Plate
DC Adapter Cable (755CV)
Strap (755CDV)
Computer Stand (755CDV)
Remote Control (755CDV)
Notes: The warranty for this component
is provided by an outside company. See
the warranty sheet supplied with
this component. Call
MindPath Technologies Inc.
12700 Park Central Drive Suite 1707
Dallas, Texas 75251
Tel. (214) 233-9296, 9308 (FAX)
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 385
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Keyboard
Arabic
Belgian
Canadian French
Danish
Dutch
French
German (Black)
Greek
Hebrew
84G6508
84G6506
84G6514
84G6505
84G6503
84G6499
84G6497
84G6512
84G6509
84G6501
84G6515
84G6513
84G6507
84G6510
84G6504
84G6502
84G6500
84G6498
84G6511
84G6496
84G6495
Italian
Japanese
Latin American
Norwegian
Portuguese
Spanish
Swedish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English
Common/Option Parts List
Miscellaneous Parts
Miscellaneous Parts Kit
(Includes: modem guide;
DC-in holder; spacer for video card;
bracket for s-card; holder for s-card;
modem lever; TV tuner label)
Screw Kit
85G1933
85G1935
(Includes: 20-2.5 x 6 mm; 10-2.5 x 4 mm;
20-2.5 x 8 mm; 10-2.5 nut;
10-hex stud bus; 10-washer bus;
10-spring lock washers;
10-2.5 x 8 mm (flat head);
10-2.6 x 5 mm (deform screw)
IC DRAM CARD Eject Tape
53G9318
DAA Assembly
Austria
Australia
Belgium
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Korea
Malaysia
Netherlands
Norway
New Zealand
PRC/Hong Kong
Singapore
Sweden
Switzerland
Taiwan
59G1041
59G1040
43G3414
59G1042
59G1043
4525652
59G1056
66X2096
59G1066
43G3409
59G1044
43G3411
54F0693
66X2096
54F0717
59G1057
59G1067
59G1064
59G1045
Thailand
U.K.
386 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PSTN Cable
Austria
58G4386
58G4343
58G4346
58G4333
58G4334
58G4335
58G4347
43G3398
58G4340
58G4334
58G4332
58G4336
58G4348
58G4345
Australia
Belgium
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
W/W
Netherlands
Norway
New Zealand/PRC/Hongkong
Sweden
Switzerland
U.K.
Options
Notes:
1. When you replace the AC Adapter or the Quick
Charger with a new one, use the one for the country
you are in even if the system is from different country.
2. The warranty for the system unit does not apply to all
options.
AC Adapter (40W)
For Japan
AC Adapter (100 - 125 V ac, 40W)
For U.S. only.
49G2196
49G2197
84G4320
Audio Cable
66G5180
85G8554
49G1148
84G4359
66G5069
07G1414
07G1415
07G1416
66G0094
66G7871
95F5723
66G3575
66G3574
85G1530
85G1531
84G4323
84G6545
84G4324
84G4322
85G1529
Battery Pack (Li-ion, for 755CDV)
Car-Battery Adapter
Small Car-Battery Adapter
Diskette Drive Attachment Unit
IC DRAM CARD 2MB
IC DRAM CARD 4MB
IC DRAM CARD 8MB
IC DRAM CARD 16MB
Microphone
PS/2 Miniature Mouse
Port Replicator
Port Replicator with PCMCIA
Travel Quick Charger (3-pin)
Quick Charger Cable
DIMM 4MB
DIMM 8MB
DIMM 16MB
DIMM Adapter Card
Headset
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 387
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Numeric Keypad
Belgian
Canadian French
Danish
Dutch
French
German
Greek
Hebrew
Icelandic
95F5741
95F5466
95F5467
95F5467
95F6313
95F6314
95F5467
95F5741
95F5467
95F6316
79F6401
95F5467
95F6315
95F5468
95F5711
95F5715
95F5467
95F5741
95F5741
Italian
Japanese
Norwegian
Spanish
Swedish/Finnish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English
Black Keypad
French
German
Italian
Swedish
Norway
U.K. English
U.S. English
84G6286
84G6280
84G6292
84G6304
84G6310
84G6298
84G2530
Black Keyboard
French
German
Italian
Swedish
Norway
U.K. English
U.S. English
84G6285
84G6279
84G6291
84G6303
84G6309
84G6297
84G2529
Accessories (Models 755x)
Keyboard/Mouse Cable
54G0444
Tools
Tri-Connector Wrap Plug
PC Test Card
Audio Wrap Cable
Screwdriver Kit
ThinkPad 750Ce
72X8546
35G4703
66G5180
95F3598
82G3891
Hardware Maintenance Diskette
(This diskette is common to
all ThinkPad models.)
388 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Power Cords
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
8
9
10
Warning: Use the power cord certified for your country.
Country
30/40W
35W
1
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
Japan, 2-pin
Japan, 3-pin
Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K.
France, Germany, Spain
Italy
Australia, New Zealand
Denmark
13F9959
6454377
65F0031
14F0033
13F9979
14F0069
13F9940
13F9997
14F0087
14F0015
25H2207
85G6665
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
25H2215
25H2209
25H2223
25H2205
25H2211
25H2225
25H2213
Israel
Bangladesh, Pakistan,
Sri Lanka, South Africa
Switzerland
9
10
14F0051
1838574
25H2221
25H2219
Thailand
Note: The 30/40W cord is 6 feet long; the 35W cord is 6 inches.
ThinkPad 755CD, 755CDV (9545) 389
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
390 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV,
755CX (9545)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
System Board and Processor Card Checkout
.
395
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout . . . 396
TrackPoint III Checkout
Diskette Drive Test
. . . . . . . . . . . 396
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Power Systems Checkout
Power Management Features
. . . . . . . . . . 398
. . . . . . . . 405
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
FRU Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
No Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
LCD Related Symptoms
Model 755CV Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Keyboard/TrackPoint III Related Symptoms . . 416
. . . . . . . . . . . 413
Indicator Related Symptoms
Power Related Symptoms
. . . . . . . . . 416
. . . . . . . . . . 416
Function/Audio Related Symptoms
. . . . . . 417
Peripheral Device Related Symptoms . . . . . 417
Infrared Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . 418
Other Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Intermittent Problems
Undetermined Problems
. . . . . . . . . . . . 418
. . . . . . . . . . . 419
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
How to Run the Diagnostics
Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Reset Pushbutton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Checking the Installed Devices List . . . . . . 422
Password Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . 422
How to Run the Low Level Format . . . . . . 423
PC Test Card LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Fn Key Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
. . . . . . . . . 421
How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics . . . . 424
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . 426
1010 Rear Connector Door
1015 Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
1020 Battery Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
. . . . . . . . . 427
1030 Diskette Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
1040 Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
1050 IC DRAM Card or DIMM Adapter . . . . 431
1070 Diskette Drive Bezel . . . . . . . . . . 434
1080 Keyboard Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
1090 Status Indicator
1100 Standby Battery and Front IR . . . . . . 438
1110 Backup Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
. . . . . . . . . . . . 437
1115 Logic Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
1120 Shield Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
391
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1130 DC/DC Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
1140 DSP Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
1150 Interposer Card and Rear IR . . . . . . 447
1160 System Board Assembly . . . . . . . . 448
1170 PCMCIA Slot Assembly
. . . . . . . . 449
1180 Processor Card
1190 LCD Assembly
. . . . . . . . . . . . 451
. . . . . . . . . . . . 453
1195 LCD Rear Cover (755CV only) . . . . . 455
1200 Lower Shield Assembly . . . . . . . . 456
1210 Memory Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Front View
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Parts Listing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Common/Option Parts List . . . . . . . . . . 464
392 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
General Checkout
Use the following procedure as a guide for computer
problems.
Note: The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM
products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards or modified
options can give false errors and invalid system responses.
1. Obtain the failing symptoms in as much detail as
possible.
2. Verify the symptoms by attempting to recreate the
failure by running the diagnostic test or by repeating
the same operation.
Note: To run the diagnostics, refer to “How to Run
the Diagnostics” on page 421.
3. Use the following table with the verified symptom to
determine which page to go to. Search the
symptoms column and find the description that best
matches your symptom; then go to the page shown in
the “Go to” column.
Symptom
Go to
Power failure. (The power
indicator does not go on or
stay on.)
“Power Systems Checkout”
on page 398.
POST does not complete.
No beeps or error codes are
indicated.
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 408, and then use the
No Beep Symptoms table.
POST beeps, but no error
codes are displayed.
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 408, and then use the
Beep Symptoms table.
POST detected an error and
displayed numeric error
codes.
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 408, and then use the
Numeric Error Codes table.
The diagnostic test detected
an error and displayed an
FRU code.
“FRU Codes” on page 411.
The configuration is not the
same as the installed
devices.
“Checking the Installed
Devices List” on page 422.
Other symptoms (such as
LCD display problems).
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 408, and then use the
other symptoms table.
Symptoms cannot be
recreated (intermittent
problems).
Use the customer reported
symptoms and go to
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 408.
Memory Checkout
One of two types of memory cards can be used, IC DRAM
card or DIMM card. See the following table for the total
memory size available when they are installed.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 393
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IC DRAM
0 MB
Displayed Value
7808 KB
2 MB
9856 KB
4 MB
11904 KB
16000 KB
24192 KB
8 MB
16 MB
DIMM
0 MB
Displayed Value
7808 KB
4 MB
11904 KB
16000 KB
20096 KB
24192 KB
28288 KB
32384 KB
40576 KB
8 MB
12 MB
16 MB
20 MB
24 MB
32 MB
Memory errors can stop system operations, show error
messages on the screen, or hang the system. The
computer detects memory parity errors but does not
correct them.
Use the following procedure to isolate memory problems.
Notes:
a. Except Model 755CX, installing a non-parity
memory card causes memory errors. Before you
go to the next procedure, check whether or not
the memory card use parity or non-parity. If the
non-parity memory card is installed, disable the
parity check on the Easy-Setup configuration
screen.
b. Make sure that the memory card is fully installed
into the connector. A loose connection can
cause an error.
1. Power-off the computer and remove the IC DRAM
card, or DIMM card from its slot (if installed).
2. Press and hold the F1 key; then power-on the
computer. Hold the F1 key down until the
Easy-Setup screen appears.
3. Select Test and press enter.
4. Select Memory and press enter to run the memory
test on base memory. If an error appears, replace
the memory card.
5. Power-off the computer and reinstall the IC DRAM
card or the DIMM card; then power-on the computer.
Verify the memory size; then test the memory. If an
error appears, replace the IC DRAM card or the
DIMM card.
394 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
If memory problems occur intermittently, use the loop
option to repeat the test. When the test detects an error,
an error log is printed on the printer connected to the
parallel port. See “Error Log” on page 421 for more
information.
System Programs in Flash Memory: System setup
programs and diagnostic tests are stored in Flash memory.
Flash Memory Update: A flash memory update is
required for the following conditions:
Ÿ
Ÿ
New versions of system programs.
New feature or options are added.
When Updating Flash Memory
Do not power-off the computer, disconnect the Vac
power, or remove the battery during the Flash update.
The system board will have to be replaced if the
update is interrupted.
Updating Flash memory also resets all of the
customer’s configuration settings to the default values.
To update the Flash memory, perform the following steps:
1. Get the appropriate diskette which contains the
update.
2. Insert the System Program Service Diskette into
drive A and power-on the computer.
3. Select Update system programs from the menu.
System Board and Processor Card
Checkout
The processing functions are performed by both the
system board and the processor card. Processor
problems can be caused by either FRU. However, the
processor card generally has a lower probability of failure.
When a numeric code calls the system board or the
processor card as a FRU, or the processor card is called
by a diagnostic test by showing FRU code 11, use the
following procedure to isolate the problem.
1. Run the system board test to verify the symptom.
This test verifies both the system board and the
processor card. If no error is detected, return to
“General Checkout” on page 393.
2. If FRU code 10 appears, replace the system board
but do not replace the processor card. Transfer the
processor card from the old system board to the new
system board.
3. If FRU code 11 appears, reseat the processor card.
4. Rerun the test to verify the fix.
5. If FRU code 11 remains, replace the processor card.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 395
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
If above procedure does not correct the problem, go to
“Undetermined Problems” on page 419.
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device
Checkout
Remove the external keyboard if the internal keyboard is to
be tested.
If the internal keyboard does not work or an unexpected
character appears, make sure that the three flexible cables
extending from the keyboard are correctly seated in the
connectors on the interposer card.
If the keyboard cable connection is correct, run the
Keyboard Test by doing the following:
1. Go to diagnostic menu screen by pressing Ctrl+A in
the Easy-Setup screen.
2. Press Ctrl+K; a layout of the keyboard appears on
the screen.
3. Check that when each key is pressed, the key
position on the keyboard layout on the screen
changes to a black square.
Note: When a Fn key is pressed, a black square
briefly appears.
If the tests detect a keyboard problem, do the following
one at a time to correct the problem. Do not replace a
non-defective FRU.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Reseat the three cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the interposer card.
Replace the system board.
The following auxiliary input devices are supported for this
computer.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Numeric keypad
Mouse (PS/2 compatible)
External keyboard (with keyboard/mouse cable)
If any of the above devices do not work, reseat the cable
connector and repeat the failing operation.
If the problem does not occur again, recheck the
connector.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the device, and
then the system board.
TrackPoint III Checkout
If the TrackPoint III will not work, check the configuration in
the Easy-Setup by selecting Keyboard from the Config
menu. If the configuration of the TrackPoint III is disabled,
select Enable to enable it.
If this does not correct the TrackPoint III problem, continue
with the following.
396 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The TrackPoint III does automatic compensations to adjust
the pointer sensor. During this process, the pointer moves
on the screen automatically for a short time. This
self-acting pointer movement can occur when a slight,
steady pressure is applied to the TrackPoint III pointer
while the computer is powered on or while the system is
running, or re-adjustment is required because the
temperature has exceeded its normal temperature range.
This symptom does not indicate a hardware problem. No
service actions are necessary if the pointer movement
stops in a short period of time.
If a click button problem or pointing stick problem occurs,
do the following:
1. Go to the Easy-Setup screen.
2. Select an item with the pointing stick.
3. Press either the left or right click button.
4. Verify that both buttons work correctly.
If either the pointing stick or the click button will not work,
do the following actions one at a time to correct the
problem. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Reseat the three keyboard cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the interposer card.
Replace the system board.
Diskette Drive Test
Do the following to isolate the problem to a controller,
drive, or diskette. A scratch, write enabled, non-defective
2HD diskette is required.
Note: Make sure that the diskette does not have more
than one label attached to it. Multiple labels can
cause damage to the drive or can cause the drive
to fail.
Do the following to select the test device:
1. Select the advanced diagnostic mode and select
Tool, then select the icon FDD-1 or FDD-2 and press
the space key. A √ mark appears next to the
selected icon. Insert the blank diskette when
instructed.
2. Run the diskette drive test.
3. If the controller test detects an error, FRU code 10
appears. Replace the system board.
4. If the controller test runs without errors, the drive
read/write tests start automatically.
5. If the drive test detects an error, FRU code 50 for
FDD-1 or 51 for FDD-2 appears. If the diskette itself
is known to be good, replace the drive.
6. If the drive is attached through a Port Replicator as
FDD-1 or FDD-2 and the test detects errors, move
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 397
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
the drive to the computer's diskette drive connector
directly, and test it again as FDD-1.
If no errors occur at the FDD-1 position, the drive is
not defective. Go to “Port Replicator Checkout” in
“Common Devices Checkout” section to isolate the
replicator problem.
7. If the drive is attached through an Expansion Unit, go
to the service manual of the Expansion Unit to isolate
the problem.
8. If the drive is attached through a Diskette Drive
Attachment Unit, replace the unit.
Power Systems Checkout
To verify the symptom of the problem, power-on the
computer using each of the power sources as follows.
1. Remove the battery pack, diskette drive, and hard
disk drive.
2. Connect the AC Adapter and check that power is
supplied.
3. Install the diskette drive, or hard disk drive one at a
time and check that power is supplied from each
power source.
4. Disconnect the AC Adapter, remove the hard disk and
diskette drive, and install the charged battery pack;
then check that power is supplied by battery pack.
If you suspect a power problem, see the appropriate power
supply check listed below.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
“Checking the AC Adapter.”
“Checking Operational Charging” on page 399.
“Checking the Battery Pack” on page 399.
“Checking the Car-Battery Adapter” on page 402.
“Checking the Travel Quick Charger” on page 403.
“Checking the Backup Battery” on page 403.
“Checking the Standby Battery” on page 403.
“Port Replicator Power Overload” on page 407.
Checking the AC Adapter: You are here
because the computer fails only when the AC Adapter is
used.
Ÿ
If the power problem occurs only when the port
replicator is used, replace the replicator.
If the power-on indicator does not turn on, check the
power cord of the AC Adapter for correct continuity
and installation.
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the operational charge does not work, go to
“Checking Operational Charging” on page 399.
Note: There are several types of adapters. The
procedure for checking both types is the same.
1. Unplug the AC adapter cable from the computer and
measure the output voltage at the plug of the AC
adapter cable. See the following figure.
398 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AC adapter (40W)
Pin
Voltage (V dc)
+18.0 to +21.0
Ground
1
2
AC adapter (35W)
Pin
1
Voltage (V dc)
+16.0 to +1.0/−0.5
Ground
2
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the voltage is correct, replace the system
board. If the problem is not corrected, go to
“Undetermined Problems” on page 419.
If the voltage is not correct, go to the next step.
2. Unplug the AC Adapter cable from the ac power
outlet and wait five minutes or longer to allow the
over voltage protection circuit to be fully discharged
and initialized.
3. Plug the AC Adapter cable into the ac power outlet.
4. Measure the output voltage of the AC Adapter.
5. If the voltage is still not correct, replace the AC
Adapter.
Note: An audible noise from the AC Adapter does not
always indicate a defective adapter.
Checking Operational Charging: To check
operational charging, use a discharged battery pack or a
battery pack that shows a yellow or orange battery status
indicator when it installed in the computer.
Perform operational charging. If the battery status
indicator turns orange and the battery charging indicator
turns green within two minutes, replace the AC Adapter.
Checking the Battery Pack: Battery charging will
not start until the Fuel-Gauge shows that less than 90% of
the total power remains; with this condition the battery
pack will charge to 100% of its capacity. This protects the
battery pack from being over-charged or having a
shortened life.
Before you do the following steps, check the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
The correct battery pack is used for the model.
The storage switch set to on (|).
1. Power-off the computer.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 399
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2. Remove the battery pack and measure the voltage
between battery terminals 1 (+) and 4 (−). See the
following figure.
Ni-MH Battery Pack
Sto ra g e Switc h
(T)
Terminal
Voltage (V dc) / Signal
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
+8.0 to +16.0
Send
Thermal
Ground (−)
NC
NC
NC
400 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Li-Ion Battery Pack
Note: Li-ion battery is optional for Model 755CV and
standard for Model 755CX.
(T)
Terminal
Voltage (V dc) / Signal
+8.0 to +13.0
Send
1
2
3
4
5
Thermal
Ground (−)
Select (+)
Note: Signal lines, not used in these steps, are used for
communication between the system and the battery. The
storage switch is used to control the power to the internal
microprocessor of the battery. The storage switch should
be set to off (0) only when the battery is going to be kept
in storage for more than two months.
3. If the voltage is less than +8.0 V dc, the battery pack
has been discharged or is defective. Recharge the
battery. If the recharging does not work, go to Step 5
to check the charging circuit.
If the voltage is still less than +8.0 V dc after the
recharging, replace the battery.
4. If the voltage is more than +8.0 V dc, measure the
resistance between battery terminals 3 and 4. The
resistance must be 4 to 30 K ohm.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the battery
pack.
If the resistance is correct, replace the DC/DC card.
5. To check the charging circuit, do the following.
Note: Be careful not to cause a short circuit. Plug in
the AC Adapter with the battery pack removed, then
power-on the computer.
6. Measure the charging voltage between DC/DC
terminals 1 (+) and 4 (−).
7. If the voltage is less then +9.0 V dc, replace the
DC/DC card. If the voltage is more than +9.0 V dc,
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 401
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
the charging circuit is working correctly, replace the
battery pack.
Checking the Car-Battery Adapter
Note: There are several types of adapters but the
checkout procedure is the same for both of them.
1. Unplug the Car-Battery Adapter cable from the
computer.
2. Plug the Car-Battery Adapter into the cigarette lighter
socket.
Note: If the adapter is already plugged in, reseat it.
3. Measure the output voltage of the Car-Battery
Adapter cable. See the following figure.
3
2
1
Pin
1
Voltage (V dc)
+19.0 to +21.0
2, 3
Ground
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the voltage is correct and the power-on
indicator on the Car-Battery Adapter is on all the
time, the Car-Battery is working correctly.
Replace the system board.
If the problem is not resolved when the system
board is replaced, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 419.
If the voltage is outside the normal voltage
range, do one of the following:
–
Try the above test procedures in a different
car, if one is available.
–
Replace the Car-Battery Adapter if the
computer works correctly with the AC
Adapter.
Notes:
1. If the output voltage from the cigarette lighter socket
of the car is less than 10.5 V dc, the power-on
indicator on the Car-Battery Adapter blinks and a
continuous noise can be heard. The condition of the
car battery should be checked by appropriate service
personal.
2. The Car-Battery Adapter does not support operational
charging.
402 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Checking the Travel Quick Charger
1. Ensure that the battery pack is operating correctly.
(See “Checking the Battery Pack” on page 399.)
2. Connect the power cord to the Travel Quick Charger
and the other end to an ac power outlet. Ensure that
the power-on indicator is on.
Ÿ
If the power-on indicator does not turn on, check
the power cord for correct continuity and
installation.
Ÿ
If the problem is not corrected, replace the
Travel Quick Charger or the power cord.
3. Install the battery pack into the Travel Quick Charger.
Ÿ
If the charging indicator does not start blinking,
replace the Travel Quick Charger.
Checking the Backup Battery
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Open the keyboard, and remove the battery pack.
3. Remove the backup battery from the shield assembly.
4. Measure the voltage of the backup battery. See the
following figure.
Wire
Red
Voltage (V dc)
+2.5 to +3.7
Ground
Black
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the voltage is correct, replace the system board.
If the voltage is not correct, the backup battery has
been discharged. Replace the backup battery.
If the backup battery discharges quickly after
replacement, replace the system board.
Ÿ
Checking the Standby Battery
1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Open the keyboard, and remove the battery pack and
the diskette drive.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 403
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Remove the standby battery. (Refer to “1100
Standby Battery and Front IR” on page 438 to
remove the battery.)
4. Measure the voltage of the standby battery.
Ÿ
If the voltage between red and black is 3.5 V dc
or greater, the voltage is correct. Go to Step 10
to verify standby battery operation.
If the voltage is less than 3.5 V dc, go to the
next step.
Ÿ
5. Plug the AC Adapter into the computer and power-on
the computer.
6. Measure the output voltage at the connector on the
system board.
Pin
+
Voltage (V dc)
+4.0
−
Ground
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the voltage is less than +4.0 V dc, replace the
DC/DC card. If the voltage is still low, replace
the system board.
If the voltage is more than +4.0 V dc, power-off
the computer, replace the standby battery, and
go to the next step.
7. Ensure that the AC Adapter is plugged into the
computer; then power-on the computer.
8. Charging of the standby battery starts. A depleted
battery needs approximately 30 minutes to be
recharged to the operational voltage of +3.5 V dc.
9. Unplug the AC Adapter.
10. Verify the standby battery function by removing and
installing the battery pack during suspend mode.
404 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Note: Removing and installing the battery pack
during suspend mode should be done within one
minute. The resume operation must start. If the
resume operation does not work, switching of power
from the battery pack to standby battery will not be
correct. Replace the DC/DC card.
If replacing the DC/DC card does not resolve the
problem, replace the system board.
Power Management Features
Three power management modes are provided by the
computer to save power consumption and prolong battery
power.
Standby Mode: When in standby mode the following
occurs:
Ÿ
Ÿ
The LCD backlight turns off.
The hard disk motor stops.
Events that cause the computer to enter the standby
mode.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Standby requested by the Fn key. (Fn+F3)
No activity under auto-standby enabled by the
feature utility.
Events that cause the computer to exit the standby mode
(resume).
Ÿ
Any key operation.
Suspend Mode: When in suspend mode, the
following occur:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The LCD backlight turns off.
The LCD power is powered-off.
The hard disk is powered-off.
The CPU is stopped.
In the ThinkPad Features Program, the computer can be
set to “Will not suspend even if LCD is closed.”
When the computer is powered with ac power and is used
with one of the following IBM PC cards, the computer can
enter the standby mode only. The PC card and application
program remain active.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
3270 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
5250 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
Token-Ring 16/4 Credit Card Adapter
Credit Card Adapter for Ethernet
Events that prevent the computer from entering the
suspend mode.
Ÿ
Ÿ
While the communication link is running.
When a pointing device (except a serial mouse) are
selected in the Config menu of the Easy-Setup.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 405
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Events that cause the computer to enter the suspend
mode.
Ÿ
Suspend mode is requested by pressing the Fn key
(Fn+F4).
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The LCD is closed.
The keyboard is opened.
The specified time has elapsed from the last
operation with the keyboard, mouse, hard disk drive,
parallel connector, diskette drive, or the AC Adapter is
plugged in. The time is specified by Suspend Timer
in the ThinkPad Features program.
The battery condition is low. The battery power
indicator blinks (orange).
Ÿ
Ÿ
The PS2 OFF command is set in the ThinkPad
Features program.
Events that cause the computer to exit the suspend mode
(resume or hibernate).
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
(Resume) The LCD is opened.
(Resume) The keyboard is closed.
(Resume) Real time clock alarm signaled.
(Resume) Ring indicator (RI) signaled by serial or
PCMCIA device.
Ÿ
Ÿ
(Resume) The Fn key is pressed.
(Hibernate) Timer conditions are satisfied to enter the
hibernation mode.
Hibernation Mode: When in hibernation mode, the
following occurs.
Ÿ
The system status, RAM, VRAM, and setup data are
stored on the hard disk.
Ÿ
The system is powered-off.
The computer cannot enter the hibernation mode if the
computer is powered with ac power and one of the
following IBM PC cards is used.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
PCMCIA Data/FAX Modem
High Speed PCMCIA Data/FAX Modem
3270 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
5250 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
Token-Ring 16/4 Credit Card Adapter
Credit Card Adapter for Ethernet
Events that cause the computer to enter the hibernation
mode:
Ÿ
The hibernation mode is requested by the Fn key
(Fn+F12).
Ÿ
Ÿ
Timer conditions are satisfied in suspend mode.
Critical low battery condition.
Event that cause the computer to exit the hibernation
mode.
Ÿ
The power-on switch is operated.
406 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
When power is turned on, the hibernation history of the
boot record on the hard disk is recognized and system
status is restored from the hard disk to resume operation.
Port Replicator Power Overload: If intermittent
power shut-downs occur while using two or more PCMCIA
devices with a port replicator, suspect an over-current
problem. Some PCMCIA devices use more than the
recommended maximum power. If the maximum usage for
each device occurs simultaneously, the total current can
exceed the replicator power limit, thereby causing a power
shut down. Isolate this problem by removing one of the
devices and using the computer under the same condition
to see whether a power shut down occurs. Do this
procedure for all devices, then determine the cause.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 407
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists the symptoms and errors
and the possible causes. The most likely cause is listed
first.
Note: Perform the FRU replacement or actions in the
sequence shown in the “FRU/Action” columns. If a FRU
did not solve the problem, put the original part back in the
computer. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.
This index can also be used to help you decide which
FRUs to have available when servicing a computer.
Numeric error codes show the errors detected in POST or
system operation. In the following error codes, X can be
any number.
If no codes are available, use narrative symptoms.
If the symptom is not listed, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 419.
Note: For IBM devices not supported by diagnostic codes
of the ThinkPad computers, see the manual for that
device.
Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
10X
110
1. System Board
1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” on
page 393.
2. IC DRAM Card or
DIMM Card
3. System Board
111
1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” on
page 393.
2. Expansion Unit/Port
Replicator
3. System Board
158
1. Set a HDP.
(HDP was not set even
though the supervisor
password is set.)
159
1. Set a correct HDP.
(HDP is not set the same as
the supervisor password.)
161
1. Go to “Checking the
Backup Battery” on
page 403.
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board
163
1. Set Time and Date.
(Time and Date was not
set.)
2. System Board
408 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
173
1. Select OK in the error
screen; then set time
and date.
(Configuration data were
lost.)
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board
174
1. Check Device
Configuration.
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly
(Perform “Checking the
Installed Devices List” on
page 422 before changing
any FRUs.)
4. Hard Disk Drive
Assembly
175, 177, 178
1. System Board
183
1. Have the user
examine the
password.
(Incorrect password entered
at the supervisor password
prompt.)
184
1. Reset the POP in the
(POP check sum error.)
Easy-Setup.
185
1. Reset the startup
sequence in the
Easy-Setup.
(The startup sequence is
not valid. Suspect that
power was off when the
startup sequence was being
updated.)
186
188
1. System Board
1. Set the system
identification using
the ThinkPad 750Ce
hardware
maintenance diskette.
190
1. Go to “Checking the
Battery Pack” on
page 399.
(Depleted battery pack was
installed when the power
was on.)
191XX
1. System Board
2. Processor card
196
1. Run the hard disk
drive test.
2. Hard Disk Drive
(Read error occurred in the
hibernation area of the
HDD.)
199XX
1XX
1. System Board
1. System Board
2XX
1. Go to “Memory
Checkout” on
page 393.
2. IC DRAM Card, DIMM,
or DIMM Adapter
3. System Board
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 409
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
301, 303, 304, 305, 3XX
1. Go to
“Keyboard/Auxiliary
Input Device
Checkout” on
page 396.
2. Keyboard
3. Video Card
4. External Numeric
Keypad
5. External Keyboard
6. Keyboard/Mouse Cable
7. System Board
601, 6XX
1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 397.
2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
3. Diskette
4. System Board
602
1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 397.
2. Diskette
(Diskette read error.)
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly
604
1. Go to “Diskette Drive
Test” on page 397.
2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
(Non-acceptable ID was
read from the diskette
drive.)
3. System Board
11XX
12XX
1. Serial Device (First)
2. Communication Cable
3. System Board
1. Serial Device
(Second)
2. Communication Cable
3. System Board
17XX
1. Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board
24XX
4101
1. System Board
1. Reseat the LCD
connector (Pen, see
“1190 LCD
Assembly” on
page 453).
2. LCD Assembly
3. System Board
808X
1. PCMCIA Slot
Assembly
2. PCMCIA Device
3. System Board
860X
1. External Mouse
2. External Keyboard
3. System Board
(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint III is disabled.)
410 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
861X
1. Reseat the keyboard
Track Point III cable
at the E-Video card.
See “1080 Keyboard
Unit” on page 435.
2. Keyboard
(Pointing device error when
TrackPoint III is enabled.)
3. External Mouse
4. System Board
I9990301
I9990302
I9990305
1. Reseat the boot
device.
2. Check the startup
sequence for the
correct boot device.
3. Check that operating
system has no failure,
or is installed correctly.
I9990303
1. System Board
Other codes not listed
above
1. Go to “Undetermined
Problems” on
page 419.
FRU Codes
If an error is detected by the diagnostic tests, a four-digit
FRU code is displayed. The FRU code indicates two
suspected FRUs. Replace the FRU that is indicated by
the two leftmost digits first, then replace the FRU indicated
by the two rightmost digits. No FRU is assigned to code
00. If only one FRU is suspected, the other FRU code is
filled with zeros. See the referenced page before replacing
the FRU.
FRU Code
FRU/Action
System Board
Processor Card
DSP Card
10
11
16
17
18
20
Front IR Unit
Rear IR Unit
Memory
(See “Memory Checkout” on page 393.)
30
32
33
40
45
50
Reserved
External Keyboard
External Mouse
LCD Assembly
External CRT
1. Reseat the Drive (FDD-1)
2. Diskette Drive (FDD-1)
51
1. Reseat the Drive (FDD-2)
2. Diskette Drive (FDD-2)
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 411
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FRU Code
FRU/Action
60
1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive (HDD-1)
2. Hard Disk Drive (HDD-1)
61
1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive (HDD-2)
2. Hard Disk Drive (HDD-2)
70
71
80
PCMCIA-2 (Replicator)
PCMCIA (in FDD compartment)
Cellular Modem
Note: The device ID and error codes are used to indicate
the detail portion of the FRU that caused the error.
If replacing a FRU does not correct a problem, see
the Device ID or error code from the previous
failure. If they have changed, the cause might be
that the new FRU is defective or that the FRU was
incorrectly installed.
If the problem remains after replacement of the FRUs, go
to “Undetermined Problems” on page 419.
Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Continuous beeps.
System Board
One beep and a blank,
unreadable, or flashing
LCD.
1. Reseat all LCD
connectors.
2. LCD Assembly
3. System Board
4. DC/DC Card
One beep, and the message
“Unable to access boot
source.”
1. Boot device
2. System Board
One long, two short beeps
and a blank or unreadable
LCD.
1. System Board
2. LCD Assembly
One long beep followed by
four short beeps each time
the power switch is
Connect the AC Adapter
or install a fully-charged
battery.
operated.
(System cannot power-on
due to low battery voltage.)
One beep every second.
(System is shutting down
due to low battery voltage.)
Connect the AC Adapter
or install a fully-charged
battery (allows system to
complete shutdown
before changing the
battery).
Two short beeps with error
codes.
POST error. See
“Numeric Error Codes” on
page 408.
Two short beeps with blank
screen.
System Board
412 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
No Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
No beep, power-on indicator
not on, and a blank LCD
during POST.
1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 398.
2. System Board
3. DC/DC Card
4. Power sources
No beep, power-on indicator
on, and a blank LCD during
POST.
1. System Board
2. DC/DC Card
3. Processor Card
No beep, power-on indicator
on, and a blinking cursor
only during POST.
1. System Board
2. Processor Card
3. DC/DC Card
No beep during POST but
system runs correctly.
1. Turn the volume up
and check the
speaker
2. Speaker
3. DSP Card
4. DC/DC Card
LCD Related Symptoms
The TFT LCD for the notebook computer contains over
921000 thin film transistors (TFTs). A small number of
missing, discolored or lighted dots (on all the time) is
characteristic of TFT LCD technology, but excessive pixel
problems can cause viewing concerns.
The LCD should be replaced if the number of dots satisfies
the following condition.
Ÿ
The number of missing, discolored, or lighted dots in
any colored background is 21 or more.
Note: For Model 755CV, see also “Model 755CV
Symptoms” on page 414 for LCD related
symptoms.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
No beep, power-on indicator
on, and a blank LCD during
POST.
1. System Board
2. DC/DC Card
3. Processor Card
Ÿ
LCD backlight not
working, or
1. Reseat the LCD
connectors.
2. LCD Assembly
3. Interposer Card
4. DC/DC Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
LCD too dark, or
LCD brightness cannot
be adjusted, or
Ÿ
LCD contrast cannot
be adjusted.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 413
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Ÿ
Ÿ
LCD screen
unreadable, or
Characters missing
pels, or
1. See note for “LCD
Related Symptoms.”
2. Reseat all LCD
connectors
Ÿ
Ÿ
Screen abnormal, or
Wrong color displayed.
3. LCD Assembly
4. System Board
5. Interposer Card
LCD has extra horizontal or
vertical lines displayed.
LCD Assembly
Model 755CV Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
The screen is black
when the LCD cover
is installed.
1. Verify that the LCD cover is
firmly installed on the LCD.
2. Diagnose the LCD assembly
by following “LCD Related
Symptoms” on page 413.
The LCD is wavy
when the computer is
placed on the
Some overhead projectors
interfere with the LCD of the
computer. Use another
overhead projector.
overhead projector.
The LCD stays on
even when the LCD
cover is removed.
Make sure that the switch on the
rear of the LCD is not stuck. If
it is stuck, release it with the tip
of a ball-point pen.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Abnormal
screen
Uneven color on
the screen
Spot on the
screen
1. Check that the white film on
the LCD cover is clean.
Gently wipe the film with a
dry, soft cloth, such as a
lens cleaner.
2. LCD Cover
3. Diagnose the LCD assembly
by following “LCD Related
Symptoms” on page 413.
Note: The customer may be
responsible for repair costs if the
LCD cover was damaged due to
misuse, excessive force, scratch,
or liquid spilled by the customer.
The computer has an
intermittent problem
when you use it on
the overhead
Problem such as high
environmental temperature
might be the cause. Use the
stand supplied with the
computer.
projector.
414 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
The remote control
does not work.
1. Check that two AAA
alkaline batteries are
installed in the remote
control.
2. Check that two AAA alkaline
batteries in the remote control
are at their normal energy
(voltage) level.
3. Enable the IR port of the
computer with the ThinkPad
Features program. (Disable
the serial port at this time.)
4. Refer to the trouble shooting
section in the Help menu of
the Mind Path Presentation
F/X program. Set up this
program following the guide.
5. If the preceding items are
correct, the radiation from the
light of the overhead projector
might be interfering the IR
port of the computer. Disable
the rear IR port of the
computer, and use the remote
control with the front IR port.
6. Use the remote control with
another computer, which IR
port works normally. If the
remote control does not work,
the remote control is not
working properly.
If there is still a problem, refer to
“Infrared Related Symptoms” on
page 418.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 415
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Keyboard/TrackPoint III Related
Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Keyboard (one or more
keys) does not work.
1. Reseat the three
keyboard cables.
2. Keyboard
3. Interposer Card
4. System Board
TrackPoint III does not
work.
1. Go to “TrackPoint III
Checkout” on
page 396.
2. Keyboard
3. Interposer Card
4. System Board
Pointer moves automatically
or does not work correctly.
1. See “TrackPoint III
Checkout” on
page 396.
Indicator Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Indicator incorrectly remains
off or on, but system runs
correctly.
1. Reseat the status
indicator cable.
2. Status Indicator
3. Interposer Card
4. System Board
Battery power status
indicator blinks from green,
yellow, to orange.
1. Check that a correct
battery is installed.
2. Set the battery storage
switch to ON.
3. Battery Pack
4. DC/DC Card
5. System Board
Power Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Power shut down during
operation.
1. Go to “Power
Systems Checkout”
on page 398.
2. Battery Pack
3. Remove the battery
pack and let it cool for
two hours.
4. DC/DC Card
5. Power sources
The system will not
power-off.
1. Press the Reset
pushbutton.
(See “Reset Pushbutton” on
page 422.)
2. System Board
416 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Function/Audio Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
The system will not suspend
or resume by opening or
closing the keyboard.
1. Go to “Suspend
Mode” on page 405
and check that the
computer can enter
suspend mode.
2. DC/DC Card
3. Interposer Card
4. System Board
The system will not suspend
or resume by opening or
closing the LCD.
1. Go to “Suspend
Mode” on page 405
and that check that
the computer can
enter suspend mode.
2. Interposer Card
3. DC/DC Card
4. System Board
Battery Fuel-Gauge does
not go higher than 90%.
Go to “Checking the
Battery Pack” on
page 399 and see the
note.
Memory count (size)
appears differently from
actual size.
Go to “Memory Checkout”
on page 393.
System configuration does
not match the installed
devices.
Go to “Checking the
Installed Devices List” on
page 422.
System hangs intermittently.
Go to “Intermittent
Problems” on page 418.
Peripheral Device Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
External display does not
work correctly.
1. See “External Display
Self-Test” in
“Common Devices
Checkout” section.
Printer problems.
1. Run Printer Self-test.
2. System Board
3. Parallel Port Device
4. Cable
Serial or parallel port device
problems.
1. Device
2. Device Cable
3. System Board
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 417
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Infrared Related Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Unable to communicate
using the Infrared (IR) Port.
1. Make sure the setup
for the IR is correct.
2. Make sure there are
no fluorescent lights
near the computer.
The computer may
receive electrical noise
from the fluorescent
light.
3. Run the advanced
diagnostic test. If an
error occurs and a
FRU code is displayed,
replace the parts
shown by the FRU
code.
4. For Model 755CV, if
the remote control is
enabled, the
communication with
the IR port is disabled.
Run the Mind Path
Presentation F/X
program and set the
infrared to OFF; then
observe the symptom.
Other Symptoms
Symptom/Error
FRU/Action
Errors occur only when Port
Replicator is used.
See “Port Replicator
Checkout” in “Common
Devices Checkout”
section.
PCMCIA slot pin is
damaged.
PCMCIA Slots Assembly
Note: If you cannot find a symptom or error in this list
and the problem remains, see “Undetermined Problems”
on page 419.
Intermittent Problems
Intermittent system hang problems can be caused by a
variety of reasons that have nothing to do with a hardware
defect such as: cosmic radiation, electrostatic discharge, or
software errors. FRUs replacement should only be
considered when a recurring problems exits.
When analyzing the intermittent problem, do the following:
1. Run the advanced diagnostic test for the system
board in loop mode at least 10 times.
2. If no error is detected, do not replace any FRUs.
418 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. If any error is detected, replace the FRU shown by
the FRU code. Rerun the test to verify that no more
errors exist.
Undetermined Problems
You are here because the diagnostic tests did not identify
which adapter or device failed, installed devices are
incorrect, a short circuit is suspected, or the system is
inoperative. Follow the procedures below to isolate the
failing FRU (do not isolate non-defective FRUs).
Verify that all attached devices are supported by the
computers.
Verify that the power supply being used at the time of the
failure is operating correctly. (See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 398.)
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Check the cables, wires, and connectors for short
circuits and open circuits. Visually check them for
damage. If any problems are found, replace the
FRU.
3. Remove or disconnect all of the following devices.
a. Non-IBM devices
b. Devices attached to the expansion bus
connector
c. Printer, mouse, and other external devices
d. Battery pack
e. Hard disk drive
f. Diskette drive or the device attached to the
diskette drive connector
g. IC DRAM card or DIMM card
h. PC Cards
Note: Remember that removing the hard disk
drive, an IC DRAM card, or any adapter or
device, might cause configuration errors. Ignore
error code 174.
4. Power-on the computer.
5. Determine if the problem has changed.
6. If the problem does not occur again, reconnect the
removed devices one at a time until you find the
failing FRU.
7. If the problem remains, replace the following FRUs
one at a time. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
DC/DC card
Interposer card
LCD assembly
System board
Processor card
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 419
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Related Service Procedures
This section provides information about the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
“Status Indicators”
“How to Run the Diagnostics” on page 421
“Error Log” on page 421
“Checking the Installed Devices List” on page 422
“Password Combinations” on page 422
“How to Run the Low Level Format” on page 423
“PC Test Card LED” on page 423
“Fn Key Combinations” on page 423
“How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics” on page 424
Status Indicators
The system status indicators show the current computer
status in different colors (green, yellow, and orange).
Symbol
Color
Meaning
Blinking green
Speaker sounds
Green
Battery fully
charged
Yellow
Battery usable
Orange
Battery low, or
if
is green,
the operational
charge cannot
be performed.
Blinking orange
All blinking
Battery almost
depleted
Battery storage
switch is set off
if
is blinking
Orange, green,
or yellow
twice every 3
seconds, the
battery is
discharging.
Green
Battery charging
Orange
PC card in-use
Orange
Orange
Green
Diskette drive
in-use
Hard disk drive
in-use
Keys in Num
Lock mode
Green
Green
Keys in Caps
Lock mode
Keys in Scroll
Lock mode
420 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Symbol
Color
Meaning
Green
Computer in
suspend mode
Blinking green
Green
Computer
resuming normal
mode
Computer
powered on
How to Run the Diagnostics
Use either the TrackPoint III or the cursor move keys to
interact with the tests. The Enter key works the same as
selecting the OK icon to reply OK.
1. Press and hold the F1 key; then power-on the
computer. Hold the F1 key down until the Easy-setup
screen appears.
2. Select Test and press Enter.
3. Select a device and press Enter to run the test.
To test the Infrared port, select the "SystemBoard"
icon.
4. The test progress screen appears.
5. OK appears when the test ends without any errors.
6. Start the Advanced Diagnostic test by pressing
Ctrl+A on the basic diagnostic menu screen.
7. Select Tool to install the tools.
8. Select a device, press the space key, and install the
tool. Multiple devices can be selected by repeating
this step.
A √ mark appears for the selected device.
9. Select OK and press Enter if the selection is OK.
10. Select a device and press Enter to start the tests.
11. Select Test All to test all devices.
12. Select Loop Test to loop tests.
A loop option menu appears in which a device loop or
all loop can be selected. Select a device and press
the space key to select a device. Repeat this step to
select multiple devices. Press Enter to start the
diagnostic loop. If no device is selected, all device
tests are looped.
13. To exit the loop, keep pressing Ctrl+Pause until the
test exits. A beep sounds to notify that the exit
interrupt is sensed by the test program.
Error Log
Diagnostic errors are printed on the printer that is attached
to the parallel port when the error is detected. The error is
also logged in the system memory.
Do the following to display the errors.
1. End the test, if it is running.
2. Press Ctrl+A to select the advanced diagnostic mode.
3. Press Ctrl+E.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 421
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4. The error log appears.
5. To exit the screen, select the cancel icon or press
Esc.
The error log is not saved when system power is
powered-off.
Reset Pushbutton
The reset pushbutton resets the system and forces the
power to be powered-off . Use this pushbutton when the
power is not completely off or the system is hung. See
“Rear View” on page 459 for the location of the
pushbutton.
Checking the Installed Devices List
If a device is installed but the icon appears in a gray shade
rather than a dark shade on the basic diagnostics screen,
the device is defective. Reseat the device connectors. If
the symptom remains, replace the device or the system
board. If needed, adjust the contrast control to clearly
distinguish the shades of the icon.
If a device that is not installed appears in a dark shade, for
example, FDD-2 appears in a dark shade when NO
second FDD is installed, do the following.
1. Replace the first device, such as a FDD-1, HDD-1, or
PCMCIA-1.
2. If the problem remains, replace the system board.
PCMCIA-1, Parallel, and Serial icons are always displayed
in dark shade, because the icons represent subsystems of
the system board and not attachment of the devices.
The HDD-1, FDD-1, or PCMCIA-1 represents the first
drive in the system configuration, respectively. Similarly,
the HDD-2, FDD-2, or PCMCIA-2 represents the second
drive, usually attached through a port replicator or an
expansion unit.
Password Combinations
The password relationship is:
Ÿ
When POP is the same as HDP
The POP prompt appears, but the HDP prompt does
not appear.
Ÿ
Ÿ
When POP is not the same as HDP
Both POP and HDP prompts appear.
PAP and HDP
When PAP is used, the HDP is enabled automatically,
but no HDP prompt appears. The HDP is set the
same as PAP.
422 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
How to Run the Low Level Format
Do the following to format the hard disk.
Note: Make sure the drive address to be formatted is
correct. This procedure will erase all information
on the disk.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the ThinkPad 755Ce hardware maintenance
diskette into diskette drive A and power-on the
computer. (You can use this maintenance diskette for
all ThinkPad models.)
3. Select Format the hard disk from the main menu.
4. Select the drive from the menu.
5. Follow the instructions on the screen.
PC Test Card LED
The green LED on the PC test card turns on when the
PCMCIA test is running. If the LED does not turn on,
check that the card is installed correctly by reseating the
card. If it still does not turn on after it is reseated, try
using another slot for the test. If the LED still does not
turn on and the test fails, replace the FRU shown in the
diagnostic error code.
Fn Key Combinations
The following table shows the Fn key and function key
combinations and their corresponding functions.
The Fn key works independently from the operating
system. The operating system obtains the status through
the system management interface to control the system.
Fn +
F1
Description
Reserved
F2
Fuel-gauge display ON/OFF
Standby mode invocation
Suspend mode invocation
Audio volume Down
Audio volume UP
LCD/CRT display switching
Reserved
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
Reserved
F10
F11
Reserved
Power management mode
switching
(Toggles High power,
Intelligent, Economy)
F12
Hibernation invocation
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 423
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
How To Run the Keyboard Diagnostics
Do the following to run the keyboard test.
1. Go to the advanced diagnostic screen menu by
pressing Ctrl+A in the Easy-Setup menu.
2. Go to the keyboard diagnostic test menu by pressing
Ctrl+K.
3. Check that when each key is pressed, the key
position on the keyboard layout on the screen
changes to a black square.
Note: When a Fn key is pressed, a black square
briefly appears.
Product Overview
The following table shows an overview of the system
features.
Feature
Description
Processor
Ÿ
Ÿ
755CE, 755CSE, 755CV
Intel DX4 100/33 MHz
755CX
–
–
P54C-75 MHz w/ L2 cache
Bus
Architecture
Ÿ
Ÿ
AT Bus
VESA Local Bus for video subsystem
Memory
8MB (on the system board)
(Standard)
Memory
(Option)
Ÿ
2, 4, 8, 16MB, Basic IC DRAM card
(max. 16 MB)
Ÿ
Ÿ
4, 16MB, DIMM card (max. 32 MB)
DIMM card adapter
CMOS RAM
VGA Video
128 Bytes
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
755CE, 755CV
–
10.4-inch, 65536 colors, TFT
color LCD
755CSE
10.4-inch, 256 colors, STN color
LCD
755CX
–
–
10.4-inch, 65536 colors, VGA
TFT color LCD (640 by 480
resolution)
–
10.4-inch, 65536 colors, SVGA
TFT color LCD (800 by 600
resolution)
Diskette Drive
(Removable)
Ÿ
Ÿ
0.720, 1.2, 1.44, 2.88MB (4-mode),
3.5-inch
0.720, 1.44, (2-mode), 3.5-inch
Hard Disk
Drive
(Removable)
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
340MB, 2.5-inch
540MB, 2.5-inch
810MB, 2.5-inch
DSP Card
Ÿ
Microphone jack
Headphone jack
Modem port
424 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Feature
IR
Description
Two IR ports
PCMCIA
One Type-III or two Type-II
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 425
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FRU Removals and Replacements
This section contains information about removals and
replacements.
Ÿ
An electrostatic discharge (ESD) strap must be used
to establish personal grounding.
The system board is sensitive to, and can be
damaged by, electrostatic discharge. Establish
personal grounding by touching a ground point with
one hand before touching these units.
Ÿ
The arrows in the “Removals and Replacements”
section show the direction of movement to remove a
FRU, or to turn a screw to release the FRU. The
arrows are marked in numeric order, in square
callouts, to show the correct sequence of removal.
When other FRUs must be removed before removing
the failing FRU, they are listed at the top of the page.
To replace a FRU, reverse the removal procedure
and follow any notes that pertain to replacement.
See “Locations” for internal cable connections and
arrangement information.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
When replacing a FRU, use the correct screw size as
shown in the procedures.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, and then disconnect any
interconnecting cables.
Safety Notice 3: Translation on page 9
The battery pack contains small amounts of nickel.
Do not disassemble it, throw it into fire or water, or
short-circuit it. Dispose of the battery pack as
required by local ordinances or regulations.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or other
small parts, are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computer
and listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical short circuits.
426 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1010 Rear Connector Door
Remove the center latch .1/; then remove the rear
connector door by flexing it .2/.
1015 Foot
To replace the foot:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Align the foot in the open position with one pivot in its
hinge in the base cover
Press the other pivot point into position with your
thumb or finger
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 427
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1020 Battery Pack
Notes:
1. Be careful that the computer does not fall backward
when the battery pack is removed.
2. When replacing the battery pack, check that the
storage switch of the new battery is set to the on (|)
position. Do not operate the storage switch of a
battery that has been used and is going to be
re-used.
3. Check that the keyboard latch springs are in place.
428 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1030 Diskette Drive
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Note: Remove the diskette drive exactly as shown in the
figure. Do not apply any extra force to the top
surface of the diskette drive. Make sure the media
is removed, or the media and the drive may be
damaged.
Warning: When replacing the diskette drive, check that
the backup battery and standby battery are seated
correctly to prevent damage to the diskette drive.
After replacing the diskette drive, latch the removal strap
into the correct position.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 429
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1040 Hard Disk Drive
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Notes:
1. Do not drop or apply any shock to the hard disk
drive. The hard disk drive is sensitive to physical
shock. Incorrect handling can cause damage it, and
cause permanent loss of data on the hard disk.
Before removing the hard disk drive, have the user
make a backup copy of all the information on the hard
disk. Never remove the hard disk drive while the
system is operating or is in suspend mode.
2. Remove the hard disk drive exactly as shown in the
figure. Do not apply any extra force to the hard disk
drive when removing it.
Note: After replacing the hard disk drive, latch the
removal strap into the correct position.
430 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1050 IC DRAM Card or DIMM Adapter
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Note: One of the following combinations occupies the slot
depending on the configuration.
Ÿ
Ÿ
IC DRAM card + IC DRAM card base
DIMMs on DIMM adapter
If the IC DRAM Card is installed:
Warning: The IC DRAM card is sensitive to physical
shock. Incorrect handling of the card can damage it. The
eject tape (P/N 53G9318) must be used to remove the
card.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 431
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
If the DIMM Adapter is installed:
Press both locks at the same time and remove the DIMM.
While holding the strap .A/, pull the DIMM adapter toward
the front to remove it.
432 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Notes:
1. If the IC DRAM cards or the DIMM are not installed
and the base plate is installed instead of these cards,
remove the plate as follows:
a. Pinch the projection .A/ on the left side of the
plate; then pull the plate slightly toward the front.
b. Raise the rear portion of the plate and remove it.
2. When inserting the DIMM into either connector on the
DIMM adapter:
a. Locate the triangle .A/ on the right side of the
socket.
b. With the notched end of the DIMM .B/ toward
the triangle, insert the DIMM into the socket.
c. Pivot the DIMM until it snaps into place.
If you have another DIMM to install, insert it in
the other socket the same way.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 433
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1070 Diskette Drive Bezel
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Insert a coin between the diskette drive bezel and the
computer as shown .1/ and push the bezel from the
bottom of the computer .2/ to remove it.
434 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1080 Keyboard Unit
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Loosen the three screws .2/, and push .3/ to release the
four top cover latches at the rear side of the system unit.
When removing the screw covers .1/, use a small
screwdriver.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 435
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The keyboard unit is connected to the system board with
flexible cables.
Warning: Do not pull the keyboard cables.
The keyboard cables can be damaged if the keyboard
is disconnected without releasing the three latches
.5/.
EMI Spring Plate
Notes:
1. When replacing the keyboard, check that the three
cables are clean, and inserted straight and fully into
the connectors. Slide both ends of each latch at the
same time to make sure that each cable is correctly
inserted. Go to “Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device
Checkout” on page 396 and test all keys before
returning the computer to the customer.
2. When replacing the top cover, insert the four latches
at the rear side of the cover into the foot guide of the
LCD; push the right, left, and front sides to snap it
into place.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
Location (Quantity)
Length
.2/
Top cover (3)
4 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
436 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1090 Status Indicator
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Warning: Do not pull the status indicator cable. The
cable can be damaged if the status indicator is
disconnected without releasing the latch in step .2/.
Note: When replacing the indicator, insert the flexible
cable straight into the connector until the head of
the cable stops. Slide both ends of the latches at
the same time to make sure that the cable is
correctly inserted.
1
2
2
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
Location (Quantity)
Length
.1/
LED Stand off (2)
6 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 437
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1100 Standby Battery and Front IR
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Where:
.A/ is the IR Cable.
.B/ is the Standby Battery Cable.
.C/ is the IR Lens.
Note: When replacing the battery, make sure the battery
is seated correctly. Make sure the IR Lens .2/ is in the
correct position by sliding it end to end.
Step
Location (Quantity)
Length
.1/
cover (1)
4 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
Safety Notice 2: Translation on page 8
The standby battery contains a small amount of nickel
and cadmium. Do not disassemble it, recharge it,
throw it into fire or water, or short-circuit it. Dispose of
the battery as required by local ordinances or
regulations.
438 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1110 Backup Battery
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Safety Notice 4: Translation on page 10
The backup battery is a lithium battery and can cause
a fire, explosion, or severe burn. Do not recharge it,
remove its polarized connector, disassemble it, heat it
above 100°C (212°F), incinerate it, or expose its cell
contents to water. Dispose of the battery as required
by local ordinances or regulations. Use of an incorrect
battery can result in ignition or explosion of the
battery. Replacement batteries can be ordered from
IBM or IBM Authorized Dealers.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 439
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1115 Logic Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
The screw.1/ is located at the rear bottom side.
See next page.
440 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
When Replacing Logic Assembly
When replacing the logic assembly, align the
power-key slide hub with the power-switch actuator by
moving the power-key in the direction of the arrow
.1/. See the large circle in the figure. Before
tightening any screws, check that the power-switch
operates correctly.
Step
.1/
Location (Quantity)
Bottom cover (1)
Length
4 mm
.5/
Logic assembly (4)
8 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 441
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1120 Shield Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Logic Assembly (1115)
See the next page when you replace the parts.
442 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The microphone cable can pick up electrical noise if the
cable path is incorrect.
Do the following to place the cable in its correct position.
1. Position the cable as shown.
2. Install the shield assembly.
3. Move the end of cable to the right.
The following figure shows the final path of the cable.
Make sure the cable is not positioned in any shaded area.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 443
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
Location (Quantity)
Shield cover (1)
Shield cover (2)
Shield cover (1)
Shield cover (1)
Length
4 mm
6 mm
14 mm
Flat head
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
444 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1130 DC/DC Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Logic Assembly (1115)
Shield Assembly (1120)
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 445
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1140 DSP Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Logic Assembly (1115)
Shield Assembly (1120)
DC-DC Card (1130)
Remove the following:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Mini-Jack Holder
Modem Guide
Modem Lever
Microphone Cable
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
.1/
Location (Quantity)
DSP card (1)
Length
6 mm
.2/
DSP card (1)
14 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
446 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1150 Interposer Card and Rear IR
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Logic Assembly (1115)
Shield Assembly (1120)
DC-DC Card (1130)
DSP Card (1140)
Where:
.A/ is the Rear IR.
.B/ is the Interposer Card.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
Location (Quantity)
Length
.1/
Interposer card (1)
4 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 447
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1160 System Board Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Logic Assembly (1115)
Shield Assembly (1120)
DC/DC Card (1130)
DSP Card (1140)
Interposer Card and Rear IR (1150)
Processor Card (1180)
PCMCIA Slot Assembly (1170)
Notice
The EEPROM on the system board contains the vital
product data (VPD), that is, system unit serial number,
system board serial number, and other computer
unique data. When the system board is replaced, the
system unit serial number must also be restored. Use
the Set system identification utility on the
maintenance diskette to restore the number.
Do not power-off the computer when restoring the
VPD.
The serial number label is attached to the bottom
cover.
Notes:
1. Before removing and replacing the system board,
make sure that the PCMCIA cards are removed and
the eject levers are not sticking out.
2. Do not pull the PCMCIA slot assembly while removing
the system board.
448 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1170 PCMCIA Slot Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Logic Assembly (1115)
Shield Assembly (1120)
DC/DC Card (1130)
DSP Card (1140)
Interposer Card and Rear IR (1150)
Processor Card (1180)
System Board Assembly (1160)
Notes:
1. When handling the PCMCIA slot assembly, be careful
not to disassemble any part of it. The slot assembly
is not solidly fixed when it is removed from the
system board or the FRU.
In step .3/, gently pull up the bottom of the center
area of the connector board edge with your fingers.
2. The screw stand at each corner of the PCMCIA slot is
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 449
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
easy to remove. Make sure that the screw stand is
correctly positioned when the slot is replaced. Do not
replace the slot without the screw stand.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
.1/
Location (Quantity)
PCMCIA slot, upper (2)
PCMCIA slot, lower (2)
Length
4 mm
.2/
14 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
450 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1180 Processor Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Logic Assembly (1115)
Turn the system board upside down. Then remove any
metal tape holding the card.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 451
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
To remove the processor card, gently lift the area shown
by .A/ straight up. Do not pull the other areas.
Note: If the processor card is not installed correctly, the
computer may not turn on. Reinstall the card in this case.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
Location (Quantity)
Length
.1/
Processor card assembly
14 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
452 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1190 LCD Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Note: When removing the LCD cables .1/, pull the
connector straight up. Incorrect handling can
damage the connector.
Use the following table for reference when replacing parts.
Step
Location (Quantity)
Length
.3/
LCD hinge (4)
4 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 453
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Safety Notice 5: Translation on page 11
If the LCD breaks and the fluid from inside the LCD
gets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately
wash the affected areas with water for at least 15
minutes. Seek medical care if any symptoms from the
fluid are present after washing.
Note: To clean the LCD, gently wipe the LCD with a dry,
soft cloth. Do not use alcohol or detergent to clean the
LCD.
To avoid damaging the LCD, do not scratch or apply any
force to its surface.
454 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1195 LCD Rear Cover (755CV only)
Slightly push out and release the latches .1/.
1
1
Note: While the cover is removed from the LCD, do not
touch the film (.2/) on the rear cover.
2
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 455
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1200 Lower Shield Assembly
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Logic Assembly (1115)
Shield Assembly (1120)
DC/DC Card (1130)
DSP Card (1140)
Interposer Card and Rear IR (1150)
Processor Card (1180)
PCMCIA Slot Assembly (1170)
System Board Assembly (1160)
456 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1210 Memory Card
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Keyboard Unit (1080)
Status Indicator (1090)
Standby Battery and Front IR (1100)
Backup Battery (1110)
Logic Assembly (1115)
Shield Assembly (1120)
DC/DC Card (1130)
DSP Card (1140)
Interposer Card and Rear IR (1150)
Processor Card (1180)
PCMCIA Slot Assembly (1170)
System Board Assembly (1160)
Lower Shield Assembly (1200)
Note: If the computer does not complete POST after
changing the memory card, reseat the card and try again.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 457
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Locations
Front View
.1/ LCD
.2/ Built-in Microphone
.3/ Brightness Control
.4/ Status Indicator
See “Status Indicators” on page 420.
.5/ External Input Device Connector
.6/ PCMCIA Slot
.7/ PCMCIA Release Lever
.8/ Keyboard
.9/ LCD and Keyboard Latch
.1ð/ Click Button
.11/ Diskette-Eject Button
.12/ Diskette Drive
.13/ Front Infrared Port
.14/ Fn Key
.15/ TrackPoint III
.16/ Volume Knob
.17/ Built-in Speaker
458 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Rear View
.1/ Telephony Jack
.2/ Microphone/Line-In Jack
.3/ Headphone Jack
.4/ Power Switch
.5/ Power Jack
.6/ Serial Connector
.7/ Parallel Connector
.8/ External-Display Connector
.9/ Reset Switch
.1ð/ Rear Infrared Port
.11/ System Expansion Connector
A multimedia portable expansion unit, port
replicator, or port replicator with PCMCIA can be
connected to this interface to support the following
features.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
16-bit AT-bus interface
Serial port
Parallel port
Keyboard and mouse
HDD connection
LED control signals
Visual signals
Audio signals
FDD signals
PCMCIA signals
Power controls
Power line
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 459
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Parts Listing
1
2
3
4
1a
2
43
42
3
4
5
6
41
40
7
8
39
38
37
36
9
10
35
34
33
32
11
12
13
14
31
30
15
16
17
29
28
27
26
25
18
19
20
24
23
21
22
460 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System Unit (755CE/755CSE/755CV/755CX)
Index Component
1
LCD Assembly (755CE)
LCD Assembly (755CSE)
LCD Assembly, (755CX TFT-VGA)
LCD Assembly, (755CX TFT-SVGA)
LCD Assembly, Front (755CV)
85G1489
85G1490
85G1489
85G8546
85G1633
85G1630
85G1507
85G1509
84G6555
85G1491
85G1492
85G7472
85G8547
84G6547
84G6554
85G1501
85G1496
85G1563
84G6550
85G1510
85G8554
1a LCD Assembly, Rear cover (755CV)
2
3
4
5
Hinge Bracket, Right, Left
Screw Rubber Lid
Hinge, Lid, Right/Left
Top Cover (755CE)
Top Cover (755CSE)
Top Cover (755CV)
Top Cover (755CX)
LED Assembly
Stand-off, LED
Backup Battery
Shield Case, Upper
IR Assembly, rear
IR Lens, rear
Battery Pack (Ni-MH)
Battery Pack (Li-ion)
(for 755CX, option for 755CV)
Interposer Card
PCMCIA Slot Assembly
Lower Shield
System Board (755CE, 755CSE, 755CV)
System Board (755CX)
Processor Card (25/75 MHz)
Processor Card (33/100 MHz)
Processor Card (755CX)
HDD Removal Strap
340MB Hard Disk Drive
540MB Hard Disk Drive
810MB Hard Disk Drive
Rear Connector Cover
PCMCIA Device (See options)
PCMCIA Cover
6
7
8
9
10
10
11
12
13
14
15
85G1503
85G1062
85G1497
85G1141
85G8548
85G1494
85G1495
85G8550
66G5122
66G5068
84G4319
85G0961
66G5050
16
17
18
19
20
21
85G1511
(Includes bezels and security plate)
Base Cover Assembly (755CE)
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (755CSE)
Base Cover Assembly (755CV)
For Japan
Base Cover Assembly (755CX)
For Japan
Name Label
Bezel, Diskette Drive
Bezel, Blank
Cover, Option Bay
AV Door
IR Lens, Front
IR Assembly, Front
Standby Battery
Base Plate
Memory Card (755CE, 755CSE, 755CV)
Memory Card (755CX)
AV Panel
Power Switch Button
IC DRAM Card (See options)
22
85G1486
85G1488
85G1026
85G1105
85G1106
85G8545
85G8570
66G9228
85G1036
85G1891
85G1037
84G6551
84G6548
84G6549
85G1039
84G6563
84G6561
85G8565
84G6552
84G6553
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 461
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index Component
35
Battery Terminal (755CE, 755CSE)
Battery Terminal (755CV, 755CX)
DSP Card Assembly
DC/DC Card (755CE, 755CSE)
DC/DC Card (755CV, 755CX)
Speaker
84G6556
85G8568
85G1140
85G1500
85G8551
84G6557
66G5060
84G2269
66G5123
85G1508
84G6536
36
37
38
39
Diskette Drive (4-mode)
Diskette Drive (3-mode)
40
41
42
43
Diskette Drive Removal Strap
Keyboard Security Plate
TrackPoint III Cap
Keyboard Assembly (See Keyboards)
Connection Cable, Microphone
Modem Connector Assembly, U.S.
Modem Connector Assembly, EMEA.
Modem Connector Assembly, blank.
Wall Plug, Modem
PCMCIA Cartridge
PCMCIA RF Cartridge
Head Phone
Interface Cable, System - Keyboard
Interface Cable, Keyboard - Keypad
Cable, Mini-DIN to Mini-DIN
AC Adapter (35W, 3-pin)
For Japan (2-pin)
84G6559
85G1504
85G1505
84G6564
85G2367
84G1303
84G1304
85G1529
84G2531
84G2532
84G6474
85G4952
85G6669
85G6664
85G1066
84G4326
84G7466
85G7466
85G1104
85G1635
DC Plug (4 pin, 2-pin)
EMI Spring Plate
Foot (right, left)
Extension DC Cable (755CV)
DC Adapter Cable (755CV)
Strap (755CV)
Computer Stand (755CV)
Remote Control (755CV)
Notes: The warranty for this component
is provided by an outside company. See
the warranty sheet supplied with
this component. Call
MindPath Technologies Inc.
12700 Park Central Drive Suite 1707
Dallas, Texas 75251
Tel. (214) 233-9296, 9308 (FAX)
462 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Keyboard
Arabic
Belgian
Canadian French
Danish
Dutch
French
German (Black)
Greek
Hebrew
84G6508
84G6506
84G6514
84G6505
84G6503
84G6499
84G6497
84G6512
84G6509
84G6501
84G6515
84G6513
84G6507
84G6510
84G6504
84G6502
84G6500
84G6498
84G6511
84G6496
84G6495
Italian
Japanese
Latin American
Norwegian
Portuguese
Spanish
Swedish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 463
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Common/Option Parts List
Miscellaneous Parts
Miscellaneous Parts Kit
(Includes
Modem guide; modem lever;
DC-IN holder; memory spacer;
mini-jack holder;
back-up battery holder;
suspend-switch holder)
Screw Kit
84G6558
84G6560
(Includes
20-2.5 x 6 mm; 10-2.5 x 4 mm;
10-2.5 x 8 mm; 10-2.5 nut mm;
10-hex stud bus; 10-washer bus;
10-2.5 x 8 mm (flat head);
10-2.5 x 5 (deform screw);
10-spring lock washer;
10-hex stud d sub;
10-2.5 x 14; 10-heatsink nut)
IC DRAM CARD Eject Tape
53G9318
DAA Assembly
Austria
Australia
Belgium
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Korea
Malaysia
Netherlands
Norway
New Zealand
PRC/Hong Kong
Singapore
Sweden
Switzerland
Taiwan
59G1041
59G1040
43G3414
59G1042
59G1043
4525652
59G1056
66X2096
59G1066
43G3409
59G1044
43G3411
54F0693
66X2096
54F0717
59G1057
59G1067
59G1065
59G1045
Thailand
U.K.
464 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PSTN Cable
Austria
58G4386
58G4343
58G4346
58G4333
58G4334
58G4335
58G4347
43G3398
58G4340
58G4334
58G4332
58G4336
58G4348
58G4345
Australia
Belgium
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
W/W
Netherlands
Norway
New Zealand/PRC/Hongkong
Sweden
Switzerland
U.K.
Options
Notes:
1. When you replace the AC Adapter or the Quick
Charger with a new one, use the one for the country
you are in even if the system is from different country.
2. The warranty for the system unit does not apply to all
options.
AC Adapter (40W)
For Japan
AC Adapter (100 - 125 V ac, 40W)
(This adapter is for U.S. only.)
Audio Cable
Car-Battery Adapter
Small Car Battery Adapter
Diskette Drive Attachment Unit
IC DRAM CARD 2MB
IC DRAM CARD 4MB
IC DRAM CARD 8MB
IC DRAM CARD 16MB
Microphone
49G2196
49G2197
84G4320
66G5180
49G1148
84G4359
66G5069
07G1414
07G1415
07G1416
66G0094
66G7871
85G1530
85G1531
84G4323
84G6545
84G4324
84G4322
85G1429
Travel Quick Charger (3-pin)
Quick Charger Cable
DIMM 4MB
DIMM 8MB
DIMM 16MB
DIMM Adapter Card
Headset
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 465
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Numeric Keypad
Belgian
Canadian French
Danish
Dutch
French
German
Greek
Hebrew
Icelandic
95F5741
95F5466
95F5467
95F5467
95F6313
95F6314
95F5467
95F5741
95F5467
95F6316
79F6401
95F5467
95F6315
95F5468
95F5711
95F5715
95F5467
95F5741
95F5741
Italian
Japanese
Norwegian
Spanish
Swedish/Finnish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English
Black Keypad
French
German
Italian
Swedish
U.K. English
Norway
84G6286
84G6280
84G6292
84G6304
84G6298
84G6310
84G2530
U.S. English
Black Keyboard
French
German
Italian
Swedish
U.K. English
Norway
84G6285
84G6279
84G6291
84G6303
84G6297
84G6309
84G2529
U.S. English
Accessories (Models 755x)
Keyboard/Mouse Cable
54G0444
Tools
Tri-Connector Wrap Plug
PC Test Card
Audio Wrap Cable
Screwdriver Kit
ThinkPad 750Ce
72X8546
35G4703
66G5180
95F3598
82G3891
Hardware Maintenance Diskette
(This diskette is common to
all ThinkPad models.)
466 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Power Cords
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
8
9
10
Warning: Use the power cord certified for your country.
Country
30/40W
35W
1
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
Japan, 2-pin
Japan, 3-pin
Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K.
France, Germany, Spain
Italy
Australia, New Zealand
Denmark
13F9959
6454377
65F0031
14F0033
13F9979
14F0069
13F9940
13F9997
14F0087
14F0015
25H2207
85G6665
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
25H2215
25H2209
25H2223
25H2205
25H2211
25H2225
25H2213
Israel
Bangladesh, Pakistan,
Sri Lanka, South Africa
Switzerland
9
10
14F0051
1838574
25H2221
25H2219
Thailand
Note: The 30/40W cord is 6 feet long; the 35W cord is 6 inches.
ThinkPad 755CE, 755CSE, 755CV, 755CX (9545) 467
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
468 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Common Devices Checkout
External Diskette Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . . 470
External Display Self-Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
External Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout
Fax/Modem Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Printer Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
471
Port Replicator Checkout
TrackPoint II Checkout
. . . . . . . . . . . . 475
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
TV Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Identifying Names and Functions . . . . . . . 477
Using the Front Panel
. . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
469
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
External Diskette Drive Test
Use the following procedure to isolate the diskette problem
to a controller, drive or diskette. A scratch, write-enabled
2HD diskette is required.
1. Select the icon FDD on the TEST MENU. By doing
this, the controller test and the drive read/write test
run. If the controller test detects an error, FRU code
10 appears. In this case, replace the system board.
2. If the controller test run without errors, follow the
instructions on the screen and insert a scratch
diskette.
3. If the drive test detects an error, FRU code 50
appears. If the diskette media are known to be good,
replace the drive or the drive cable.
External Display Self-Test
If the display problem occurs only when using an external
display, use the following instructions to correct the
problem.
Note: Before you replace a display, check the following list
to see if it is connected correctly.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
8506 and 8508 displays must be connected to an
Image Adapter/A or an Image-I Adapter/A.
63XX and 85XX systems support either 63XX or
85XX displays.
85XX systems with an XGA-2 adapter support 95XX
displays.
95XX systems support either 63XX, 85XX, or 95XX
displays.
ThinkPad models support either 85XX or 95XX
displays.
If the screen is rolling, replace the display assembly. If
that does not correct the problem, replace FRUs in the
following order until the problem goes away:
1. Video card
2. Display adapter (any type)
3. System board
4. Bus adapter (if used)
If the screen is not rolling, run the display self-test as
follows:
1. Power-off the computer and display.
2. Disconnect the display signal cable.
3. Power-on the display.
4. Set the contrast to its maximum position.
5. Set the brightness control to the center detent
position.
Check for the following conditions:
470 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ÿ
Ÿ
You should be able to vary the screen intensity by
adjusting the contrast and brightness controls.
The screen should be white or light gray, with a black
margin (test margin) on the screen.
Note: The location of the test margin varies with the
type of display. The test margin might be on
the top, bottom, or one or both sides.
If you do not see a test margin on the screen, replace the
display. If there is a test margin on the screen, replace the
system board.
Note: On ThinkPad Models 700, 700C, 720C, 720C, do
the following:
1. Video card
2. System board
External Keyboard/Auxiliary Input
Device Checkout
The following auxiliary input devices may be available for
IBM ThinkPad models.
–
–
–
Numeric keypad
Mouse (PS/2 compatible)
External keyboard (with Keyboard/Miniature
Mouse cable)
Ÿ
Ÿ
If you suspect a problem with any of the auxiliary
input devices (listed above), replace the device.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the following
FRUs one at a time to correct the problem.
–
–
Keyboard control card
System board
If the computer receives an incorrect keyboard
response, remove other external devices, check the
keyboard connections, and recheck the keyboard
responses. If the problem remains, replace the
following FRUs one at a time to correct the problem.
–
–
–
Keyboard
Keyboard control card
System board
Ÿ
If a 00030100 error message appears, power-off the
computer and the external devices. Then power-on
the computer before you power-on the external
devices.
Common Devices Checkout 471
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fax/Modem Checkout
001
– Power-off the computer.
– Ensure that the modem is installed correctly.
– If the modem never worked in customer mode, ensure
that all drivers are loaded correctly onto the computer.
– Ensure that the communication program is supported on
the computer.
– Ensure that the public switch telephone network (PSTN)
cable and the data access arrangement (DAA) cable, if
installed, are connected correctly.
If you need to correct one of the above conditions, do so
now; then continue.
Note: PCMCIA cards can be inserted and removed while
the system is powered on.
– Power-on the system.
– Insert the IBM Data/FAX Modem diskette into the default
diskette drive.
– If you are servicing a High Speed Internal Data/Fax
Modem (Models FC3632 and FC3650), at the DOS
prompt (for example, A:\), type IBMDIAG; then press
Enter.
– If you are servicing a PCMCIA Data/FAX Modem
(Models FC3634 and FC3635), at the DOS prompt (for
example, A:\), type ESTDIAG; then press Enter.
– Follow the instructions on the screen. (If you need help,
press F1.)
DID THE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS DETECT AN ERROR?
Yes No
002
The diagnostic tests have completed successfully. If
you suspect a problem, go to Step 004.
003
Go to the Symptom-to-FRU Index for the computer you are
servicing.
004
– Check the PSTN cable and the DAA cable, if installed,
for continuity.
IS THE CABLE(S) GOOD?
Yes No
005
Replace the defective cable(s).
006
(Step 006 continues)
472 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
006 (continued)
– Have the customer transmit a call.
WAS THE CALL TRANSMITTED SUCCESSFULLY?
Yes No
007
Go to Step 011.
008
– Have the customer receive an incoming call on the
modem.
WAS THE INCOMING CALL RECEIVED?
Yes No
009
Go to Step 014.
010
The diagnostic tests have completed successfully. If you
still suspect a problem that is not software related, replace
the External DAA; then replace the modem.
011
– Have the customer transmit a call at a lower speed.
WAS THE CALL TRANSMITTED SUCCESSFULLY?
Yes No
012
If installed, replace the external DAA. If you do not
have an external DAA installed, or replacing the
external DAA does not correct the problem, replace
the modem.
013
Have the telephone line checked.
014
– Have the customer receive an incoming call on the
modem at a lower speed.
WAS THE INCOMING CALL RECEIVED?
Yes No
015
If installed, replace the external DAA. If you do not
have an external DAA installed, or replacing the
external DAA does not correct the problem, replace
the modem.
Common Devices Checkout 473
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
(CONTINUED)
016
Have the telephone line checked.
Printer Checkout
1. Make sure the printer is correctly connected and is
powered-on.
2. Run the printer self-test.
If the printer self-test does not run correctly, the problem is
in the printer. Refer to the printer service manual.
If the printer self-test runs correctly, do the following.
1. Verify the port settings in configuration.
2. Install a wrap plug on the port (indicated in
configuration) and run the advanced diagnostic tests.
3. If the advanced diagnostic tests (with the wrap plug
installed) do not detect a failure, replace the printer
cable.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the system
board.
474 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Port Replicator Checkout
Use the following procedure to isolate a port replicator
problem. A port replicator attaches to the system
expansion connector at the rear of the computer.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the failing devices from the replicator.
3. Unplug the AC adapter from the replicator, if
attached.
4. Remove the port replicator from the computer.
5. Reconnect the failing device directly to the computer.
(If another device occupies the connector, remove it
first.)
6. Go to General Checkout and follow that procedure.
7. If the advanced diagnostic device test does not find
an error, suspect a problem with the port replicator or
the system expansion bus.
8. Power-off the computer and reconnect the port
replicator.
9. Power-on the computer and run the following
advanced diagnostic tests:
Ÿ
Serial port test with the wrap plug installed on
the replicator.
Ÿ
Parallel port test with the wrap plug installed on
the replicator.
Ÿ
Ÿ
PCMCIA-2 test with the PC test card installed.
FDD-2 (FDD-1 if no drive is installed in the
computer) drive test on the failing device.
10. If diagnostic errors appear, replace the replicator or
diskette drive attachment unit.
If the problem remains after the replacement, replace
the system board.
11. If power problems appear only when using the
replicator, replace the replicator.
If power shut downs occur intermittently when using
PCMCIA-2 devices via a port replicator, suspect an
over-current problem. Some PCMCIA devices use more
power; if the maximum usage of each device occurs
simultaneously, the total current will exceed the limit,
thereby causing a power shut down. Isolate this problem
by removing one of the devices, and use the computer
under the same condition, and see whether a power shut
down occurs. Do this procedure for all devices then
determine the cause. Customer purchase of the larger AC
adapter (50W, optional) is recommended, if it is not yet in
use.
Common Devices Checkout 475
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TrackPoint II Checkout
Ÿ
If the TrackPoint II does not work, check the
configuration. If the configuration of the TrackPoint II
is set to Disabled or Off, change it to Enable or On.
If the problem remains, continue.
Note: TrackPoint II automatically compensates to
adjust the pointer sensor. This causes the
pointer to move slightly on the screen and
then stop. Pointer movement might occur
when a slight, steady pressure is applied to
the TrackPoint II pointer when the computer is
powered-on or running, or when exceeded
temperature range requires re-adjustment.
Ÿ
Ÿ
If the cursor floats or moves erratically, power-off and
disconnect the mouse. Power-on the computer. If
the problem goes away, replace the mouse. If the
problem remains, replace the keyboard.
For click button or pointing stick problems:
1. Go to the Easy-Setup screen.
2. Select an item with the pointing stick.
3. Press either left or right click button.
4. Verify that both buttons work correctly.
If the pointing stick or the click button does not work,
do the following.
1. Reseat the keyboard cables.
2. Replace the keyboard.
3. Replace the interposer card
(355x, 360x, 750x, 755x).
4. Replace keyboard control card (720).
5. Replace the system board.
476 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TV Tuner
The TV Tuner Pack (hereafter called TV Tuner) is an
option for watching TV programs or videos on the IBM TFT
color notebook computer. The computer changes to TV
reception when the removable diskette drive is replaced
with the TV Tuner.
The TV screen and normal computer display are easily
switched by using the Hot key on the front panel of the TV
Tuner.
Identifying Names and Functions
The following figure and table show the names and
functions of each part of the TV Tuner.
1
13
2
12
3
11
4
10
5
6
7
8
9
Icons
.1/ Front Panel
Functions
Used to change the TV
channels, switch TV mode
to computer mode, and
operate most functions of
the TV Tuner.
.2/ Headphone Jack
Connects the headphones.
.3/ Power Indicator
.4/ Power Switch
Shows the TV Tuner is
powered on.
Powered on and off the TV
Tuner.
.5/ Hot Key
Switches between the TV
screen and computer
screen.
.6/ Up Switch
Increases the value such as
the channel number.
.7/ Down Switch
Decreases the value such
as the channel number.
Common Devices Checkout 477
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Icons
Functions
.8/ Function Key
Enters the mode to change
the value of each function,
such as TV channel or color
contrast. (See “Using the
Function Key” on
page 479.)
.9/ TV/EXT Switch
Switches the TV mode or
external video mode.
.1ð/ Volume Knob
.11/ Audio-In Jack
Controls the speaker
volume.
Connects the audio-in
connector of the AV cable.
.12/ Video-In Jack
.13/ RF Connector
Connects video-in connector
of the AV cable.
Connects the active
antenna unit or antenna
cable.
Using the Front Panel
The following table shows how to operate all functions of
the TV Tuner with the controls on the front panel.
Key
Function
Power
Turns on the TV Tuner. This key is
used only when the computer is turned
on.
Hot Key
Up
Switches computer display and TV
screen.
Increases the value of parameters,
Channel Number, Color, Tint,
Brightness, Contrast, Auto Tuning
Sensitivity, On-screen Message
Selection.
Down
Decreases the value of parameters,
Channel Number, Color, Tint,
Brightness, Contrast, Auto Tuning
Sensitivity, On-screen Message
Selection.
Function
TV/Ext
Selects a function mode to adjust each
function parameter. (See “Using the
Function Key” on page 479.)
Switches the displayed video source
between the receiving TV broadcast
program and external devices such as
VCR, video camera recorder, laser
disk, and so on.
478 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Using the Function Key: Each time you press the
Function key ( ), one of the following messages (called
On-Screen Message) appears at the top left corner of the
LCD.
The changed values are automatically saved when you
return to the “TV Channel” On-Screen message. The
values are not saved when you power-off the TV Tuner
without returning to this message.
Message on
LCD
Parameter
TV Channel
By using
à
and
, you can select
(xx)
the channels from 2 to 69.
Color Adjustment
à
By pressing and holding
you can change the color.
or
or
or
,
,
,
,
COL
TINT Adjustment
à
By pressing and holding
you can change the tint.
TNT
Bright Adjustment
à
By pressing and holding
you can change the brightness.
BRT
Contrast Adjustment
à
By pressing and holding
you can change the contrast.
or
CNT
(No function)
Reserved.
à
---
Auto Tune Sensitivity Selection
à
LO: Means the sensitivity of the
TV is low. In this mode, the TV
Tuner receives strong TV signals
LO
only. To set LO, press
.
à
HI
HI: Means the sensitivity of the TV
is high (factory default). In this
mode, the TV Tuner receives
weak and strong TV signals. To
set HI, press
.
Time On-Screen Message appears
à
D3S: On-Screen Message appears
for 3 seconds. To set D3S, press
.
D3S
à
DON: On-Screen Message always
appears. To set DON press
DON
Common Devices Checkout 479
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Power-on the TV Tuner: Use the ThinkPad
Features program or PS2.EXE. to power-on the TV Tuner;
then power-on the internal device in the diskette drive
compartment.
Warning
If power for the internal device is turned off when
the TV Tuner is set up, nothing appears on the
LCD display. Turn on power for the TV Tuner
again.
Ÿ
If you are using DOS, do one of the following:
–
Power-on the computer and type PS2 from the
command prompt to start the ThinkPad Features
program.
Select Set Power Features from the ThinkPad
Features menu; then put a check mark at
Internal Serial Port (or Diskette Drive
Compartment) under the Power for devices. If
you need help, press F1 to display the help
menu.
–
Type PS2 MODEM ON (or PS2 DDC ON) from the
command prompt; press the Enter key to set the
power ON.
Ÿ
If you are using OS/2* or Microsoft Windows**, do the
following:
1. Power-on the computer and start the ThinkPad
Features program.
2. Select the Power icon; then move the pointer to
Internal Serial Port (or Diskette Drive
Compartment) under the Power for devices
and click the button to check mark it.
3. Press the OK button.
*
Trademark of the IBM Corporation.
Trademark of Microsoft Corp.
**
480 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Troubleshooting
The following table shows what to do to solve problems
when the TV Tuner does not work correctly.
Problem
Probable Cause
The TV Tuner
does not
operate.
(No picture or
sound)
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Computer is not powered on.
Computer is in suspend mode.
Volume control of the TV Tuner or
computer is not adjusted correctly.
Ÿ
The power for the TV Tuner is not
supplied. (See “Power-on the TV
Tuner” on page 480.)
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
The wall outlet from the outdoor
antenna is not active.
The video or antenna cable is not
connected correctly.
Antenna elements of the active
antenna unit are not adjusted.
The batteries in the active antenna
unit are not inserted correctly.
The batteries in the active antenna
unit are depleted.
The TV Tuner is not set up
correctly.
You cannot watch TV or videos on
the external display.
LO is set for the auto tune
sensitivity selection. (See page
479.)
No color.
Ÿ
Ÿ
The program is not in color.
Snow and noise
only.
Switch the TV/EXT (
) button.
Pictures are out
of shape, or
have double
images.
For TV:
Ÿ
Ÿ
The channel is not tuned correctly.
Adjust the antenna.
For VCR:
Ÿ
Ÿ
Change the tracking adjustment.
Dotted lines or
stripes.
Usually caused by interference
from neon signs, hair dryers, and
so on. Move the computer to
avoid the interference.
Picture control
are not saved.
Ÿ
Do not power-off the TV Tuner
when adjusting functions such as
picture control, color, tint,
brightness, or contrast.
Channel number
is always
Select your favorite mode for the
on-screen message. (See page 479.)
displayed or is
not displayed.
Common Devices Checkout 481
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
482 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Common Parts Listing
This section contains FRUs common to most IBM portable,
laptop, and notebook computers.
External Diskette Drives
5.25-Inch Diskette Drive:
360KB External (4869-001)
360KB External (4869-501)
1.2MB External (4869-002)
1.2MB External (4869-502)
5.25-Inch Drive Adapter
72X6759
72X6768
15X7993
15X7994
72X6757
15F7996
27F4211
5.25-Inch Drive Adapter/A
5.25-Inch External Diskette Drive Cable
(from system board to adapter)
Diskette Drive Bus Adapter
72X8524
CD-ROM Drives
Enhanced Internal CD-ROM II Drive
(With eject button below slot)
Internal CD-ROM I Drive
(eject button above slot)
Terminator Kit (for 81F7930)
Cleaning Kit (for 81F7930)
(Disks, CD Caddy)
61G1901
81F7930
59F3530
59F3562
Internal CD-ROM II Drive
(With eject button below slot)
Terminator Kit (for 92F0084)
Media Kit (for 92F0084)
(no cleaning necessary, Test Disk, CD Caddy)
Signal Cable
92F0084
92F0082
31F4232
34F0043
72X8521
92F0086
92F0085
22F9419
34F0041
53F3610
Power Cable
Remote ID Switch Cable (3510)
Audio Card, Cable, Screws (3510)
CD Caddy
Rail Kit (3510)
Headphones
Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
483
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SCSI Adapters, Terminators, Cables
SCSI Adapter/A (without Cache)
SCSI Internal Cable
85F0002
64F4127
85F0063
33F8464
34F0025
57F2870
92F0330
32G4089
32G0084
92F0412
SCSI Adapter/A (with Cache)
Terminator, External (for 85F0063)
Terminator, Internal (for 85F0063)
Terminator, Internal (for 85F0002)
SCSI Fast Adapter (16 bit)
SCSI External Cable (for 92F0330)
SCSI Internal Cable (for 92F0330)
Terminator, Inline (space permitting)
Rewritable Optical Drives
3.5-Inch Rewritable Optical Drive
Rewritable Optical Cartridge
92F0167
38F8647
38F8646
85F0022
85F0021
38F8681
38F8682
92F0167
92F0269
92F0268
Rewritable Optical Cartridge (5 Pack)
Drive Mounting Slide (for 92F0167)
Tray with Bezel (for 92F0167)
Objective Lens Cleaner (for 92F0167)
Prism Lens Cleaner (for 92F0167)
3.5-Inch Enhanced Rewritable Optical Drive
Mounting Tray
Mounting Tray/Bezel (Model 3510)
External Keyboard/Mouse
Keyboard Cable
72X8537
61X8923
33F8461
33F8462
33G5420
33G5417
95F5723
Mouse
Mouse Ball and Pop-Off Retainer
Mouse Ball and Twist-Off Retainer
Mouse (New Style)
Mouse Retainer Ring
Miniature Mouse
Enhanced Keyboards (101/102 Key)
Country
Arabic
Belgian
Canadian French
Cyrillic
Danish
Dutch
French
German
Greek
1391490
1391414
1392011
1393866
1391407
1391511
1391402
1391403
1393285
1391408
1393395
1392015
1391409
1391410
1395622
1391405
1391411
1391412
1395881
1395882
1393286
1391406
1396790
1392090
1393669
Hebrew
Italian
Latin American Spanish
Norwegian
Portuguese
Russian/Cyrillic
Spanish
Swedish/Finnish
Swiss
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English (E/ME/A use only)
U.S. English
Yugoslavian
484 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Optional Enhanced Keyboards (101/102 Key)
with PS/2 Style Cable
with AT Style Cable
with 25mm PS/2 Trackball
with 25mm Serial Trackball
59G7980
59G7981
59G7982
59G9757
Keybutton Kits (101/102 Key)
Keybutton Kits (R), Belgian
Keybutton Kits (R), Canadian French
Keybutton Kits (R), Danish
Keybutton Kits (R), Dutch
Keybutton Kits (R), French
1392033
1392032
1392026
1392034
6447047
6447048
6447049
1392028
1392029
6447050
1392035
1392030
1392031
6447046
6447045
Keybutton Kits (R), German
Keybutton Kits (R), Italian
Keybutton Kits (R), Norwegian
Keybutton Kits (R), Portuguese
Keybutton Kits (R), Spanish
Keybutton Kits (R), Spanish / Latin
Keybutton Kits (R), Swedish
Keybutton Kits (R), Swiss / French / German
Keybutton Kits (R), U.K. English
Keybutton Kits, U.S. English
Japanese Keyboard Type 2 (106 Key, DBCS Support)
Japanese Keyboard
Keyboard Cable
94X1110
94X1147
Space-Saving Keyboards (84/85 Key)
Country
Canadian French
Spanish/Latin
U.S. English
1396046
1396047
1393290
1393082
Cable Assembly, External
Tools and Miscellaneous
Audio Wrap Cable
66G5180
84F8207
85F0037
Ethernet BNC T-Connector
Ethernet BNC 50-ohm Terminator
(2 required)
Grounding Wire Set
Keyboard Key Cap Removal Tool
PC Test Card
Screwdriver Kit
SCSI Terminator
38F4684
6110464
33G4703
95F3598
92F0142
(any SCSI device, space permitting)
SCSI Terminator Kit
92F0143
(R-PAC Terminator Modules (3) for 40, 60,
80, 120, and 160MB SCSI Hard Disk Drives)
Wrap Plug Ethernet D-Shell
Wrap Plug, Tri-Connector
Wrap Plug (6157 Tape Attachment Adapter/A)
Wrap Plug (Token-Ring Network Adapter/A)
Plastic Envelope (For Wrap Plug)
85F0036
72X8546
4178459
6165899
6138013
Common Parts Listing 485
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Display Power Cords
6
1
2
7
3
4
8
9
5
10
Index Country
1
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K.
France, Germany, Spain
Italy, Chile
6952300
62X1045
14F0033
13F9979
14F0069
13F9940
2
3
4
5
Australia, New Zealand, New Guinea,
Papua
6
7
8
Denmark
Israel
Bangladesh, Pakistan, South Africa,
13F9997
14F0087
14F0015
Sri Lanka
Switzerland
Thailand
Japan
9
10
14F0051
1838574
79F2755
486 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Element Exchange Displays
8503 12-Inch Monochrome Display
110/120 V ac
68X3045
68X3046
72X7878
68X3061
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand
8504 12-Inch Monochrome Display
110/120 or 220/240 V ac (Universal)
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand
44F9807
44F9808
44F9809
44F9820
8506 17-Inch Monochrome Display (with Tilt/Swivel Stand)
110/125 V ac (US/Canada)
39F8087
110/125 or 200/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
110/125 or 220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
39F8091
39F8089
8507 19-Inch Monochrome Display
110/120 or 220/240 V ac (Universal Model)
110/125 or 200/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
110/125 or 220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
6247808
6247843
6247842
8508 19-Inch Monochrome Display
110/125 V ac (US/Canada)
6247883
6247840
39F8068
110/125 or 200/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
110/125 or 220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
8512 14-Inch Color Display
110/120 V ac (US/Canada)
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand
61R8924
61X8928
61X8927
61X8925
8513 12-Inch Color Display
110/120 V ac
68X3088
72X7870
72X7877
68X3061
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand
8514 16-Inch Color Display
110/120 V ac
75X5945
75X5946
75X5947
75X5907
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand
8515 14-Inch Color Display
90/137 V ac
07G4759
34G6628
07G4762
07G4763
38F3909
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (Equatorial)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand
8516 Color Touch Display
110/120 V ac
44F9759
70F9129
70F9111
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Common Parts Listing 487
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
488 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Miscellaneous Information
Acronyms, Abbreviations and Terms
Term
Information
ACPA/A
ADP
Alt
Audio Capture and Playback Adapter
Automatic Data Processing
Alternate
ANSI
ARTIC
ASCII
American National Standards Institute
A Real Time Interface Coprocessor
American National Standard Code for Interface
Interchange
AT
AVC
BIOS
Advanced Technology (as in AT Bus)
Audio Video Connection
Basic Input/Output System (Controls System
Resources)
bps
Bits Per Second
BPS
CCITT
Bytes Per Second
The International Telephone and Telegraph
Consultative Committee
CCS
Common Command Set
CCSB
CCSB
CD
Common Complete Status Block
Configuration Control Sub Board
Compact Disc
CDPD
CD-ROM
CE
Cellular Digital Packet Data
CD Read Only Memory (stores data/audio)
Customer Engineer or Service Representative
Cyclic Redundancy Check
CRC
CRT
Cathode Ray Tube
CSD
CGA
CRC
Corrective Service Diskette
Color Graphics Adapter (See EGA, VGA, XGA)
Cyclic Redundancy Check
CRT
Cathode Ray Tube
CSA
CSD
DASD
DMA
DRAM
ECA
Canadian Standards Association
Corrective Service Diskette
Direct Access Storage Device (hard disk, diskette)
Direct Memory Access
Dynamic Random Access Memory
Engineering Change Announcement
Error Correction Code
ECC
EGA
ESD
Enhanced Graphics Adapter
Electrostatic Discharge
ESDI
EEPROM
Enhanced Small Device Interface
Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only
Memory
EWS
FRU
GPIB
GSA
Ht
Energy Work Station
Field Replaceable Unit (replaceable part)
General Purpose Interface Bus (IEEE 348)
General Services Administration
Height
IDE
IC
Integrated Drive Electronics
Integrated Circuit
IEEE
IEC
IML
IPL
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
International Electrotechnical Commission
Initial Machine Load
Initial Program Load
ISO
ISDN
International Organization for Standardization
Integrated-Services Digital Network
Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
489
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Term
Information
LAN
LBA
LTB
Local Area Network
Local Block Address
Local Transfer Bus
LUN
MAP
MCGA
Logical Unit Number (as in SCSI)
Maintenance Analysis Procedure
Modified Color Graphics Adapter
(320 x 200 x 256)
MCA
MHz
MIDI
Micro Channel Architecture (bus structure)
Mega hertz (millions of cycles per second)
Musical Instrument Digital Interface
Multimedia
MM
N/A
NDD
NMI
Not Available or Not Applicable
National Distribution Division
Non-Maskable Interrupt
NSC
National Support Center
NVRAM
OEM
PCMCIA
Non Volatile Random Access Memory
Original Equipment Manufacturer
Personal Computer Memory Card
International Association
POS
PUN
RAID
Programmable Option Select
Physical Unit Number (as in SCSI)
Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks
(disk array models)
RAM
RGB
RIPL
ROM
SASD
SCB
Random Access Memory (read/write)
Red Green Blue (is in monitors)
Remote Initial Program Load
Read Only Memory
Sequential Access Storage Device (Tape)
Subsystem Control Block
SCSI
SCSI ID
Small Computer Systems Interface
SCSI Identification Number
(assigned device number)
SPD
SR
Software Product Description
Service Representative
SRAM
SVGA
STN
T/A
Static Random Access Memory
Super Video Graphics Array
Super Twisted Nematic
NDD Technical Advisor
(See your Marketing Representative)
Telecommunications Device for the Deaf
Thin-Film Transistor
TDD
TFT
TPF
ThinkPad File
UL
Underwriters Laboratory
VCA
VESA
VGA
VPD
VRAM
WORM
XGA
Y/C
Video Capture Adapter
Video Electronics Standards Association
Video Graphics Array (640x480x16)
Vital Product Data
Video Random Access Memory
Write Once, Read Many Media
Extended Graphics Array (1024 x 768 x 256)
Luminance/Chrominance Signal
(Pertains to Video)
490 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Send Us Your Comments!
We want to know your opinion about this manual (part
number 30H2357). Your input will help us to improve our
publications.
Please photocopy this survey, complete it, and then fax it
to IBM HMM Survey at 919-543-8167 (USA).
Name
Phone Number
1. Do you like this manual?
Ø Yes
Ø No
2. What would you like to see added, changed, or
deleted in this manual?
3. What is your service experience level?
Ø Less than five years
Ø More than five years
4. Which ThinkPad systems do you service most?
Thanks in advance for your response!
Miscellaneous Information 491
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Do You Need Technical References?
We have a wide range of hardware technical references
that provide in-depth information about IBM personal
computer products. Our Technical Reference Library
includes information about:
Ÿ
Micro Channel, Setup, and Subsystem Control Block
architectures
Ÿ
Common interfaces (including microprocessors,
system timers, parallel and serial port controllers,
keyboards and keystrokes, SCSI, DMA, video, and
more)
Ÿ
Specific Personal System/2 systems (including
system board connectors, jumpers, memory
subsystems, I/O subsystems, programming interfaces
and registers, and error codes)
Ÿ
Ÿ
Basic input/output system (BIOS)
Options and adapters
For a free catalog of our current offerings, please
photocopy this form, complete it, and then fax it to
Hardware Technical References at 919-543-8167 (USA).
I'd like a catalog of the IBM PC Company Hardware
Technical Reference library.
Name
Address
City
State
Zip
492 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Problem Determination Tips
Due to the variety of hardware and software combinations
that can be encountered, use the following information to
assist you in problem determination. If possible, have this
information available when requesting assistance from
Service Support and Engineering functions.
Ÿ
Ÿ
Ÿ
Machine type and model
Processor or hard disk upgrades
Failure symptom
–
–
–
–
–
Do diagnostics fail?
What, when, where, single, or multiple systems?
Is the failure repeatable?
Has this configuration ever worked?
If it has been working, what changes were made
prior to it failing?
–
Is this the original reported failure?
Ÿ
Ÿ
Reference Diskette Version
Type and revision level
Hardware configuration
–
–
Print out (print screen) configuration from
Reference Diskette currently in use
BIOS level
–
Ÿ
Operating system software
Type and revision level
–
Important
To eliminate confusion, identical systems are
considered identical only if they:
1. Are the exact machine type and models
2. Have the same BIOS level
3. Have the same adapters/attachments in the
same locations
4. Have the same address
jumpers/terminators/cabling
5. Have the same software versions and levels
6. Have the same Reference Diskette (version)
7. Have the same configuration options set in the
system
8. Have the same setup for the operation system
control files
Comparing the configuration and software set-up
between “working and non-working” systems will often
lead to problem resolution.
Miscellaneous Information 493
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Phone Numbers, U.S. and Canada
Before you place a call to the Support Center, refer to
“Problem Determination Tips” on page 493.
U.S. Authorized Dealers or Servicers
Number
Information
919-517-0001
800-937-3737
800-426-2472
Bulletin Board Service - PC Company
IBM Business Partner Education
IBM Customer Engineer Technical
Support
800-426-7763
800-IBM-DEAL
303-924-4015
800-237-5511
800-327-5711
800-426-1484
800-759-7483
800-342-6672
IBM National Support Center
IBM PartnerLink Technical Support
IBM Part Number ID and Look Up
IBM Software Defect Support (CSDs)
IBM Software Ordering (publications)
IBM Supplies Technical Hotline
IBM Warranty Claims Center
OS/2 Replacement Diskettes (problems
during new system installation)
U.S. Customers and Helpware Subscribers
Number
Information
919-517-0001
800-426-8322
800-999-0052
407-982-6408
800-964-8523
800-772-2227
Bulletin Board Service - PC Company
Customer Education Business Unit
Customized Operational Services
Developers Assistance (HW & SW)
End User Support
*
HelpCenter , HelpLearn*, and
Customer Satisfaction Center
HelpCenter* (TDD/ASCII)
IBM Anti-Virus Services
IBM Authorized Dealer Referrals
IBM Customer Satisfaction Center
(TDD/ASCII)
800-426-4238
800-742-2493
800-447-4700
800-426-4238
800-426-2468
IBM Dealer Referral
(typewriters/printers)
800-426-2468
800-282-0226
800-426-3333
800-IBM-SERV
800-426-7282
800-426-9402
(Ext. 150)
IBM Direct (supplies, education)
IBM Field Television Network
IBM Information Referral Service
IBM Service
IBM Technical Manuals
Multimedia Information Center
800-241-1620
800-742-2493
800-342-6672
800-237-5511
800-237-5511
Multimedia Support
Multivendor Consulting
OS/2 Information Line
OS/2 Support Center
OS/2 Support Line
*
Trademark of the IBM Corporation.
**
Trademark of the Prodigy Services Company.
494 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
U.S. Customers and Helpware Subscribers
Number
Information
303-924-4125
800-284-5933
914-962-0310
800-237-4824
Parts Information
**
Prodigy Service (link problems)
Prodigy User Questions
PS/2 Trade-In Program
PS/2 Loan for Learning
PS/2 Lease from IBM Credit
Solution Validation Lab
Technical Coordinator Program
SystemXtra* for Personal Systems
LAN Automated Distribution/2
OS/2 Bulletin Board
800-742-2943
800-547-1283
OS/2 Application Assistance Center
Technical Services, Boca Raton (fee)
Technical Support (typewriters/printers)
Technical Solutions Magazine
800-426-2622
606-323-3000
800-551-2832
IBM Canada Customer and Servicer Support
Number
Information
800-387-8343
800-668-5682
Ambra Customer Support
Ambra Business Partner Warranty
Support
800-387-8343
Ambra Business Partner
Parts/Warranty Claims
Ambra Bulletin Board
Business Partner Marketing Support
Business Partner Marketing Support -
Toronto
905-316-7952
800-661-PSMT
905-316-5556
514-938-6048
Business Partner Marketing Support -
French
800-465-6600
905-316-6666
800-465-6666
800-263-2769
800-465-2222
416-443-5701
800-465-7999
800-465-7999
905-513-3367
905-316-2683
Customer Relations
Customer Relations - Toronto
Customer Service Dispatch
Customer Service Parts
Customer Support Center (ISC)
Customer Service Repair Centre
HelpClub* Registration
IBM Direct
IBM Certification Administrator
IBM Certification Coordinator
Mail to: IBM Certification
50 Acadia Drive
Markham, Ontario L3R 0B3
IBM HelpFax
IBM HelpFax - Toronto
IBM HelpPC
IBM Information Network Support
IBM Information Network Support -
Toronto
800-465-3299
905-316-3299
800-565-3344
800-268-3100
905-474-6666
Miscellaneous Information 495
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IBM Canada Customer and Servicer Support
Number
Information
800-663-7662
800-263-2769
416-443-5808
(Fax)
Lexmark Product Information
Parts Orders, Exchange or Emergency
Parts Regular Orders, Exchange
416-443-5755
514-938-3022
905-316-4255
604-664-6464
204-934-2735
800-661-7768
800-465-1234
416-513-3360
416-513-3372
(Fax)
Parts Orders, Inquiries
PC Co Bulletin Board - Montreal
PC Co Bulletin Board - Toronto
PC Co Bulletin Board - Vancouver
PC Co Bulletin Board - Winnepeg
PS Marketing Support (PSMT)
Publications Ordering
Service Announcement, HMS Manuals
Service Announcement, HMS Manuals
905-316-4148
905-316-4100
(Fax)
Service Management Support
Service Management Support
905-316-4150
905-316-4100
(Fax)
Service Manager
Service Manager
905-316-4872
905-316-4100
(Fax)
Service Quality Programs
Service Quality Programs
*
800-661-2131
800-387-8483
Skill Dynamics (Education)
PS/1 Warranty Service,
Business Partner (DOAs)
PS/1 Warranty Service, Customer
Helpline
800-565-3344
416-443-5835
(Fax)
Warranty Claim Fulfillment
905-316-2445
905-316-3515
(Fax)
Warranty Claim Reimbursement
Warranty Claim Reimbursement
416-443-5778
800-505-1855
416-946-1333
800-267-7472
Warranty Claim Parts Inquiry
Warranty Provider Support Hotline
Warranty Provider Support - Toronto
Warranty Service, ThinkPad
*
Trademark of the IBM Corporation.
496 IBM Mobile Systems HMM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Notices
References in this publication to IBM products, programs,
or services do not imply that IBM intends to make these
available in all countries in which IBM operates. Any
reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not
intended to state or imply that only that IBM product,
program, or service may be used. Subject to IBM’s valid
intellectual property or other legally protectable rights, any
functionally equivalent product, program, or service may be
used instead of the IBM product, program, or service. The
evaluation and verification of operation in conjunction with
other products, except those expressly designated by IBM,
are the responsibility of the user.
IBM may have patents or pending patent applications
covering subject matter in this document. The furnishing
of this document does not give you any license to these
patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:
IBM Director of Licensing
IBM Corporation
500 Columbus Avenue
Thornwood, NY 10594
U.S.A.
Trademarks
The following terms, denoted by an asterisk (*) in this
publication, are trademarks of the IBM Corporation in the
United States and/or other countries:
AIX
AT
FaxConcentrator
HelpClub
HelpWare
HelpCenter
HelpLearn
IBM
Micro Channel
Personal System/2
PS/Note
Skill Dynamics
ThinkPad
OS/2
PS/2
Portmaster
SystemXtra
Trackpoint
XGA
TrackPoint II
The following terms, denoted by a double asterisk (**) in
this publication, are trademarks of other companies:
ActionMedia
DCA
PCMCIA
Intel Corporation
Digital Communications Associates Inc.
Personal Computer Memory
Card International Association
Communications Intelligence Corporation
GO Corporation
PenDOS
PenPoint
Prodigy
VESA
Prodigy Services Company
Video Electronics Standards Association
Intel is a trademark or registered trademark of Intel
Corporation.
Miscellaneous Information 497
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IBM
Part Number: 30H2357
Printed in U.S.A.
S82G-15ð2-ð3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|